UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
						
☒	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
or 
						
☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the transition period from _____ to _____ 
Commission file number: 001-37557

	
Penumbra, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

									
Delaware		05-0605598	
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)		(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)	
One Penumbra Place
Alameda, CA 94502
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
(510) 748-3200
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant of Section 12(b) of the Act:
									
Title of each class	Trading Symbol	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Common Stock, Par value $0.001 per share	PEN	The New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered pursuant of Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes:  x   No:  o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes:  o   No:  x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes:  x    No:  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes:  x    No:  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
																		
	Large accelerated filer	x		Accelerated filer	o	
	Non-accelerated filer	o		Smaller reporting company	o	
	Emerging growth company	o				
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes: ☐  No:  x
As of June 30, 2021, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $9.5 billion, based on the closing price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange as of such date.
As of February 14, 2022, the registrant had 37,651,275 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2022 annual meeting of stockholders, which is to be filed not more than 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	Page	
PART I	
Item 1.	Business.	5	
Item 1A.	Risk Factors.	22	
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments.	53	
Item 2.	Properties.	53	
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings.	53	
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures.	53	
PART II	
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.	54	
Item 6.	[Reserved]	56	
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.	57	
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.	73	
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.	74	
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.	116	
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures.	116	
Item 9B.	Other Information.	119	
Item 9C.	Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	119	
PART III	
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.	120	
Item 11.	Executive Compensation.	120	
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.	120	
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.	120	
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services.	120	
PART IV	
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.	121	
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary.	121	
Signatures		

1

Table of Contents
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Form 10-K”) includes forward-looking statements in addition to historical information. These forward-looking statements are included throughout this Form 10-K, including in the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in other sections of this Form 10-K. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “opportunity” or “continue,” the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business.
These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those factors discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K. You should specifically consider the numerous risks outlined in the section of this Form 10-K entitled “Risk Factors.” Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-K to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Form 10-K or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.
2

Table of Contents
RISK FACTORS SUMMARY
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item IA of this Form 10-K. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
•we have a limited operating history in certain markets and may not be able to sustain or grow our profitability or generate positive cash flows from operations in the future;
•our existing products may be rendered obsolete and we may be unable to effectively introduce and market new products or may fail to keep pace with advances in technology;
•delays in product introductions could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows;
•we face significant competition, and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may not be able to achieve or maintain significant market penetration or improve our results of operations;
•the ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have adversely affected and could in the future adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows;
•we face risks related to our investment in our immersive healthcare platform, including our inexperience with virtual reality technology, and we may be unsuccessful in developing and commercializing products using virtual reality technology;
•our future growth depends, in part, on our ability to further penetrate our current customer base and increase the frequency of use of our products by our customers;
•our future growth depends, in part, on significantly expanding our user base to include additional specialist physicians and other healthcare providers in both our existing and future target end markets;
•we may not have the resources to successfully market and sell our products, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations;
•third-party reimbursement may not be available or adequate for the procedures or sessions for which our products are used, and may be subject to change;
•we have generated a significant portion of our revenue and revenue growth from a limited number of product families, and our revenue and business prospects would be adversely affected if sales of any of these product families were to decline;
•we must maintain and further develop relationships with specialist physicians and other healthcare providers, and if specialist physicians or other healthcare providers do not recommend and endorse, or use, our products or if our relationships with specialist physicians or other healthcare providers deteriorate, our products may not be accepted or maintain acceptance in the marketplace, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations;
•we may not be able to achieve or maintain satisfactory pricing and margins for our products;
•we cannot be certain that we will be able to manufacture our products in high volumes at commercially reasonable costs;
•we are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which consume a significant amount of our working capital and could lead to permanent write-downs or write-offs of our inventory;
•defects or failures or alleged defects or failures associated with our products could lead to recalls, safety alerts, or product-related or securities litigation, as well as significant costs and negative publicity;
•our products are continually the subject of clinical trials conducted by us, our competitors, or other third parties, the results of which may be unfavorable, or perceived as unfavorable, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;
•the future success of our ischemic stroke business depends in part upon establishing an interventional stroke care pathway in the United States that integrates the use of mechanical thrombectomy into the treatment of ischemic stroke;
3

Table of Contents
•we are subject to stringent domestic and foreign medical device regulations, which may impede the approval or clearance process for our products, hinder our development activities and manufacturing processes and, in some cases, result in the recall or seizure of previously approved or cleared products;
•we are subject to federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations that could result in significant liability, require us to change our business practices and restrict our operations in the future;
•we rely on a variety of intellectual property rights, and if we are unable to maintain or protect our intellectual property, our business and results of operations will be harmed; and
•we may become involved in lawsuits or other proceedings to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property rights or to defend against accusations of infringement, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.
The above list represents a summary of the risks that could affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and the trading price of our common stock. Additional information regarding such risks may be found in the section of this Form 10-K entitled “Risk Factors,” and you should carefully review and consider such risk factors in addition to the above summary. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be materially and adversely harmed by any of these risks.

4

Table of Contents
PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
Overview
References herein to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” and “Penumbra,” refer to Penumbra, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise.
Penumbra is a global healthcare company focused on innovative therapies. We design, develop, manufacture and market novel products and have a broad portfolio that addresses challenging medical conditions in markets with significant unmet need. Our team focuses on developing, manufacturing and marketing novel products for use by specialist physicians and healthcare providers to drive improved clinical and health outcomes. We believe that the cost-effectiveness of our products is attractive to our customers.
Since our founding in 2004, we have had a strong track record of organic product development and commercial expansion that has established the foundation of our global organization. We have successfully developed, obtained regulatory clearance or approval for, and introduced products into the neurovascular market since 2007, vascular market since 2013, neurosurgical market since 2014, and immersive healthcare market since 2020.
We expect to continue to develop and build our portfolio of products, including our thrombectomy, embolization, access and immersive healthcare technologies, while iterating on our currently available products. Generally, when we introduce a next generation product or a new product designed to replace a current product, sales of the earlier generation product or the product replaced decline. Our research and development activities are centered around the development of new products and clinical activities designed to support our regulatory submissions and demonstrate the effectiveness of our products.
We attribute our success to our culture built on cooperation, our highly efficient product innovation process, our disciplined approach to product and commercial development, our deep understanding of our target end markets and our relationships with specialist physicians and healthcare providers. We believe these factors have enabled us to rapidly innovate in a highly efficient manner.
We sell our products to healthcare providers primarily through our direct sales organization in the United States, most of Europe, Canada and Australia, as well as through distributors in select international markets. We generated revenue of $747.6 million, $560.4 million and $547.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. This represents an annual increase of 33.4% and 2.4%, respectively. We generated operating losses of $7.5 million and $38.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and operating income of $47.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Our results for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, which continues to impact our business. While our business falls within the category of healthcare operations, which are essential businesses that have generally been permitted to continue operating during the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, disruptions to our operations as a result of the pandemic. While we have seen positive trends in certain areas of our business beginning in May 2020, we remain mindful of the negative impacts on business trends we experienced in April 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, hospital resources have been diverted to fight the pandemic, and many government agencies in conjunction with healthcare systems have recommended the deferral of elective and semi-elective medical procedures during the pandemic. The general impact of COVID-19 on our business has been negative and we are unable to reliably predict the full impact that COVID-19 will have on our business due to numerous uncertainties, including the severity and duration of the pandemic, the global resurgences of cases, particularly as new variants of the virus spread, additional actions that may be taken by governmental authorities in response to the pandemic, the impact of the pandemic on the business of our customers, distributors and suppliers, other businesses and worldwide economies in general, our ability to have access to our customers to provide training and case support, and other factors identified in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We will continue to evaluate the nature and extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our business, consolidated results of operations, and financial condition.
5

Table of Contents
Our Markets
We concentrate on improving treatment outcomes for patients with certain forms of vascular disease and strive to improve the long-term quality of life for patients who could benefit from immersive healthcare applications. Vascular disease refers to any condition that affects the circulatory system and typically manifests as a blockage or rupture of an artery or a vein. When the treatment for vascular disease is performed from within a vessel, it is referred to as an endovascular procedure. Endovascular device markets are conventionally classified according to the anatomic location of the disorder, and are generally divided into neuro, which includes neurovascular and neurosurgical, and vascular, which includes peripheral vascular and cardiovascular. In both of these markets, our main product technologies include thrombectomy devices to remove clots and embolization devices to treat aneurysms and to occlude vessels. Immersive healthcare technology includes applications for patients recovering from or undergoing rehabilitation related to diseases, injuries, or illnesses, as well as applications designed to address mental well-being and cognition.
We generated revenue of $338.7 million, $292.6 million and $331.7 million from our neuro product category for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We generated revenue of $408.9 million, $267.8 million, and $215.7 million from our vascular product category for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets novel products, and operates as one operating segment.
While reliable third-party data is not available for many markets outside the United States, we believe there are substantial additional market opportunities for our neuro, vascular and immersive healthcare products throughout the world.
The Neuro Market
The neuro market is comprised of vascular diseases and disorders in the brain, including ischemic stroke, brain aneurysms, hemorrhagic stroke and other conditions. Our solutions address the intervention of these diseases.
Globally, stroke is a leading cause of death and serious long-term disability. A stroke occurs when a blood vessel that carries oxygen and nutrients to the brain is either blocked by a clot or bursts (ruptures). It is estimated that nearly 14 million strokes occur annually and that there are more than 80 million survivors of stroke globally. In the United States, the American Heart Association (“AHA”) and American Stroke Association (“ASA”) estimate that nearly 800,000 strokes occur annually, and lead to approximately 150,000 deaths per year.
Some of the more common neurovascular diseases we focus on are:
•Ischemic Stroke: Ischemic strokes, caused by the blockage of an artery in the brain, represent approximately 87% of strokes, or approximately 700,000 patients annually, in the United States. Of these cases, we estimate that approximately 200,000 are treatable with mechanical thrombectomy, which involves removal of the clot causing the blockage by mechanical means and restoring blood flow to the blocked vessels. Outside of the United States, we estimate, based on published sources, that there are approximately 9.7 million ischemic strokes annually and that 1.9 million of these patients are treatable with mechanical thrombectomy. Studies have shown that patients treated with mechanical thrombectomy had improved functional outcomes compared with treatment with clot-busting drugs such as tPA alone.
•Brain Aneurysm: An aneurysm is a weak area in a blood vessel that usually enlarges and is often described as a “ballooning” of the blood vessel. Approximately 1.5% to 5.0% of the general population has or will develop a brain aneurysm and about 6 million people in the United States may currently have a brain aneurysm. If a patient has had an aneurysm, there is a 15% to 20% likelihood that the patient will have one or more additional aneurysms. The primary endovascular procedure for treating unruptured aneurysms uses a repair technique called embolization, in which the aneurysm is packed with coils in a minimally invasive procedure.
•Hemorrhagic Stroke: Hemorrhagic strokes, caused by the sudden rupture of a brain artery that leads to bleeding into or around the brain, represent approximately 13% of strokes in the United States. Brain aneurysms and arteriovenous malformations (“AVM”) can both cause hemorrhagic stroke. According to independent sources, every year 0.5% to 3.0% of people with a brain aneurysm and 1.0% to 3.0% of people with an AVM may suffer from bleeding. According to the AHA and ASA, once a brain aneurysm or an AVM bleeds, the chance of death is 30% to 40% and 10% to 15%, respectively. Intracerebral hemorrhage, a type of hemorrhagic stroke, occurs when a vessel within the brain bursts, allowing blood to leak inside the brain.
In addition to products addressing these specific diseases, our neuro access products address other diseases and potentially broader neuro conditions as well.
6

Table of Contents
The Vascular Market
Vascular diseases are diseases occurring in vessels in the body outside of the brain. Such diseases are very similar to those experienced in the neurovasculature. Just as the disruption of blood flow to the brain has high mortality and morbidity, disruptions in the peripheral vasculature can also have serious adverse consequences. There are approximately 1.4 million incidences of clot in the peripheral vasculature each year in the United States, the vast majority of which do not currently receive mechanical thrombectomy intervention. This includes:
•Peripheral Arterial Occlusion (“PAO”): Acute PAO occurs when a blood clot develops in major peripheral arteries. PAO includes Acute Limb Ischemia (“ALI”), which occurs when the leg has an immediate change because of an occlusion in the artery, which is almost always caused either because a blood clot forms in the artery or because emboli from the heart or other place within the body travels to the extremity and causes an occlusion. We estimate there are approximately 250,000 patients in the United States each year who are treated for ALI.
•Deep Vein Thrombosis (“DVT”): A DVT occurs when a clot forms in a deep vein, usually in the leg and sometimes in the arm. We estimate that approximately 350,000 patients in the United States each year suffer from iliofemoral or proximal upper extremity DVT.
•Pulmonary Embolism (“PE”): PE is a condition that occurs when blood clots, which typically travel from the veins in the legs, get caught in the lungs. We estimate there are approximately 150,000 patients in the United States who suffer either a high- or intermediate-risk PE, also known as massive or sub massive PEs, respectively.
•Clot associated with Arteriovenous Graft or Fistula: Arteriovenous grafts or fistulas are created for access to dialyze the blood of patients with end-stage renal disease. It is common for clots to form within these access vessels when patients undergo dialysis long-term.
•Acute Coronary Syndrome: Acute Coronary Syndrome is a term used to describe a variety of conditions associated with sudden, reduced blood flow to the heart. One such condition is a heart attack (myocardial infarction) — when cell death results in damaged or destroyed heart tissue. These heart attacks can often be associated with high thrombus burden in the coronary arteries. We estimate that there are approximately 200,000 patients each year in the United States suffering from clot in the coronary vasculature that we believe could benefit from aspiration technology.
•Other Vascular Diseases: In addition to products addressing the above diseases and conditions, our peripheral embolization products address other diseases and conditions such as aneurysm, vessel malformations, bleeding, endoleaks, ovarian veins and varicoceles.
The Immersive Healthcare Market
Immersive healthcare is the use of immersive 3D computer-based technologies to support patient care across a broad spectrum of conditions, including patients recovering from or undergoing physical rehabilitation, and patients with mental well-being and cognition related challenges. Physical rehabilitation can include patients recovering from a range of neuro conditions, including stroke and traumatic brain injury, trauma, sports medicine and other orthopedic conditions. In the case of mental well-being and cognition, patients with a variety of conditions can benefit from distraction, reminiscence, and other therapies to manage symptoms including pain, anxious and depressed moods, age-related challenges, fatigue, and loneliness in a wide range of healthcare settings such as in-hospital settings, skilled nursing facilities, outpatient facilities, senior living facilities and other specialty settings. We estimate there are more than 50 million patients in the United States each year who can benefit from our immersive healthcare products.
7

Table of Contents
Our Product Portfolio
Since our founding in 2004 we have developed a product portfolio that includes 7 product families within our major markets. The following table summarizes our product offerings.
												
Product Families	Key Product Brands	Descriptions	
			
NEURO	Thrombectomy	Penumbra System, including Penumbra RED, JET, ACE and the 3D Revascularization Device, Penumbra ENGINE and other components and accessories	Aspiration based thrombectomy systems and accessory devices, including revascularization device designed for mechanical thrombectomy	
	Embolization	Penumbra Coil 400
POD400
PAC400	Neurovascular embolization coiling system designed to treat patients with medium to large aneurysms and other large neurovascular lesions	
		Penumbra SMART COIL	Neurovascular embolization coiling system designed to treat patients with all sizes of aneurysms and other neurovascular lesions	
	Access	Neuron
Neuron MAX
Select
BENCHMARK
BMX96
DDC
PX SLIM	Neurovascular access systems designed to provide intracranial access for use in a wide range of neurovascular therapies	
	Neurosurgical Tools	Artemis Neuro Evacuation Device	Neurosurgical aspiration tools for the removal of tissue and fluids	
		
VASCULAR	Thrombectomy	Indigo System	Aspiration-based thrombectomy system for vascular applications, currently for use in the peripheral and coronary vasculature	
	Embolization	Ruby Coil
Ruby LP	Large-volume, detachable embolic coil system for peripheral embolization based on microcatheter compatibility	
		LANTERN	Microcatheter for delivery of detachable coils and occlusion devices	
		POD (Penumbra Occlusion Device)
	Detachable, microcatheter-deliverable occlusion device designed specifically to occlude peripheral vessels	
		Packing Coil
Packing Coil LP	Complementary device for use with Ruby Coil and POD for vessel occlusion	
IMMERSIVE HEALTHCARE	Immersive 3D Computer-based Technology Platform
	Real Immersive System	Portfolio of products that leverages immersive computer-based technologies to deliver engaging, immersive therapeutics to promote better health, motor function and cognition	
Neuro Products
Our neuro products fall into the following broad product families:
Thrombectomy Products
Our Penumbra System brand of products offers a form of mechanical thrombectomy used by specialist physicians to revascularize blood vessels that are blocked by clots in the intracranial vasculature. These products are aspiration-based. The Penumbra System is a fully integrated mechanical thrombectomy system consisting of reperfusion catheters and separators, the 3D Revascularization Device, aspiration tubing, and aspiration pump.
Penumbra System Reperfusion Catheters are the cornerstone of the Penumbra System and are manufactured using a variety of proprietary processes and materials science innovations for use in revascularization of patients with acute ischemic stroke.
The Penumbra System Reperfusion Catheters, powered by Penumbra ENGINE or Penumbra Pump MAX, are designed for trackability and to maximize thrombus removal force. We believe these design features contribute to improved clinical outcomes and reduced procedure times. Penumbra System Reperfusion Catheters include the Penumbra RED family, JET family, ACE family and MAX families of catheters, designed to address a broad range of occlusions.
In 2021, we launched our RED family of catheters, which are designed with the latest innovations in tracking and aspiration technology to navigate complex distal vessel anatomy and deliver powerful aspiration, together with Penumbra ENGINE, for the removal of blood clots in acute ischemic stroke patients with large vessel occlusions.
8

Table of Contents
Designed specifically for use with aspiration technology, the 3D Revascularization Device is a component of the Penumbra System that offers a technologically-advanced structure designed to treat large vessel occlusion in combination with Penumbra RED, JET 7, ACE, and MAX Reperfusion Catheters.
Either Penumbra ENGINE or Penumbra Pump MAX is connected to our reperfusion catheters and provides the aspiration suction force. We developed our proprietary aspiration source as a fully-integrated system specifically for mechanical thrombectomy by aspiration.
Embolization Products
Penumbra SMART COIL is a family of detachable coils, designed to treat patients with a wide range of neurovascular lesions, including the small and medium sized aneurysms that comprise the majority of the neurovascular coiling market. The design of Penumbra SMART COIL allows the level of softness to be determined not only by the diameter of the platinum filament, but also by a structural component inside the coil itself. This development enables Penumbra SMART COIL to become progressively softer within the span of an individual coil.
Penumbra Coil 400 is a family of detachable coils developed to offer an improved alternative for the treatment of medium to large aneurysms and other larger, more complex lesions. We implemented several proprietary design innovations to enable the coil to maintain shape while achieving biomechanically stable occlusion. Given the size and handling of Penumbra Coil 400, it is able to achieve higher packing density with fewer coils compared to competitive coiling systems.
Access Products
Most endovascular procedures require access to the diseased area using guidewires and catheters. Accessing the brain through the tortuous neurovasculature has been a substantial challenge for physicians treating vascular disorders in the brain. Companies that developed catheters and other products for neurovascular applications historically leveraged technologies developed for use in coronary or peripheral vascular interventions. This approach created challenges given the vastly different anatomy, structure and sizing of the neurovascular vessels.
The Neuron family of guide catheters and the Penumbra distal delivery catheters (“DDC”) enable many endovascular procedures in the tortuous anatomy of the neurovasculature. The Neuron delivery catheter is a variable stiffness guide catheter with increased support in the aortic arch, easier access, and trackability into the intracranial vasculature. The design of Neuron enables physicians to position the catheter much higher in the anatomy than conventional guide catheters.
The BENCHMARK catheter features additional improvements in aortic arch support, ease-of-use, and trackability. In addition to improved proximal support in the arch through multi-geometry metal reinforcement, the distal tip is softer and more trackable, while maintaining distal shaft radiopacity for improved visualization. The BENCHMARK also is available pre-packaged with a Select catheter to obviate the need for a neurovascular guide catheter exchange, which may reduce the number of devices needed per procedure and shorten procedure times.
The BENCHMARK family includes our BENCHMARK BMX 96 Access System, which provides a larger internal diameter without increasing the outer diameter of the delivery catheter, enabling more working room for all neurovascular procedures while maintaining the same size access site as our Neuron MAX.
Neurosurgical Tools
Artemis Neuro Evacuation Device leverages our expertise in thrombectomy and access to offer a minimally invasive approach to surgical removal of fluid and tissue from the ventricles and cerebrum. The Artemis Neuro Evacuation Device works with a neuroendoscope through a sheath to access hematomas. Together with the Penumbra Pump MAX aspiration source, Artemis offers powerful and controlled hematoma evacuation.
Vascular Products
The peripheral vasculature presents unique challenges that differ from the neurovasculature. Many peripheral arteries and veins are significantly larger than those found in the brain and therefore have higher blood flow rates and larger clot burden. More importantly, they must be able to accommodate larger pressure gradients and sustain structural integrity despite substantial movement and flexing of the organs and musculature that surround them. Imaging can also be more challenging as physicians have to view their equipment through many more layers of organs and tissue than in the brain. The coronary vasculature also presents unique challenges.
9

Table of Contents
Our vascular products fall into the following broad product families:
Thrombectomy
Indigo System
The Indigo System was designed for continuous aspiration mechanical thrombectomy, leveraging the success of the Penumbra System in ischemic stroke. It is an easy to use thrombectomy system that is powerful, highly trackable, and suited to a wide range of clot morphology in the peripheral arterial, peripheral venous, pulmonary arteries and coronary vasculature. The Indigo System is comprised of three principal components:
•Continuous Aspiration Mechanical Thrombectomy Catheters are robust, durable, trackable and suited for the peripheral and coronary anatomy. We have introduced multiple sizes of catheters for use in both the peripheral and coronary vasculature. CAT Catheters are available in a wide range of sizes and lengths to address a wide range of vessel sizes and clot locations. Lightning, our next generation aspiration system for peripheral thrombectomy, combines the CAT 7 and 12 Aspiration Catheters with Lightning Intelligent Aspiration, enabling physicians to focus on optimizing thrombus removal using the system’s unique clot detection mechanism while helping to mitigate blood loss for arterial and venous applications including the treatment of pulmonary embolism.
•Indigo Separators are advanced and retracted through the aspiration catheter at the proximal margin of the primary occlusion to facilitate clearing of the thrombus from the catheter tip. In the peripheral vasculature, clots often form in long segments and are more resistant to traditional aspiration techniques. The Indigo System with the Separator enables a practitioner to remove a wide range of clot morphology from both peripheral and coronary vasculature.
•Penumbra ENGINE or Penumbra Pump MAX is connected to our CAT catheters and provides the aspiration suction force. We developed our proprietary aspiration source as a fully-integrated system specifically for mechanical thrombectomy by vacuum aspiration.
Embolization
Ruby Coil System
The Ruby Coil System consists of detachable coils that are specifically designed for peripheral applications. Ruby Coils have a controlled mechanical detachment mechanism that permits the physician to deliver and reposition the coil until the final satisfactory position is reached before detachment.
The Ruby Coil System is used in a variety of clinical applications, including, but not limited to:
•active extravasations, or the escape of blood into surrounding tissue;
•selective embolization in patients with visceral aneurysms;
•exclusion of branches prior to chemoembolization and radioembolization;
•embolization in patients with gastrointestinal bleeding;
•embolization of branches prior to stent graft procedures;
•procedures after stent grafting in patients with persistent type II endoleaks and sac enlargement;
•treatment of patients with varicocele and pelvic congestion syndrome;
•high-flow arterial venous malformations;
•post trans intrahepatic shunt placement;
•balloon retrograde transvenous obliteration; and
•exclusion of hepatic branches prior to liver resection.
LANTERN
10

Table of Contents
The Penumbra LANTERN Delivery Microcatheter is a low-profile microcatheter with a high-flow lumen that enables large-volume coil delivery. LANTERN features a radiopaque distal shaft for enhanced visibility and dual distal marker bands for precise coil deployment in tortuous anatomy.
POD (Penumbra Occlusion Device) System
POD addresses a specific need in the peripheral embolization market to rapidly and precisely occlude a target vessel, including in high-flow situations. Our POD device utilizes technology that delivers both variable sizing and variable softness to provide a single device solution for rapid and precise embolization of the target vessel. The technology achieves this range of features through the design of a distal anchoring segment, thereby immediately anchoring the device in a range of vessel diameters. The proximal segment of the POD achieves dense occlusion by packing a softer, smaller diameter segment tightly behind the anchored portion.
The Packing Coil is a complementary device for use with our other peripheral embolization products. It is uniquely designed to pack densely behind Ruby Coils and POD to occlude arteries and veins throughout the peripheral vasculature including aneurysms. Both POD and Packing Coil are detached instantly with a sterile detachment handle.
Immersive Healthcare Platform
The REAL Immersive System is a proprietary, immersive 3D computer-based technology platform that has the potential to benefit patients over a broad range of healthcare applications, including rehabilitation, mental well-being and cognition. This technology builds on our experience with neuro and vascular medical device innovation and was initially commercialized for conducting upper body rehabilitation in a clinical setting. Studies have shown that adding virtual reality therapy to conventional therapy is effective in improving patient engagement and outcomes, particularly with systems that are fully immersive, customized for the healthcare setting, and fun and engaging for patients. In the third quarter of 2021, we expanded the REAL System offering, introducing the REAL i-Series, which features a virtual reality-enabled headset with intuitive gaze navigation and exclusive experiences and activities designed to address mental well-being and cognition. We intend to continue to pursue healthcare applications where our immersive 3D computer-based technology platform can improve the quality of life of patients with a variety of conditions.
Research and Development
Our research and development team has a track record of product innovation and significant product improvements. Since inception, we have introduced multiple brands in either the United States, international markets, or both.
We believe our ability to rapidly develop innovative products is in large part attributable to the fully integrated product innovation process that we have implemented, and the management philosophy behind that process. In addition, we have recruited and retained engineers with a variety of backgrounds and experience to support the development of innovative therapies. Substantially all of our research and development efforts are based at our campus in Alameda, California.
Manufacturing
We currently maintain our manufacturing facilities in Alameda and Roseville, California and currently produce substantially all of our products in-house. Our manufacturing facilities are International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) 13485 compliant. We received ISO 13485:2016 certification of our Alameda facility in 2018 and successfully completed our most recent re-certification in 2021. We received ISO 13485:2016 certification of our Roseville facility in 2020. In 2007, our Quality Management System (“QMS”) was first audited to the European Union’s Medical Device Directive (“MDD”) in support of product CE marking, and we successfully completed our most recent re-certification in 2021. We have elected to participate in the Medical Device Single Audit Program (“MDSAP”) which allows for certification and review of compliance to standards and regulations required in the United States, Canada, Brazil, Australia, and Japan by a single auditing organization. We received our first MDSAP certification in 2018 and successfully completed our most recent re-certification in 2021.
We use annual internal audits to ensure strong quality control practices. An internal, on-going staff training and education program contributes to our quality assurance program; training is documented and considered part of the employee evaluation process.
We believe we have adequate supplies or sources of availability of raw materials necessary to meet our needs. However, there are risks and uncertainties with respect to the supply of raw materials, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response thereto, particularly where provided by a single supplier, which could impact availability in sufficient quantities to meet our needs. In an effort to manage risk associated with raw materials supply, we work closely with
11

Table of Contents
suppliers to help ensure availability and continuity of supply while maintaining high quality and reliability. We also utilize long-term supply contracts with some suppliers to help maintain continuity of supply and manage the risk of price increases. Where possible, we seek second source suppliers or suppliers that have alternate manufacturing sites at which they could manufacture our parts.
Sales and Marketing
We sell our products directly in the United States, most of Europe, Canada and Australia, subject to required regulatory clearances and approvals. We have complemented our direct sales organization with distributors in most international markets.
We currently sell our products in the United States through our dedicated salesforce in our major markets, neuro, vascular, and immersive healthcare. Our sales representatives and sales managers generally have substantial medical device experience and market our products directly to a variety of specialist physicians engaged in the treatment of vascular disorders and healthcare providers who manage patients addressing motor function, cognition and mental well-being, who are the end users of our products and significantly influence buying decisions in hospitals and other healthcare settings relating to medical devices and other healthcare products. We are focused on developing strong relationships with specialist physicians and other healthcare providers and devote significant resources to training and educating physicians and other healthcare providers in the use and benefits of our products. The principal specialist physicians and other healthcare providers in our target end markets include:
•Neuro: Interventional neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, and interventional neurologists.
•Vascular: Interventional radiologists, vascular surgeons, and interventional cardiologists.
•Immersive Healthcare: Occupational therapists, physical therapists, nurses, mental health professionals and other healthcare providers.
In addition to our direct sales organizations, we work with distributors in certain geographic areas where we have determined that selling through distributors is likely to be more effective.
We have continued licensing the technology to certain of our products to our partner in China pursuant to the distribution and licensing agreement entered into in December 2020, which permits our partner to manufacture and commercialize such products in China in exchange for fixed payments upon the transfer of the licensed technology and upon the provision of related regulatory support, as well as royalty payments on downstream sales of the licensed products. We believe this arrangement will allow us to monetize our technology while helping us to mitigate market risk.
Our direct sales have been, and we anticipate will continue to represent, a majority of our revenues. In 2021, direct sales accounted for approximately 83% of our revenue, with the balance generated by independent distributors that sell our products outside of the United States and by the arrangement with our partner in China, which includes licensing royalty and distribution revenue.
Backlog
We typically accept and ship orders on the day purchase orders are received or the next business day. Furthermore, if requested, we generally permit customers to cancel or reschedule without penalty. As a result, we do not believe that our backlog at any particular time is material, nor is it a reliable indication of future revenue.
Reimbursement
In the United States, hospitals are the primary purchasers of our products. Hospitals in turn bill various third-party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance plans, for the total healthcare services required to treat the patient. Government agencies and some other payors determine whether to provide coverage for a particular procedure and to reimburse hospitals for inpatient treatment at a fixed rate based on the Medicare severity diagnosis-related group (“MS-DRG”) as determined by the U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”). The fixed rate of reimbursement is generally based on the patients’ diagnosis and the procedure performed, and is unrelated to the specific medical device used in that procedure. Medicare rates for the same or similar procedures vary due to geographic location, nature of facility in which the procedure is performed (i.e., teaching or community hospital) and other factors. Private payors vary in their coverage and payment policies. While some may look to coverage and payment by Medicare as a guide, most formulate their own coverage and payment policies.
Some payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that the device used in a treatment was unnecessary, not cost-effective, or used for a non-approved indication. We cannot assure you that government or private third-party payors will cover
12

Table of Contents
and reimburse the procedures performed using our products in whole or in part in the future, that payment rates will be adequate, or that reimbursement rates will not change in the future.
Outside the United States, market acceptance of medical devices depends partly upon the availability of reimbursement within the prevailing healthcare payment system. Reimbursement levels vary significantly by country, and by region within some countries. Reimbursement is obtained from a variety of sources, including government-sponsored and private health insurance plans, and combinations of both. A small number of countries may require us to gather additional clinical data before recognizing coverage and reimbursement for our products. It is our intent to complete the requisite clinical studies and obtain coverage and reimbursement approval in countries where it makes economic sense to do so.
The increased emphasis on managed healthcare in the United States and on country and regional pricing and reimbursement controls in international markets will put additional pressure on product pricing, reimbursement and usage, which may adversely affect our product sales and results of operations. These pressures can arise from rules and practices of insurers and managed care organizations, judicial decisions and governmental laws and regulations related to Medicare, Medicaid and healthcare reform, medical device reimbursement policies and pricing in general. Our ability to achieve market acceptance or significant sales volume will depend in large part on the availability of coverage and the level of reimbursement for procedures performed using our products under healthcare payment systems in such markets.
All third-party reimbursement programs, whether government funded or insured commercially, whether in the United States or internationally, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling health care costs through prospective reimbursement and capitation programs, group purchasing, redesign of benefits, second opinions required prior to major surgery, review and analysis of claims, encouragement of and incentives for maintaining healthier lifestyles, and exploration of more cost-effective methods of delivering health care. These types of programs and legislative or regulatory changes to reimbursement policies could potentially limit the amount which healthcare providers may be willing to pay for medical devices.
Competition
The medical device industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. We compete with a number of manufacturers and distributors of neuro and vascular medical devices. Our most notable competitors are Abbott Laboratories, Boston Scientific, Inari, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic, Stryker and Terumo. Most of these competitors are large, well-capitalized companies with longer operating histories and greater resources than we have. As a consequence, they are able to spend more on product development, marketing, sales and other product initiatives than we can. For example, in 2021 some of these competitors acquired technologies that compete with our products in the vascular market. We also compete with a number of smaller medical device companies that have single products or a limited range of products. Some of our competitors have:
•significantly greater name recognition;
•broader or deeper relations with healthcare professionals, customers, group purchasing organizations, and third-party payors;
•more established distribution networks;
•additional lines of products and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer greater discounts or other incentives to gain a competitive advantage;
•greater experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, marketing and obtaining regulatory clearance or approval for products; and
•greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing and patent litigation.
We compete primarily on the basis that our products are able to treat patients with neuro and vascular diseases and disorders and other health conditions safely and effectively. Our continued success depends on our ability to:
•develop innovative, proprietary products that can cost-effectively address significant clinical needs;
•continue to innovate and develop scientifically advanced technology;
•obtain and maintain regulatory clearances or approvals;
•demonstrate efficacy in Penumbra-sponsored and third-party clinical trials and studies;
13

Table of Contents
•apply technology across product lines and markets;
•attract and retain skilled research and development and sales personnel; and
•cost-effectively manufacture and successfully market and sell products.
The immersive healthcare market is an emerging field within healthcare which is gaining increasing attention. There are a number of other companies that are also pursuing virtual reality-based healthcare solutions which have engaging therapeutic content activities. We believe that market success for us or any of our competitors in the immersive healthcare industry will be determined by virtual reality-based healthcare solutions becoming more widely accepted in the marketplace and the ability to design purpose-built virtual reality hardware and software specifically for use in healthcare.
Intellectual Property
Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property and operate without infringing the patents and other proprietary rights of third parties. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret, copyright and other intellectual property rights and measures to protect our intellectual property rights that we consider important to our business. We also rely on know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We do not have any material licenses to any technology or intellectual property rights.
As of December 31, 2021, we owned and/or had rights to 85 issued patents globally, of which 36 were U.S. patents. As of December 31, 2021, we owned and/or had rights to 75 pending patent applications, of which 35 were patent applications pending in the United States. Subject to payment of required maintenance fees, annuities and other charges, 16 of our issued patents are currently expected to expire between 2025 and 2026; 13 of these patents relate to components of the Penumbra System and the Indigo System. Twenty-seven of our issued patents, which relate to components of the Penumbra Coil 400, Ruby Coil System and Smart Coil System, are currently expected to expire between 2029 and 2037. Fifteen patents pertaining to the 3D Revascularization Device are projected to expire between 2032 and 2034. Thirteen patents related to our REAL Immersive System are expected to expire in 2036. Some of our pending patent applications pertain to components and methods of use associated with currently commercialized products. Our pending patent applications may not result in issued patents and we can give no assurance that any patents that have issued or might issue in the future will protect our current or future products or provide us with any competitive advantage. See the section titled “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” for additional information.
Additionally, we own or have rights to trademarks or trade names that are used in our business and in conjunction with the sale of our products, including 31 U.S. trademark registrations and 130 foreign trademark registrations as of December 31, 2021. Included in the registered trademarks is a mark with our company name and logo.
We also seek to protect our proprietary rights through a variety of other methods, including confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with suppliers, employees, consultants and others who may have access to our proprietary information.
Government Regulation
Our medical devices are subject to extensive and ongoing regulation by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FD&C Act”) and its implementing regulations, as well as other federal and state regulatory bodies in the United States and comparable authorities in other countries under other statutes and regulations. The laws and regulations govern, among other things, product design and development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, storage, record keeping and reporting, handling of patient data and information clearance or approval, marketing, distribution, promotion, import and export, pricing and discounts, post-marketing surveillance and interactions with healthcare professionals. Failure to comply with applicable requirements may subject a device and/or its manufacturer to a variety of administrative sanctions, such as issuance of warning letters, import detentions, civil monetary penalties, and/or judicial sanctions, such as product seizures, injunctions and criminal prosecution.
United States
FDA’s Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements
Each medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a prior premarket notification (or 510(k)) clearance, unless it is exempt, or a premarket approval (“PMA”) from FDA. Medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Class I devices are deemed
14

Table of Contents
to be low risk and are subject to the general controls of the FD&C Act, such as provisions that relate to adulteration; misbranding; registration and listing; notification, including repair, replacement, or refund; records and reports; and good manufacturing practices. Most Class I devices are classified as exempt from premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FD&C Act, and therefore may be commercially distributed without obtaining 510(k) clearance from FDA. Class II devices are subject to both general controls and special controls to provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Special controls include performance standards, postmarket surveillance, patient registries, and guidance documents. A manufacturer may be required to submit to FDA a premarket notification requesting clearance to commercially distribute some Class II devices. Medical devices which pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining or life-supporting devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device, are Class III devices. In general a Class III device must receive FDA approval of a PMA application before it can be marketed in the United States. However, there are some Class III devices for which FDA has not yet called for a PMA. For these devices, the manufacturer must submit a premarket notification and obtain 510(k) clearance in order to commercially distribute these devices. FDA can also impose sales, marketing or other restrictions on devices in order to assure that they are used in a safe and effective manner.
510(k) Clearance Pathway
When a 510(k) clearance is required, a premarket notification must be submitted to FDA demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device, which is a previously cleared and legally marketed 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976. By regulation, a premarket notification must be submitted to FDA and receive 510(k) clearance from FDA before the device can be marketed in the United States. The Medical Device User Fee Amendments (“MDUFA”) performance goal for a traditional 510(k) clearance is 90 calendar days. As a practical matter, however, clearance often takes longer, because the review clock is paused by FDA to allow time to resolve any questions they may have on the 510(k) file. To demonstrate substantial equivalence, the manufacturer must show that the proposed device has the same intended use as the predicate device, and it either has the same technological characteristics, or different technological characteristics and the information in the premarket notification demonstrates that the device does not raise new questions of safety and effectiveness. FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. If FDA determines that the device, or its intended use, is not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared device or use, FDA will place the device into Class III, subject to the applicant’s option to submit a De Novo request for FDA to make a risk-based classification of the device into Class I or II.
There are three types of 510(k)s: traditional, special and abbreviated. Special 510(k)s are appropriate for certain technological, design, and labeling changes to a device which necessitates a new 510(k) but where the method(s) to evaluate the change(s) are well-established, and whether the results can be sufficiently reviewed in a summary or risk analysis format. Abbreviated 510(k)s are for devices that conform to a recognized standard. The special and abbreviated 510(k)s are intended to streamline review, and FDA intends to process special 510(k)s within 30 days of receipt.
Premarket Approval Pathway
A PMA application under section 515 of the FD&C Act must be submitted to FDA for Class III devices that support or sustain human life, are of substantial importance in preventing impairment of human health, or which present a potential, unreasonable risk of illness or injury. The PMA application process is much more demanding than the 510(k) premarket notification process. A PMA is based on a determination by FDA that the PMA application contains sufficient valid scientific evidence to assure that the device is safe and effective for its intended use(s).
After a PMA application is submitted, FDA has 45 days to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review and thus whether FDA will file the application for review. FDA has 180 days to review a PMA application, although the review of an application generally occurs over a significantly longer period of time and can take up to several years. During this review period, FDA may request additional information or clarification of the information provided. Also, an advisory panel of experts from outside FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. Although FDA is not bound by the advisory panel decision, the panel’s recommendations are important to FDA’s overall decision making process. In addition, FDA may conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with the Quality System Regulation (“QSR”). FDA also may inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with FDA’s regulations.
Upon completion of the PMA application review, FDA may: (i) approve the PMA which authorizes commercial marketing with specific prescribing information for one or more indications, which can be more limited than those originally sought; (ii) issue an approvable letter which indicates FDA’s belief that the PMA application is approvable and states what additional information FDA requires, or the post-approval commitments that must be agreed to prior to approval; (iii) issue a not approvable letter which outlines steps required for approval, but which are typically more onerous than those in an approvable letter, and may require additional clinical trials that are often expensive and time consuming and can delay approval for months
15

Table of Contents
or even years; or (iv) deny the PMA application. If FDA issues an approvable or not approvable letter, the applicant has 180 days to respond, after which FDA’s review clock is reset.
Clinical Trials
Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA and are sometimes required for 510(k) clearance. In the United States, for significant risk devices, these trials require submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption (“IDE”) to FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE must be approved in advance by FDA for a specific number of patients at specified study sites. During the trial, the sponsor must comply with FDA’s IDE requirements for investigator selection, trial monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping. The investigators must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of investigational devices, and comply with all reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Clinical trials for significant risk devices may not begin until the IDE application is approved by FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards (“IRBs”), at the clinical trial sites. An IRB is an appropriately constituted group that has been formally designated to review and monitor medical research involving subjects and which has the authority to approve, require modifications in, or disapprove research to protect the rights, safety and welfare of human research subjects. A nonsignificant risk device does not require FDA approval of an IDE; however, the clinical trial must still be conducted in compliance with various requirements of FDA’s IDE regulations and be approved by an IRB at the clinical trials sites. We, FDA or the IRB at each site at which a clinical trial is being performed may withdraw approval of a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the benefits or a failure to comply with FDA or IRB requirements. Even if a trial is completed, the results of clinical testing may not demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device, may be equivocal or may otherwise not be sufficient to obtain approval or clearance of the product.
Sponsors of clinical trials of devices are required to register with clinicaltrials.gov, a public database of clinical trial information. Information related to the device, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is made public as part of the registration.
Ongoing Regulation by FDA
Even after a device receives clearance or approval by FDA and is placed on the market in the United States, there are requirements and regulations that must be followed. These include:
•establishment registration and device listing;
•QSR per 21 CFR Part 820 of U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (“CFR”), which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow design, testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;
•labeling regulations and prohibitions against product adulteration and misbranding (e.g., the promotion of products that do not have the appropriate market clearance or promotion for “off-label” uses), and other requirements related to promotional activities;
•medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or if their device malfunctioned and the device or a similar device marketed by the manufacturer would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;
•corrections and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to FDA field corrections or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by a device or to remedy a violation of the FD&C Act that may present a risk to health; and
•post-market surveillance regulations, which apply to certain Class II or Class III devices when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.
After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, may require a new 510(k) or possibly a PMA. FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and may disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If FDA disagrees with our determination to not seek a new 510(k) clearance, FDA may retroactively require us to seek 510(k) clearance or possibly a PMA. FDA could also require us to cease marketing and
16

Table of Contents
distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or a PMA approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, there may be significant regulatory fines and penalties.
Changes to an approved PMA device, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new PMA application or PMA supplement, as appropriate, before the change can be implemented. Supplements to a PMA often require the submission of the same type of information required for an original PMA application, with the exception that the supplement is generally limited to the information needed to support the proposed change from the device covered by the original PMA.
FDA regulations require us to register our manufacturing facilities as a medical device manufacturer. Additionally, the California Department of Health Services (“CDHS”) requires us to register as a medical device manufacturer within the state. Because of this, FDA and the CDHS may inspect our facilities on a routine basis for compliance with the QSR. These regulations require that we manufacture our products and maintain related documentation in a prescribed manner with respect to manufacturing, testing and control activities. We have undergone and expect to continue to undergo regular QSR inspections in connection with the manufacture of our products at our facilities. Further, FDA requires us to comply with various FDA regulations regarding labeling. Failure by us or by our suppliers to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by FDA or state authorities, which may include any of the following sanctions:
•warning or untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;
•customer notifications, voluntary or mandatory recall or seizure of our products;
•operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
•delay in processing submissions or applications for new products or modifications to existing products;
•withdrawing approvals that have already been granted; and
•criminal prosecution.
The Medical Device Reporting laws and regulations require us to provide information to FDA when we receive or otherwise become aware of information that reasonably suggests our device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury as well as a device malfunction that likely would cause or contribute to death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. Our approach has been to file such reports with FDA even in cases where reporting might not otherwise be required out of an abundance of caution. In addition, FDA prohibits an approved device from being marketed for off-label use. FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability, including substantial monetary penalties and criminal prosecution.
Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product’s labeling, including addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures. Also, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or FDA’s policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory clearance or approval of our medical devices under development.
We are also subject to other federal, state and local laws, and regulations relating to safe working conditions, laboratory, and manufacturing practices.
Regulatory Inspections
We are subject to periodic inspections by FDA and other regulatory entities, such as a European Notified Body, related to the regulatory requirements that apply to medical devices designed and manufactured, and clinical trials sponsored, by us. When FDA conducts an inspection, the inspectors will identify any deficiencies they believe exist in the form of a notice of inspectional observations, or FDA Form 483. If a notice of inspectional observations or deficiencies is received from FDA following an inspection, we would be required to respond in writing, and would be required to undertake corrective and/or preventive or other actions in order to address FDA’s or other regulators’ concerns. Failure to address FDA’s concerns may result in the issuance of a warning letter or other enforcement or administrative actions.
European Union
Our medical devices are regulated in the European Union as medical devices per the European Union Directive (93/42/EEC), also known as the Medical Device Directive (the “MDD”). An authorized third party, also called a Notified Body, must approve products for CE marking, other than those which are categorized as class I self-certified. The CE mark is contingent
17

Table of Contents
upon continued compliance to the applicable regulations, harmonized standards and the quality system requirements of the MDD and the ISO 13485 standard.
The new European Medical Devices Regulation 2017/745 (“EU MDR”), which was published in May 2017 with a transition period of three years, replaced the MDD and was initially scheduled to be fully implemented on May 26, 2020, with no further applications under the previous directives permitted and therefore requiring that we update our quality management system processes to meet the new EU MDR requirements. On April 17, 2020, the European Parliament postponed the implementation of EU MDR by 12 months in response to the exceptional circumstances associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, and EU MDR came into effect on May 26, 2021. We have updated our quality management system processes to meet the new EU MDR requirements, which were successfully audited in April 2021 by a Notified Body. We are actively updating technical documentation supporting our medical devices to meet EU MDR requirements and have submitted and obtained our first approval for the Indigo system. We are also working with a Notified Body on the timing of each Technical Documentation submission and review under EU MDR. Under EU MDR, CE certificates issued under the previous directives prior to May 2021 will remain valid in accordance with their term beyond the expiration of the transition period, but will become void at the latest on May 27, 2024; however, certain limitations set forth in EU MDR, such as the inability to substantially change medical devices without notified body approval will apply. We do not expect such limitations to have any material impact on our ability to supply our medical devices to the market in the region covered by EU MDR.
Other Regions
Most major markets have different levels of regulatory requirements for medical devices. Modifications to the cleared or approved products may require a new regulatory submission in all major markets. The regulatory requirements, and the review time, vary significantly from country to country.
Fraud and Abuse and Other Healthcare Regulation
Anti-Kickback Statute
We are subject to various federal and state healthcare laws, including, but not limited to, anti-kickback laws. In particular, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, or for the purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending any good, facility, service or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. The term “remuneration” expressly includes kickbacks, bribes, or rebates and also has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value.
There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain business arrangements from prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. These statutory exceptions and safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they may not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more applicable statutory exceptions or safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all requirements of an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities and will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances. Additionally, the intent standard under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute was amended under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (“Affordable Care Act”), to a stricter standard such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. The Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act which is discussed below. Penalties for violations of the anti-kickback statute include, but are not limited to, criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of operations. Various states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and some of these state laws may be broader in scope in that some of these state laws extend to all payors and may not contain safe harbors. In addition, many foreign jurisdictions in which we operate have similar laws and regulations.
Federal Civil False Claims Act. The federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false or fraudulent claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain
18

Table of Contents
payment from or approval by, the federal government. Suits filed under the federal civil False Claims Act, known as “qui tam” actions, can be brought by any individual on behalf of the government. These individuals, sometimes known as “relators” or, more commonly, as “whistleblowers,” may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. As a result, qui tam actions continue to cause healthcare companies to have to defend cases brought under the federal civil False Claims Act. If an entity is determined to have violated the federal civil False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties for each separate false claim. Various states have adopted laws similar to the federal civil False Claims Act, and many of these state laws are broader in scope and apply to all payors, and therefore, are not limited to only those claims submitted to the federal government.
Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Statute. The federal Civil Monetary Penalties Statute, among other things, imposes fines against any person who is determined to have presented, or caused to be presented, claims to a federal healthcare program that the person knows, or should know, is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.
Sunshine Act. The Affordable Care Act also included a provision, commonly referred to as the Sunshine Act, that requires any manufacturer of a covered device that provides payments or other transfers of value to a physician or teaching hospital, or to a third party at the request of a physician or teaching hospital, to submit to CMS on an annual basis information about the payments or other transfers of value, with the reported information to be made public on a searchable website. Such reporting requirement was expanded by the SUPPORT for Patients and Communities Act, which requires manufacturers, beginning January 1, 2021, to report payments or transfers of value to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse midwives in addition to physicians and teaching hospitals. Similar laws have been enacted at the state level and in foreign jurisdictions, including France.
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Anti-Bribery Laws. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits U.S. companies and their representatives from offering or making payments to foreign officials for the purpose of securing a business advantage. In many countries, the healthcare professionals we regularly interact with may meet the definition of a foreign government official for purposes of the FCPA. Similar anti-bribery laws are in effect in many of the countries in which we operate.
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996. The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended (“HIPAA”) created several new federal crimes, including healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. In addition, HIPAA and its implementing regulations established uniform standards for certain covered entities, which are healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates, governing the conduct of specified electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of protected health information.
The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, commonly referred to as the economic stimulus package, included an expansion of HIPAA’s privacy and security standards called the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”). Among other things, HITECH created four tiers of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.
Human Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately 3,800 employees worldwide. None of our U.S. employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. Some of our employees outside of the United States are subject to mandatory, industry-specific collective bargaining agreements or the protections of statutory works councils as required by local law. We have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe our employee relations are good. During 2021, we made a number of hires at the senior management level, including relating to our REAL Immersive System and our international sales operations, which we believe will help drive growth in those areas.
In managing our business, we focus on a number of measures and objectives with respect to the attraction, development and retention of our employees that we believe are important to our business, including diversity, communication, compensation, professional development, and health, well-being and safety:
•We are proud to be an equal opportunity employer and to have a diverse employee population and leadership team: for example, as of December 31, 2021, approximately 50% of our employees are female, almost half of our senior management team are female, and almost 75% of our employee population in the United States are from a minority
19

Table of Contents
background. We seek to attract a diverse slate of candidates, including from historically underrepresented groups. We believe that diversity and inclusion in the workplace enhance employee engagement and stimulate innovation, and that people in diverse groups work better, share information more broadly and consider a wider range of views. We pride ourselves on our diverse workforce, which we believe has been and will continue to be a major contributor to our growth and innovation, and intend to continue to make diversity and inclusion a cornerstone of our efforts regarding our workforce.
•We aim to maintain an “open door” culture, and encourage employees to voice their concerns, questions, suggestions and comments. We strive to foster an atmosphere where employees openly share ideas and where people are treated with dignity and respect. Our goal is to provide a productive working environment based on mutual respect and the highest level of ethical and lawful conduct. We have also established a hotline for employees to report suspected violations of law and concerns related to accounting, auditing and ethical violations.
•We provide our employees a competitive wage that is aimed to allow them to meet the standard cost of living in their region. We evaluate our compensation programs to ensure that our employees are paid fairly for the valuable work they are doing, and we are rewarding outstanding performance. We are also committed to achieving internal pay equity. We offer our employees competitive benefits that follow local country standards.
•We aim to foster a culture where learning is continuous, and we strive to promote from within. We believe in our people and their ability to accept new responsibilities and challenges and to grow with us to contribute to our success. Growth is fostered through professional development and learning programs as well as practical experience leading projects or teams. Employees receive regular performance reviews to support their progress and development.
•We recognize the benefits of a healthy workforce. We provide employees at our Alameda campus with an on-site restaurant that offers fresh food at discounted pricing for employees, as well as an on-site fitness center, which has been closed during the COVID-19 pandemic in accordance with local and state health guidelines, with online fitness classes being offered to employees during the closure. Employees in the United States are also eligible for a gym discount at a local commercial fitness chain. We also support the mental health of our employees by offering an employee assistance program for employees and their families. that provides free counseling sessions and offers other resources for employees.
•We prioritize the health and safety of our employees. Guided by a strategic plan that is regularly reviewed, we have a dedicated Employee Health and Safety team, who seek to prevent and reduce workplace risks and injuries through various programs, projects, services, and assistance, such as ergonomic evaluation, hazard reporting, risk assessment, and first aid training. Employee safety is also supported by an access control system at all facilities and a dedicated 24/7 Security team on the Alameda and Roseville campuses. We require all work-related injuries or illnesses to be reported. This information is reviewed monthly by our Safety Committee for analysis and trending.
•We are committed to maintaining and improving the safety of our employees and our workplace. For example, we have taken a number of steps to address the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our employees, including continuing to pay United States employees impacted by the pandemic consistent with California Requirements, avoiding layoffs, permitting most of our office employees to work remotely, providing periodic on-site vaccine and booster clinics and on-site testing, and implementing changes to how we manufacture our products and to other processes in order to prioritize the health and safety of our employees and to operate under the protocols mandated by local and state authorities, with measures such as changes to shift schedules, physical distancing, contact tracing, symptom assessments and other safety measures. We will continue to assess, identify and implement measures to support the health and safety of our employees during the pandemic.
Facilities
We maintain approximately 500,000 square feet of office, research and development, manufacturing and administrative facilities in nine buildings at our campus in Alameda, California as of December 31, 2021. The leases for these nine buildings expire at various times in 2029 to 2036, subject to our option to renew certain leases for an additional five to fifteen years. From time to time through February 1, 2035, if any space in any of the buildings located in the same business park as our campus becomes vacant, that space will be added to the lease. The maximum additional space that could be added under this provision of the lease as of December 31, 2021 is approximately 100,000 square feet. The Company has a right of first offer to lease any space that becomes available after such date. We also lease approximately 160,000 square feet of manufacturing facility in Roseville, California. The lease for this building expires in 2034, subject to our option to renew the lease for an additional five to ten years. In addition, we lease approximately 70,000 square feet of warehouse space in Livermore, California, and approximately 45,000 square feet of warehouse space in Salt Lake City, Utah. The leases for the Livermore warehouse spaces
20

Table of Contents
expire at various times in 2025 to 2028. The lease for the Salt Lake City warehouse expires in 2024, subject to our option to renew the lease for an additional three to nine years.
During the third quarter of 2021, we signed the 620 Roseville Parkway Lease which had not yet commenced as of December 31, 2021. Per the terms of the lease, improvements will be constructed and permanently affixed to the property in phases, the first of which phase is anticipated to be completed by the end of 2022.
During the fourth quarter of 2021, we acquired Sixense, which leases an aggregate of approximately 8,000 square feet of office space in Los Gatos, San Francisco and Los Angeles, California. The leases for these offices expire at various times in 2022 to 2023, with the Los Angeles office automatically renewing on a quarterly basis until terminated. In addition, Sixense leases office space in Israel, which supports its research and development activities.
We also lease office and warehouse space in Germany, Italy, Australia, Brazil, and Singapore as of December 31, 2021. The offices in Germany and Australia support our direct sales operations in Europe and Australasia, respectively, with the Germany office also supporting distributor relationships in Europe and the Middle East; the offices in Brazil and Singapore support our sales and marketing efforts, including through our distribution partners, in Latin America and Southeast Asia, respectively; and the offices in Italy support the operations of Crossmed S.p.A., our wholly-owned subsidiary in Italy, including supporting our direct sales operations in Italy, San Marino, Vatican City, and Switzerland. We also warehouse and distribute finished products to our international customers utilizing a third-party logistics provider in the Netherlands.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are subject to claims and assessments in the ordinary course of business. For more information regarding our current legal proceedings, please refer to the section entitled “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3 of this Form 10-K. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and there can be no assurance that legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Available Information
We make our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, available free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed with the SEC. Our website address is www.penumbrainc.com. Information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this report. The SEC maintains a website that contains the materials we file with the SEC at www.sec.gov.
21

Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
This Form 10-K contains forward-looking information based on our current expectations. Because our business is subject to many risks and our actual results may differ materially from any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of us, this section includes a discussion of important factors that could affect our business, operating results, financial condition and the trading price of our common stock. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this Form 10-K as well as our other publicly available filings with the SEC. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be materially and adversely harmed.
Business Risks
We have a limited operating history in certain markets and may not be able to sustain or grow our profitability or generate positive cash flows from operations in the future.
We were founded in 2004 and did not generate any revenue until 2007. Moreover, while we have successfully developed, obtained regulatory clearance or approval for, and introduced a number of products in the neurovascular market since 2007, we first introduced products in the peripheral vascular, neurosurgical and immersive healthcare markets in 2013, 2014 and 2020, respectively. Accordingly, in certain markets we have a limited operating history upon which investors can evaluate our business and prospects, and this limited operating history may not be indicative of our future results. We incurred operating losses in 2020 and 2021. We can give no assurance that we will be profitable or cash flow positive in the future.
Our sales, general and administrative expenses have increased, and we expect that they will continue to increase, to support our past and anticipated future growth. We have also expended significant amounts on research and development to develop our products, and we expect to continue to do so. We also expend significant amounts on maintaining inventory levels of raw materials, components and finished products to meet anticipated customer demand. In addition, our coil products are sold on a consignment basis, which requires us to expend significant amounts on inventory that is placed at many customer locations. Our ability to sustain our growth and profitability and generate positive operating cash flow in the future may be influenced by many factors, including:
•our ability to achieve and maintain market acceptance of our products;
•unanticipated problems and additional costs relating to the development and testing of new products;
•our ability to introduce, manufacture at scale, build new inventory and commercialize new products;
•our ability to produce sufficient quantities of our products to meet demand;
•the impact of competition;
•the timing and impact of market, reimbursement and regulatory developments;
•our ability to expand into new markets;
•pricing pressure from competitors;
•the availability and adequacy of third-party reimbursement for procedures in which our products are used; and
•our ability to obtain and maintain adequate intellectual property protection for our products and technologies.
If we encounter difficulties with any of the foregoing or unexpected expenses, it could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Our existing products may be rendered obsolete and we may be unable to effectively introduce and market new products or may fail to keep pace with advances in technology.
The medical device market is characterized by rapidly advancing technology. Our success and growth depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate technological advancements and competitive innovations and introduce new products to adapt to these advancements and innovations. To compete in the marketplace, we have made, and we must continue to make, substantial investments in new product development, whether internally through research and development or externally through licensing or acquisitions. We can give no assurance that we will be successful in identifying, developing or acquiring, and marketing new products or enhancing our existing products. In addition, we can give no assurance that new products or alternative treatment techniques developed by competitors will not render our current or future products obsolete or inferior, technologically or economically.
22

Table of Contents
The success of any new products that we develop or acquire depends on achieving and maintaining market acceptance. Market acceptance for our current and new products could be affected by a number of factors, including:
•our ability to market and distribute our products effectively;
•the availability, perceived efficacy and pricing of alternative products from our competitors;
•the development of new products or alternative treatments by others that render our products and technologies obsolete;
•the price, quality, effectiveness and reliability of our products;
•our customer service and reputation;
•our ability to convince specialist physicians and other healthcare providers to use our products on their patients; and
•the timing of market entry of new products or alternative treatments.
Our competition may respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies or a changing clinical landscape, undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, have greater financial, marketing and other resources than us or be more successful in attracting potential customers and strategic partners. Given these factors, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue or increase our level of success. Our failure to introduce new and innovative products in a timely manner, and our inability to maintain or grow the market acceptance of our existing products, could result in write-offs of our inventory and otherwise have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Delays in product introductions could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
The medical device market is highly competitive and designs change often to adjust to shifting market preferences and other factors. Therefore, product life cycles are relatively short. As a result, any delays in our product launches may significantly impede our ability to enter or compete in a given market and may reduce the sales that we are able to generate from these products. We may experience delays in any phase of a product launch, including during research and development, clinical trials, regulatory review, manufacturing and marketing. Delays in product introductions could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
We face significant competition, and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may not be able to achieve or maintain significant market penetration or improve our results of operations.
The medical device industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. We compete with a number of manufacturers and distributors of neuro and vascular devices. Our most notable competitors are Abbott Laboratories, Boston Scientific, Inari, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic, Stryker and Terumo. Most of these competitors are large, well-capitalized companies with longer operating histories and greater resources than us. We also compete with a number of smaller medical device companies that have a single product or a limited range of products. Our competitors may be able to spend more on product development, marketing, sales and other product initiatives, or be more focused in their spending and activities, than we can. Some of our competitors have:
•significantly greater name recognition;
•broader or deeper relations with healthcare professionals, customers, group purchasing organizations and third-party payors;
•more established distribution networks;
•additional lines of products and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer greater discounts or other incentives to gain a competitive advantage;
•greater experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, marketing and obtaining regulatory clearance or approval for products; and
•greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing and patent litigation.
23

Table of Contents
We compete primarily on the basis that our products are able to treat patients with neuro and vascular diseases and disorders and other health conditions safely and effectively, with improved outcomes and procedural cost savings. Our continued success depends on our ability to:
•develop innovative, proprietary products that can cost-effectively address significant clinical needs;
•continue to innovate and develop scientifically advanced technology;
•obtain and maintain regulatory clearances or approvals;
•demonstrate efficacy in Penumbra-sponsored and third-party clinical trials and studies;
•apply technology across product lines and markets;
•attract and retain skilled research and development and sales personnel; and
•cost-effectively manufacture and successfully market and sell products.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively on the basis of these factors. Additionally, our competitors with greater financial resources could acquire or develop new technologies or products that effectively compete with our existing or future products. For example, in 2021, some of our large competitors acquired technologies that compete with our products in the vascular market. If we are unable to effectively compete, it would materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
The ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have adversely affected and could in the future adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
In December 2019, a strain of coronavirus, known as COVID-19, surfaced in Wuhan, China and resulted in an outbreak throughout the world. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic. Governments, public institutions, and other organizations in countries and localities throughout the world have taken and are continuing to take certain emergency measures to combat the spread of COVID-19, including implementation of restrictions on travel and orders that restrict the operations of institutions such as schools and businesses. While the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government response continue to evolve, we have experienced negative impacts from this pandemic and it could materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition in the future.
For example, on March 18, 2020, CMS released guidance for U.S. healthcare providers recommending the delay of elective surgeries and non-essential medical, surgical, and dental procedures in order to preserve personal protective equipment, beds, and ventilators for use in combating COVID-19. This guidance and similar guidance from other public health authorities resulted in the deferral of procedures in which our products are used, which thereby reduced demand for our products in the relevant periods. Any similar guidance in the future could also further reduce demand for our products in future periods. Furthermore, as the COVID-19 pandemic subsides there may be constraints in the capacities and financial resources of hospitals and other healthcare providers to perform procedures that had been deferred due to COVID-19, which could have an adverse effect on demand for our products following the end of the pandemic. Many hospitals have also implemented restrictions on vendor access, potentially limiting our ability to provide product and case support.
In addition, due to domestic and international governmental orders restricting certain activities in response to COVID-19, including in Alameda, California, where our corporate headquarters and many of our operations, including our principal manufacturing facility, are located, we continue to experience certain disruptions in our business, including changes to our on-site operations to reduce manufacturing capacity and implement social distancing, reductions in our suppliers’ ability to source, maintain inventory and ship raw materials in alignment with our demands, work stoppages, slowdowns and delays, including having most of our office employees working outside of our offices, travel restrictions, reduced access to our customers for product training and case support, and cancellation of events, delays in product development efforts and related clinical trials and regulatory clearances and approvals, and other negative impacts on our capacity to manufacture, our suppliers’ capacity to source and ship raw materials and our distributors’ ability to sell and support the use of our products.
The COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant uncertainty and volatility in global financial markets and the trading prices for the common stock of medical device companies, including Penumbra. Due to such volatility, we may not be able to raise additional capital, if needed, on favorable terms, or at all. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic and the response thereto have impacted global supply chains and labor markets, resulting in cost inflation as well as an increase in employee turnover rates in certain jurisdictions, which has impacted, and may continue to impact, our business. These impacts and any further adverse economic events resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, including a prolonged recession, depression or other
24

Table of Contents
sustained economic downturn, could materially and adversely affect our business, access to capital markets and the value of our common stock.
The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is highly uncertain and subject to change. In particular, there can be no assurance that vaccines will ultimately be successful in limiting or stopping the spread of COVID-19, particularly as new variants of the virus spread. We do not yet know the full extent of potential impacts of COVID-19 on our business, healthcare systems, the medical device industry or the global economy as a whole. However, these effects could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
We face risks related to our investment in our immersive healthcare platform, including our inexperience with virtual reality technology, and we may be unsuccessful in developing and commercializing products using virtual reality technology.
In 2017, we formed a joint venture with Sixense to explore healthcare applications using virtual reality technology. Since the formation of the joint venture in 2017, we have invested significant financial resources to develop and commercialize immersive healthcare products. In October 2021, we acquired Sixense for $251.0 million, which was paid in the form of shares of Penumbra common stock and options to purchase Penumbra common stock.
Our company is experienced in and has a strong history of bringing technology to healthcare markets. While we are familiar with the healthcare markets that we plan to target initially, we do not have extensive experience with virtual reality technology and are relying on new hires, including former Sixense employees, and consultants with expertise in the field. Apart from funds we have invested to date, we continue to invest substantial additional funds for research and development, to establish manufacturing operations, to hire dedicated sales and marketing personnel and to commercialize immersive healthcare products.
We can give no assurance that we will be successful in developing and commercializing products using virtual reality technology. To date, our efforts have been focused on developing the REAL Immersive System and our commercial launch of the early generation of this product is in its nascent stages. We have not yet determined that the business model we are pursuing to bring virtual reality technology to the healthcare field will be successful. Our ability to successfully commercialize healthcare applications using virtual reality technology may be influenced by many factors, including:
•our ability to develop new products and content;
•unanticipated problems and additional costs relating to the development and testing of new products;
•our ability to install, set up and service new customers;
•our ability to achieve and maintain market acceptance;
•our possible reliance on a limited number of suppliers for key components of the products we develop;
•maintaining an appropriate program for compliance with regulations related to the privacy and security of individually-identifiable patient information, including but not limited to HIPAA;
•our ability to introduce, manufacture at scale, build new inventory and commercialize new products;
•our ability to produce sufficient quantities of products to meet demand;
•the impact of competition, including with respect to the hardware and software underlying our immersive healthcare platform;
•the timing and impact of market, reimbursement and regulatory developments, including our ability to obtain any required regulatory approvals or clearances outside the United States;
•our ability to expand into new markets; and
•our ability to obtain and maintain adequate intellectual property protection for our products and technologies.
In addition, we can give no assurance that we will realize the expected benefits from our acquisition of Sixense, including with respect to our ability to develop and commercialize our immersive healthcare platform, or that we will be able to efficiently integrate Sixense’s operations, technologies, personnel, and products, which may require significant attention of our management team that otherwise would be available for the ongoing development of our business. If we cannot efficiently integrate Sixense into our existing operations, our business, financial conditions and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
25

Table of Contents
Our future growth depends, in part, on our ability to further penetrate our current customer base and increase the frequency of use of our products by our customers.
We will need to continue to make specialist physicians and other healthcare providers aware of the benefits of our products to generate increased demand and frequency of use, and thus increase sales to our customers. Although we are attempting to increase the number of patients treated with our products through our established relationships and focused sales efforts, we cannot provide assurance that our efforts will increase the use of our products. If we are unable to increase the frequency of use of our products by specialist physicians and other healthcare providers, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Our future growth depends, in part, on significantly expanding our user base to include additional specialist physicians and other healthcare providers in both our existing and future target end markets.
Currently, the primary users of our neuro and vascular products are specialist physicians, including interventional neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, interventional neurologists, interventional radiologists, interventional cardiologists and vascular surgeons. We have in the past entered into new target end markets, including with respect to our immersive healthcare platform, and may from time to time enter new target end markets with different users in the future. Our revenue growth will depend in part on our ability to convince specialist physicians and other healthcare providers in our existing and future target end markets of our products’ efficacy, to educate them in the proper use of our products and to sell our products to their affiliated hospitals or other organizations. Convincing specialist physicians and other healthcare providers to use new products and to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate education in the use of our products is challenging, especially in new markets where treatments or therapies using our products are not established. Expanding our customer base in existing and new target end markets may require, among other things, additional clinical evidence supporting patient benefits, training in a manner to which we are not accustomed, or other resources that we do not readily have available or are not cost effective for us to provide. If we are unable to convert specialist physicians or other healthcare providers in existing or new target end markets to the use of our products, our sales growth will be limited, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
We may not have the resources to successfully market and sell our products, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.
The marketing and sales of our products requires us to invest in training and education and employ a salesforce that is large enough to interact with the specialist physicians and other healthcare providers who use our products. Entering new markets also requires a significant amount of time and expense in order to identify and establish relationships with key opinion leaders among the specialist physicians and other healthcare providers who may use our products in those markets. We may not have adequate resources to market and sell our products successfully against larger competitors. If we cannot market and sell our products successfully, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Third-party reimbursement may not be available or adequate for the procedures or sessions for which our products are used, and may be subject to change.
Our ability to commercialize new products successfully in both the United States and international markets depends in part on the availability of, and hospitals’ and other customers’ ability to obtain, adequate levels of third-party reimbursement for the procedures or sessions in which our products are used. In the United States, the cost of medical care is funded, in substantial part, by government insurance programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and private and corporate health insurance plans. Third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device used in a procedure has not received appropriate FDA or other governmental regulatory clearances or approvals, is not used in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods as determined by the payor, or is experimental, unnecessary or inappropriate. Our ability to commercialize our products successfully will depend, in large part, on the extent to which adequate reimbursement levels for the cost of their use are obtained from government authorities, private health insurers and other organizations, such as health maintenance organizations. Further, healthcare in the United States and international markets is also being affected by economic pressure to contain reimbursement levels and costs. Changing reimbursement models either domestically or internationally could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
We have generated a significant portion of our revenue and revenue growth from a limited number of product families, and our revenue and business prospects would be adversely affected if sales of any of these product families were to decline.
We have generated most of our revenue and revenue growth from a limited number of product families. If any one or more of these product families were adversely affected because of regulatory, third-party reimbursement or intellectual property
26

Table of Contents
issues or any other reason, or if one of our competitors introduced one or more products that specialist physicians or other healthcare providers believe are superior to our products, our revenue from one of these product families could decline. A significant decline in our sales of any of these product families could also negatively impact our financial condition and our ability to conduct product development activities, and therefore negatively impact our business prospects.
If specialist physicians or other healthcare providers do not recommend and endorse, or use, our products or if our relationships with specialist physicians or other healthcare providers deteriorate, our products may not be accepted or maintain acceptance in the marketplace, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our products are sold primarily to hospitals for use by specialist physicians and other healthcare providers practicing at their facilities. In order for us to sell our products, specialist physicians and other healthcare providers must recommend and endorse them for the hospital to purchase them, and must use them in treating their patients to generate follow-on sales. We may not obtain the necessary recommendations or endorsements for new products from specialist physicians and other healthcare providers, nor may we be able to maintain the current or future level of acceptance and usage of our products. Acceptance of our products depends on educating the medical community as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived benefits, safety, clinical efficacy and cost-effectiveness of our products compared to products of our competitors or treatments that do not use our products, and on training specialist physicians and other healthcare providers in the proper application and use of our products. We invest in significant training and education of our sales representatives, specialist physicians and other healthcare providers to achieve market acceptance of our products, with no assurance of success. If we are not successful in obtaining and maintaining the recommendations or endorsements of specialist physicians and other healthcare providers for our products, if specialist physicians and other healthcare providers prefer our competitors’ products or other alternative treatments that do not use our products, or if our products otherwise do not gain or maintain market acceptance, our business could be adversely affected.
In addition, the research, development, marketing and sales of our products are dependent, in part, upon our working relationships with specialist physicians and other healthcare providers. We rely on them to provide us with knowledge and feedback regarding our products and the marketing of our products. If we are unable to develop or maintain strong relationships with specialist physicians and other healthcare providers and receive their advice and input, the development and marketing of our products could suffer, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
We may not be able to achieve or maintain satisfactory pricing and margins for our products.
Manufacturers of medical devices have a history of price competition, and we can give no assurance that we will be able to achieve satisfactory prices for our products or maintain prices at the levels we have historically achieved. If we are unable to achieve or maintain our prices, or if our costs increase and we are unable to offset such increase with an increase in our prices, our margins could erode and we may be unable to achieve or maintain profitable operations in the future.
We cannot be certain that we will be able to manufacture our products in high volumes at commercially reasonable costs.
We currently maintain our primary manufacturing operations at our facilities in Alameda and Roseville, California. We currently produce substantially all of our products at these facilities, and we can give no assurance that these facilities will be adequate for our future needs. We may need to expend significant capital resources and further increase the size of our manufacturing capabilities as we grow our business. We could, however, encounter problems related to:
•capacity constraints;
•production yields;
•quality control;
•equipment availability; and
•shortages of qualified personnel.
Our continuous product innovation limits our ability to identify and implement manufacturing efficiencies. Failure to do so may reduce our ability to manufacture our products at commercially reasonable costs. If we are unable to manufacture our products in high volumes at commercially reasonable costs, it could materially affect our ability to adequately increase production of our products and fulfill customer orders on a timely basis, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
27

Table of Contents
We are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which consume a significant amount of our working capital and could lead to permanent write-downs or write-offs of our inventory.
We maintain a significant inventory of raw materials, components and finished goods, which subjects us to a number of risks and challenges. Our hospital customers typically maintain only small quantities of our products at their facilities, so as products are used, they order replacements that typically require prompt delivery. As a result, we must maintain sufficient levels of finished goods to permit rapid shipment of products following receipt of a customer order. In turn, we must also maintain a sufficient supply of raw materials and components inventory to permit rapid manufacturing and re-stocking of finished goods. Furthermore, our coil inventory is supplied to hospital customers on a consignment basis, which means that it is classified as part of our inventory for financial reporting purposes but is maintained at the hospital location until it is used. We have built, and will continue to build, a significant inventory of coils in order to support the introduction of and to provide adequate consignment stock for our new and existing coil products.
Maintaining a significant inventory of raw materials, components and finished goods, including coils, consumes a significant amount of our working capital. This working capital could be used for other purposes, such as research and development or sales and marketing activities. As we grow our business, we may need substantial additional capital to fund higher levels of inventory, which may materially adversely affect our liquidity or result in dilution to our stockholders if we sell additional equity securities or leverage if we raise debt capital to finance our working capital requirements.
Maintaining a significant inventory of raw materials, components and finished goods, including coils, also subjects us to the risk of inventory excess and obsolescence, which may lead to a permanent write-down or write-off of our inventory. While in inventory, our components and finished goods may become obsolete, and we may over-estimate the amount of inventory needed, which may lead to excessive inventory. In these circumstances we would write-down or write-off our inventory and may be required to expend additional resources or be constrained in the amount of end product that we can produce. Furthermore, our products have a limited shelf life due to sterilization requirements, and part or all of a given product or component may expire, resulting in a decrease in value and potentially a permanent write-down of our inventory. In the event that a substantial portion of our inventory becomes excess or obsolete, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations.
Defects or failures or alleged defects or failures associated with our products could lead to recalls, safety alerts, or product-related or securities litigation, as well as significant costs and negative publicity.
Manufacturing flaws, component failures, design defects, off-label uses or inadequate disclosure of product-related information could result in an unsafe condition or the injury or death of a patient. These problems could lead to a recall of, or issuance of a safety alert relating to, our products and result in significant costs, negative publicity and adverse competitive pressure. While we have had product recalls, including the recall of the JET 7 Reperfusion Catheter with Xtra Flex technology in December 2020, they have all been voluntary. The circumstances giving rise to recalls are, however, unpredictable, and any recalls of existing or future products could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
The medical device industry has historically been subject to extensive litigation over product liability claims. There are high rates of mortality and other complications associated with some of the medical conditions suffered by the patients whom specialist physicians use our devices to treat, and we may be subject to product liability claims if our products cause, or merely appear to have caused, an injury or death. In addition, an injury or death that is caused by the activities of our suppliers, such as those that provide us with components and raw materials, or by an aspect of a treatment used in combination with our products, such as a complementary drug or anesthesia, may be the basis for a claim against us by patients, hospitals, health-care providers or others purchasing or using our products, even if our products were not the actual cause of such injury or death. An adverse outcome involving one of our products could result in reduced market acceptance and demand for all of our products, and could harm our reputation and our ability to market our products in the future. In some circumstances, adverse events arising from or associated with the design, manufacture or marketing of our products could result in the suspension or delay of regulatory reviews of our premarket notifications or applications for marketing. Any of the foregoing problems could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
Although we carry product liability insurance in the United States and in other countries in which we conduct business, including for clinical trials and product marketing, we can give no assurance that such coverage will be available or adequate to satisfy any claims. Product liability insurance is expensive, subject to significant deductibles and exclusions, and may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain or maintain insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms with adequate coverage or otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, we could be exposed to significant liabilities. A product liability claim, recall or other claim with respect to uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured liabilities could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Defending a product
28

Table of Contents
liability suit, regardless of its merit or eventual outcome, could be costly, could divert management’s attention from our business and might result in adverse publicity, which could result in reduced acceptance of our products in the market, product recalls or market withdrawals.
In addition, the occurrence of an adverse event relating to our products, a product recall or a product liability claim against us may cause our stock price to decline, which could result in securities class action litigation claims against us. We were involved in one such lawsuit in 2021, as described in more detail below under “Legal Proceedings” and in Note “10. Commitments and Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K, and we may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Any such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.
Our products are continually the subject of clinical trials conducted by us, our competitors, or other third parties, the results of which may be unfavorable, or perceived as unfavorable, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As a part of the regulatory process of obtaining marketing clearance or approval for new products and new indications for existing products, as well as to provide specialist physicians and other healthcare providers with ongoing information regarding the efficacy of our products, we conduct and participate in numerous clinical trials with a variety of study designs, patient populations and trial endpoints. Our competitors and third parties also conduct clinical trials of our products without our participation. Unfavorable or inconsistent clinical data from existing or future clinical trials conducted by us, our competitors or third parties, or the market’s or regulators’ perception of clinical data, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
The future success of our ischemic stroke business depends in part upon establishing an interventional stroke care pathway in the United States that integrates the use of mechanical thrombectomy into the treatment of ischemic stroke.
The stroke care pathway in the United States generally begins with emergency responders who are responsible for transporting the patient to a hospital facility. With a small number of exceptions (such as for trauma), emergency responders in the United States generally operate under a protocol that transports patients to the nearest hospital, which decreases the likelihood that the patient will be transported to a stroke center that has a developed stroke team and an interventional approach to the treatment of stroke. Further, there is no agreed upon standard of care among physicians or hospitals regarding the treatment of ischemic stroke patients, and treatment protocols vary according to the particular hospital, often resulting in significant delays and gaps in patients being assessed for and receiving interventional treatment. The absence of a uniform protocol among hospitals and among physicians within the same hospital means that we have to educate each hospital and stroke center about protocols that integrate our products for the treatment of stroke.
We believe that the stroke care system in the United States has not been historically geared towards interventional treatment of stroke due to the absence of clinical evidence that interventional techniques were effective. Specialist physician societies and we and our competitors are making efforts to alter the existing stroke care pathway, but we anticipate that these efforts will take years to be fully successful. The success of these efforts may depend on whether we and our competitors can effectively use substantial clinical data - demonstrating that intervention yields superior clinical results relative to cases where intervention is not used - to convince specialist physicians to use interventional techniques to treat ischemic stroke patients.
Establishing an interventional stroke pathway that integrates the use of interventional treatments, including our products, will depend upon many factors, including:
•effectively educating hospitals and specialist physicians about the clinical evidence supporting intervention, as well as the use, benefits and cost-effectiveness of our products;
•improving the speed with which patients are assessed for and receive interventional treatments; and
•the success of legislative efforts aimed at increasing the likelihood that patients are transported to a hospital or stroke center where interventional treatments are available.
Even if these efforts are successful, it may be years before existing systems and care pathways are changed. These factors may make it difficult to grow our business.
29

Table of Contents
Any data that is gathered in the course of clinical trials may be significantly more favorable than the typical results achieved by practicing specialist physicians and other healthcare providers, which could negatively impact rates of adoption of our products.
Even if the data collected from clinical trials indicates positive results, each specialist physician’s or other healthcare providers’ actual experience with our products will vary. Clinical trials often involve procedures performed by specialist physicians or other healthcare providers who are technically proficient and high volume users. Consequently, the results reported in clinical trials may be significantly more favorable than typical results of other users. If specialist physicians’ or other healthcare providers’ experiences indicate, or they otherwise believe, that our products are not as safe or effective as other treatment options with which they are more familiar, or clinical trial data indicates the same, adoption of our products may suffer, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Negative publicity regarding our products or marketing tactics by competitors or other third parties could reduce demand for our products, which would adversely affect sales and our financial performance.
We may experience, from time to time, negative exposure in clinical publications or in marketing campaigns of our competitors. Such publications or campaigns may present negative individual physician experience regarding the safety or effectiveness of our products or may suggest our competitors’ products are superior to ours, based on studies or clinical trials conducted or funded by competitors or that involved competitive products.
Our reputation and competitive position may also be harmed by other publicly available information suggesting that our products are not safe. For example, we file adverse event reports under Medical Device Reporting (“MDR”) obligations with the FDA that are publicly available on the FDA’s website. We are required to file MDRs if our products may have caused or contributed to a serious injury or death or malfunctioned in a way that could likely cause or contribute to a serious injury or death if it were to recur. Our approach has been to file MDRs even in cases where reporting might not otherwise be required out of an abundance of caution. Any such MDR could result in negative publicity and could harm our reputation and future sales.
In addition, our reputation may be adversely impacted by other third parties, including parties engaged in the short selling of our stock. Short selling is the practice of selling securities that the seller does not own but rather has borrowed from a third-party with the intention of buying identical securities back at a later date to return to the lender. The short seller hopes to profit from a decline in the value of the securities between the sale of the borrowed securities and the purchase of the replacement shares, as the short seller expects to pay less in that purchase than it received in the sale. As it is in the short seller’s best interests for the price of the stock to decline, many short sellers publish, or arrange for the publication of, negative opinions regarding the relevant issuer and its business prospects in order to create negative market momentum and generate profits for themselves after selling a stock short. We have been in the past, and may be in the future, subject to such attacks by short sellers.
Our dependence on key suppliers puts us at risk of interruptions in the availability of our products, which could reduce our revenue and adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, increases in prices for raw materials and components used in our products could adversely affect our results of operations.
We require the timely delivery of sufficient amounts of components and materials to manufacture our products. For reasons of quality assurance, cost effectiveness or availability, we procure certain raw materials and components from a single or limited number of suppliers. We generally acquire such raw materials and components through purchase orders placed in the ordinary course of business, and as a result we may not have a significant inventory of these materials and components and generally do not have any guaranteed or contractual supply arrangements with many of these suppliers. Our reliance on these suppliers subjects us to risks that could harm our business, including, but not limited to, difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers.
Our dependence on third-party suppliers involves several other risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. Suppliers of raw materials and components may decide, or be required, for reasons beyond our control, to cease supplying raw materials and components to us or to raise their prices. Shortages of raw materials, quality control problems, production capacity constraints or delays by our suppliers could negatively affect our ability to meet our production requirements and result in increased prices for affected materials or components. We may also face delays, yield issues and quality control problems if we are required to locate and secure new sources of supply. While we have not experienced any to date, any material shortage, constraint or delay may result in delays in shipments of our products, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. Increases in prices for raw materials and components used in our products could also materially adversely affect our results of operations.
30

Table of Contents
In addition, FDA and regulators outside of the United States may require additional testing of any raw materials or components from new suppliers prior to our use of these materials or components. In the case of a device with clearance under Section 510(k) of the FD&C Act, referred to as a 510(k), we may be required to submit a new 510(k) if a change in a raw material or component supplier results in a change in a material or component supplied that is not within the 510(k) cleared device specifications. If we need to establish additional or replacement suppliers for some of these materials or components, our access to the materials or components might be delayed while we qualify such suppliers and obtain any necessary FDA approvals or clearances. Our suppliers may also be subject to regulatory inspection and scrutiny. Any adverse regulatory finding or action against those suppliers could impact their ability to supply us with raw materials and components for our products.
Finally, some of our products are sterilized prior to use at a third-party sterilizer in the United States. Recently, certain other sterilization facilities in the United States have undergone temporary closures mandated by state agencies due to concerns over the impact of emissions of ethylene oxide from such facilities. While such facilities have been permitted to resume certain operations due to increased emissions controls and/or the need to sterilize protective equipment during the COVID-19 pandemic, any future closures could lead to increased demand for sterilization services at the facilities we currently use to sterilize our products, which could prevent us from being able to sterilize our products at a pace sufficient to meet product demand and/or result in an increase in the cost of sterilization services. In addition, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has proposed regulations aimed at reducing hazardous air pollutants, including emissions of ethylene oxide, and any future regulatory action that requires sterilization facilities to close or to take steps to modify their sterilization processes could impact the supply of sterilization services as well as the cost for such services. If any of the sterilization facilities we currently use were to close, even on a temporary basis, due to the limited number of sterilization facilities and the time required to approve and license, and gain regulatory approval for us to use, a sterilization facility, we may not be able to replace lost sterilization capacity on a timely basis, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.
Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovative approach, creativity, and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business may be harmed.
We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork, and a focus on execution, as well as facilitates critical knowledge transfer and knowledge sharing. As we grow, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our corporate culture, which could limit our ability to innovate and operate effectively. Any failure to preserve our culture could also negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel or execute on our business strategy.
If our facilities were to become inoperable, we would be unable to continue to develop and manufacture our products until we were able to restore full research, manufacturing and administrative capabilities at our facilities or secure a new facility, and as a result, our business would be harmed.
We currently maintain our research and development, administrative and primary manufacturing operations in buildings located at our campus in Alameda, California. Alameda is situated on or near earthquake fault lines, and our facilities are built on filled land, which could be prone to liquefaction in a major earthquake. Should one or more of our buildings be significantly damaged or destroyed by natural or man-made disasters, such as earthquakes, fires or other events, it could take months to relocate or rebuild, during which time our employees may seek other positions, our research, development and manufacturing would cease or be delayed and our products may be unavailable. While we have additional manufacturing capacity at our Roseville, California facility, such space may not be sufficient to replace lost manufacturing capacity in the event one or more of our Alameda buildings are damaged or destroyed. Moreover, in the event we are required to obtain additional production capacity due to one or more of our Alameda buildings being damaged or destroyed, because of the time required to approve and license a manufacturing facility under FDA and non-U.S. regulatory requirements, we may not be able to resume production on a timely basis even if we are able to obtain replacement production capacity. While we maintain property and business interruption insurance, such insurance has limits and would only cover the cost of rebuilding and relocating and lost profits, but not losses we may suffer due to our products being replaced by competitors’ products. The inability to perform our research, development and certain of our manufacturing activities, combined with our limited inventory of raw materials and components and manufactured products, may cause specialist physicians or other healthcare providers to discontinue using our products or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to reestablish relationships with those specialist physicians or other healthcare providers in the future. Consequently, a catastrophic event at our Alameda facility could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Natural disasters and other events beyond our control could harm our business.
Natural disasters or other catastrophic events, such as earthquakes, flooding, wildfires, power shortages, pandemics such as COVID-19, terrorism, political unrest, telecommunications failure, vandalism, cyber-attacks, geopolitical instability, war,
31

Table of Contents
drought, sea level rise and other events beyond our control may cause damage or disruption to our operations, the operations of our suppliers and service providers, international commerce and the global economy, and could seriously harm our revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. The geographic location of our Alameda, California headquarters and production facilities, as well as the facilities of certain of our key suppliers and service providers, subject them to earthquake and wildfire risks. If a major earthquake, wildfire or other natural disaster were to damage our facilities or the facilities of suppliers and service providers, or impact the ability of our employees or the employees of our suppliers and service providers to travel to their workplace, we may experience potential impacts ranging from production and shipping delays to lost revenues and increased costs, which could significantly harm our business. Moreover, planned widespread blackouts during the peak wildfire season, such as those instituted in October 2019 by Pacific Gas and Electric, the public electric utility in the Northern California region, to avoid and contain wildfires sparked during strong wind events by downed power lines or equipment failure particularly if prolonged or frequent, could impact our operations and the operations of our suppliers and service providers located in the Northern California region. Many of our employees and the employees of such suppliers and service providers reside in Alameda County or surrounding counties and may be unable to travel to work or perform their duties remotely for the duration of any power shut off. We do not have multiple-site capacity for all of our operations in the event of a business disruption, and our insurance may not be sufficient to cover losses or additional expense that we may sustain. Furthermore, other parties in our supply chain are similarly vulnerable to natural disasters or other sudden, unforeseen, and severe adverse events. A natural disaster or other catastrophic event in any of our major markets could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
To successfully market and sell our products internationally, we must address a number of unique challenges applicable to international markets.
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we derived 29.4%, 28.6% and 35.1%, respectively, of our revenue from international sales. To accommodate our international sales, we have invested significant financial and management resources to develop an international infrastructure that will meet the needs of our customers. We anticipate that a significant portion of our revenue will continue to be derived from sales of our products in foreign markets and that the percentage of our overall revenue that is derived from these markets may increase in the future. This revenue and related operations will continue to be subject to the risks and challenges associated with international operations, including:
•reliance on distributors;
•varying coverage and reimbursement policies, processes and procedures;
•difficulties in staffing and managing international operations from which sales are conducted;
•difficulties in penetrating markets in which our competitors’ products or alternative procedures that do not use our products are more established;
•reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;
•export licensing requirements or restrictions, trade regulations and foreign tax laws;
•fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates;
•foreign certification, regulatory requirements and legal requirements;
•lengthy payment cycles and difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;
•customs clearance and shipping delays;
•reliance on third-party logistics providers who warehouse and distribute finished products to our international customers;
•pricing pressure in international markets;
•political and economic instability;
•preference for locally produced products;
•higher incidence of corruption or unethical business practices; and
•events resulting in negative impacts to, or uncertainty regarding, global trade, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, the reversal or renegotiation of international trade agreements and partnerships or the imposition of tariffs.
32

Table of Contents
If we are unable to successfully address these challenges, we may not be able to grow our international sales and our results of operations may suffer as a result.
Over the long term, we intend to grow our business internationally and to do so, we will need to spend substantial sums to expand or develop direct sales capabilities in existing and new geographic areas, generate additional sales through existing distributors or attract additional distributors, or enter into other arrangements with third parties in international markets to commercialize our products in such markets. In December 2020, we agreed to license the technology for certain of our products to our Chinese partner to permit our partner to manufacture and commercialize such products in China, in exchange for fixed payments upon the transfer of the licensed technology and upon the provision of related regulatory support, as well as royalty payments on downstream sales of the licensed products. We can provide no assurance that this arrangement, which is novel for us, will be successful, or that we will benefit commercially from licensing our technology to a third party in exchange for fixed payments as opposed to selling our products through a distributor. In addition, transferring a portion of our technology to a partner based in China carries risks relating to the intellectual property being transferred. Historically, China has not protected intellectual property rights to the same extent as the United States, and infringement of intellectual property rights continues to pose a serious risk in doing business in China. Monitoring and preventing unauthorized use is difficult, and the measures we may take to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation.
As a result of our international operations, we are required to comply with tax requirements in multiple jurisdictions, the scope and impact of which may be unclear. Moreover, tax authorities in jurisdictions in which we do business could disagree with tax positions that we take, including, for example, our inter-company pricing policies, or could assert that we owe more taxes than we currently pay due to the level and nature of our activities in such jurisdictions.
The June 2016 referendum by British voters to exit the European Union and the commencement of the official withdrawal process by the United Kingdom government in March 2017 has created uncertainties affecting business operations in the United Kingdom and the European Union. In December 2020, the United Kingdom and the European Union entered into a trade agreement governing commercial relations after the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union, which occurred on January 31, 2020. While it is difficult to predict the full extent of the impact of the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union, changes in the legal and regulatory environments to which our business is subject, trade relations between the United Kingdom and the European Union and other parties, and economic uncertainty in the region could adversely impact our business and results of operations.
Similarly, following the full implementation of EU MDR on May 26, 2021, Switzerland and the European Union failed to renew the Mutual Recognition Agreement between the parties, resulting in the requirement to register CE-marked devices in Switzerland, and appoint and label a Swiss Authorized Representative and an importer in Switzerland as early as May 26, 2021. We have addressed these requirements and successfully passed an audit by our certifying body to implement the required labeling changes to warrant business continuity in Switzerland, but we may not be able to maintain compliance with such regulations, and any further regulatory changes could adversely impact our ability to market our products in Switzerland.
In 2018, the United States imposed tariffs on goods imported from China and certain other countries, which has resulted in retaliatory tariffs by China and other countries. Additional tariffs imposed by the United States on a broader range of imports, or further retaliatory trade measures taken by China or other countries in response, could result in an increase in supply chain costs or other pricing pressures that we may not be able to offset or may otherwise adversely impact our business and results of operations.
We rely on our distributors to market and sell our products in certain international markets.
We have established a direct sales capability in the United States, most of Europe, Canada and Australia, which we have complemented with distributors in certain other international markets. Sales to distributors represented 16.6%, 14.2% and 20.5% of our revenue in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our success outside of the United States, most of Europe, Canada and Australia depends largely upon marketing arrangements with distributors, in particular their sales expertise and their relationships with specialist physicians and affiliated hospitals in their geographic areas. Distributors may terminate their relationship with us, sell competitive products or devote insufficient sales efforts or other resources to our products. We do not control our distributors, and they may not be successful in implementing our marketing plans. In addition, many of our distributors initially obtain and maintain foreign regulatory approval for the sale of our products in their respective countries, and their efforts in obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval may not be as robust as we desire or expect. As our business grows, we may seek to expand or otherwise modify our arrangements with our existing distributors and/or retain the services of additional distributors. For example, in December 2020, we entered into an agreement to license the technology for certain of our products to our Chinese partner to permit our partner to manufacture and commercialize such products in China, in exchange for fixed payments upon the transfer of the licensed technology and upon the provision of related regulatory support, as well as royalty payments on downstream sales of the licensed products. However, there can be no assurances that this
33

Table of Contents
arrangement, which is novel for us, or other similar arrangements that we may enter into in the future, will be successful. Our failure to maintain our relationships with our existing distributors, or our failure to recruit and retain additional skilled distributors in existing or new international markets, could have an adverse effect on our operations. If current or future distributors do not perform adequately, or if we lose a significant distributor, we may not be able to maintain existing levels of international revenue or realize expected long term international revenue growth. We have in the past experienced turnover with some of our distributors that has adversely affected sales in the countries in which those distributors operate. Similar occurrences could happen in the future.
Most of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities, and we could be materially adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions.
The FCPA, the United Kingdom Bribery Act, the Chinese Anti-Unfair Competition Law, and similar anti-bribery laws in other non-U.S. jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, most of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities, and physicians practicing in those systems are considered “government officials.” Therefore, our sales to these entities are subject to such anti-bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption, and we have operations in certain countries, including working with a distributor in Russia and a local partner in China, where strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may be at variance with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, distributors or agents. Violations of the FCPA or other anti-bribery laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Foreign currency exchange rates may adversely affect our results.
We are exposed to the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and we have not historically hedged our foreign currency exposure. Approximately 29.4%, 28.6%, and 35.1% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were derived from sales in non-U.S. markets, and we expect sales from non-U.S. markets to continue to represent a significant portion of our revenue. For direct sales in our international markets, we are paid by our customers in their local currency, which is primarily euros. For sales to distributors in our international markets, we are paid in either U.S. dollars, euros or Japanese yen, with some sales being denominated in other currencies. Therefore, when the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to the euro, yen or other local currency, our U.S. dollar reported revenue from non-U.S. dollar denominated sales will decrease, or we will need to increase our non-U.S. dollar denominated prices, which may not be commercially practical. Conversely, when the U.S. dollar weakens relative to the euro, yen or other local currency, our U.S. dollar reported expenses from non-U.S. dollar denominated operating costs will increase. Global markets and foreign currencies, including the Euro and the British Pound, were adversely impacted, as a result of the June 2016 referendum by British voters to exit the European Union and volatility in foreign currencies is expected to continue as the United Kingdom executes its exit from the European Union. Changes in the relative values of currencies occur regularly and, in some instances, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and if we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business and results of operations may suffer.
We have significantly expanded our overall business, research and development, customer base, product portfolio, employee headcount and operations in recent periods. We have also established new operations in other countries. We have increased our total number of full-time employees from approximately 1,100 as of December 31, 2015, to approximately 3,800 as of December 31, 2021. Our expansion has placed, and our expected future growth will continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, operational, product development, sales and marketing, administrative, financial and other resources.
We plan to continue to increase our salesforce. Our experience has been that it takes at least six months, and often longer, before new sales personnel generate enough sales to cover their costs, resulting in increased costs without offsetting revenue during periods in which we are increasing the size of our salesforce.
More systems, facilities, processes and management employees are needed to allow us to continue to grow successfully. We are expanding and renovating our existing facilities around the world but particularly in Alameda, California, driven by our need to expand the space available for our product development and test capacities, as well as our need for additional information technology and office space. The expansion and renovation of our facilities entail risks that could cause disruption in the operations of our business. Such risks include potential interruption in data flow; unforeseen construction, scheduling,
34

Table of Contents
engineering, environmental, or geological problems; and unanticipated cost increases. To meet anticipated demand for our products, we will also have to continue to buy additional equipment and hire additional research and development and manufacturing employees, including quality control personnel and other personnel involved in the production process. This expansion could result in operating difficulties including, but not limited to, difficulties in hiring the appropriate number of research and development and manufacturing employees, training and managing an increasing number of employees, delays in production and shipments, manufacturing inefficiencies and employees not working at capacity. If we do not adapt to meet these evolving challenges and if we are unable to manage our growth successfully, it could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
We have experienced rapid growth in the market for our products and we believe the demand for our products may not continue to grow at these rates.
Annual revenue from our neuro products and vascular products increased by $200.2 million, or 36.6%, over a two-year period from 2019 to 2021. This growth was the result of many factors, including but not limited to continued investment in our sales force, a shift to endovascular treatment as the standard of care in treatment of stroke and increased adoption of our products, particularly in the vascular market. As we continue to grow and scale our business, our future growth rates may be more gradual.
We depend on key personnel to operate our business and develop our products, and if we are unable to retain, attract and integrate qualified personnel, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.
We believe that our future success is highly dependent on the contributions of our executive officers, particularly Adam Elsesser, our chief executive officer and president, as well as our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and experienced sales and marketing, technical and other personnel in the United States and in international markets. Each of these persons’ efforts will be critical to us as we continue to develop our products and business. If we were to lose one or more of our key employees, including to competitors, we may experience difficulties in competing effectively, developing our products and implementing our business strategies.
Our research and development and sales and marketing programs depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled technicians, engineers and salespeople. In general, we may not be able to attract or retain qualified employees in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among life science businesses, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our corporate headquarters, research and development and primary manufacturing facility is located. In addition to the competition for personnel, the San Francisco Bay Area in particular is characterized by a high cost of living. Although we historically have not had any material difficulty attracting qualified experienced personnel to our company, we could in the future have such difficulties and may be required to expend significant financial resources in our employee recruitment and retention efforts. If we are not able to identify, recruit and retain highly qualified personnel, we may experience constraints that will adversely affect our ability to support our research, development, manufacturing and sales programs, and ultimately our ability to compete. If we are unable to identify, recruit and retain qualified salespeople, there could be a delay or decline in the adoption of our products. If key personnel were to leave Penumbra, either to join our competitors or otherwise, we may not be able to attract and retain equally qualified personnel to replace them, which could harm our ability to develop and successfully grow our business.
We depend on information technology systems to operate our business, and issues with maintaining, upgrading or implementing these systems, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of information technology systems to process, transmit and store electronic information in our day-to-day operations. All information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources. Our business has grown in size and complexity; this has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our information technology systems. To effectively manage this growth, our information systems and applications require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect, enhance and upgrade existing systems and develop and implement new systems to keep pace with changing technology and our business needs. In 2020, we began planning for a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) software system implementation which will replace certain existing business, operational, and financial processes and systems. This ERP implementation project has required and may continue to require investment of capital and human resources, the re-engineering of business processes, and the attention of many employees who would otherwise be focused on other areas of our business. This system change entails certain risks, including difficulties with changes in business processes that could disrupt our operations, such as our ability to track orders and timely ship products, manage our supply chain and aggregate financial and operational data. During the transition, we may continue to rely on legacy information systems, which may be costly or inefficient, while the implementation of new initiatives may not achieve the anticipated benefits and may divert management’s attention from other operational activities, negatively affect employee morale, or have other unintended consequences. Delays in integration or disruptions to our business from
35

Table of Contents
implementation of new or upgraded systems could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results. Additionally, if we are not able to accurately forecast expenses and capitalized costs related to system upgrades and changes, this may have an adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.
If we fail to maintain or are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective under the new ERP system, we could adversely affect our ability to accurately report our financial condition, operating results or cash flows. If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.
If the information we rely upon to run our businesses were to be found to be inaccurate or unreliable, if we fail to maintain or protect our information technology systems and data integrity effectively, if we fail to develop and implement new or upgraded systems to meet our business needs in a timely manner, or if we fail to anticipate, plan for or manage significant disruptions to these systems, our competitive position could be harmed, we could have operational disruptions, we could lose existing customers, have difficulty preventing, detecting, and controlling fraud, have disputes with customers, specialist physicians and other health-care providers, have regulatory sanctions or penalties imposed or other legal problems, incur increased operating and administrative expenses, lose revenues as a result of a data privacy breach or theft of intellectual property or suffer other adverse consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Cost-containment efforts of our customers, purchasing groups and governmental organizations could have a material adverse effect on our sales and ability to achieve or maintain profitability.
In an effort to reduce costs, many hospitals within the United States have become members of Group Purchasing Organizations (“GPOs”) and Integrated Delivery Networks (“IDNs”). GPOs and IDNs negotiate pricing arrangements with medical device companies and distributors and offer the negotiated prices to affiliated hospitals and other members. GPOs and IDNs typically award contracts on a category-by-category basis through a competitive bidding process. Bids are generally solicited from multiple providers with the intention of driving down pricing or reducing the number of vendors. Due to the highly competitive nature of the GPO and IDN contracting processes, we may not be able to obtain or maintain contract positions with major GPOs and IDNs. Furthermore, the increasing leverage of organized buying groups may reduce market prices for our products, thereby reducing our profitability.
While having a contract with a GPO or IDN for a given product category can facilitate sales to members of that GPO or IDN, such contract positions can offer no assurance that any level of sales will be achieved, as sales are typically made pursuant to purchase orders. Even when a provider is the sole contracted supplier of a GPO or IDN for a certain product category, members of the GPO or IDN generally are free to purchase from other suppliers. Furthermore, GPO and IDN contracts typically are terminable without cause by the GPO or IDN upon 60 to 90 days’ notice. Accordingly, although we have multiple contracts with many major GPOs and IDNs, the members of such groups may choose to purchase from our competitors due to the price or quality offered by such competitors, which could result in a decline in our sales and profitability.
If we are unable to educate specialist physicians in the proper use of our products, which may be more complex than competitive products or alternative treatments that do not use our products, our business may be material adversely affected and we may experience a high risk of product liability.
The successful use of our products depends, in part, on our ability to educate specialist physicians in the proper use of our products, which may be more complex than competitive products or alternative treatments that do not use our products. We educate specialist physicians on the proper techniques in using our products to achieve the intended outcome. However, our products may be more complicated to operate than competitive products or alternative treatments that do not use our products. In the event that specialist physicians perceive that our products are complex relative to alternative products or established treatments that do not use our products, we may have difficulty gaining or increasing adoption of our products. Further, we may be unable to provide adequate education on the use of our products to specialist physicians, and some specialist physicians may not be willing to invest the time required to become properly educated on the use of our products. If we are unable to educate specialist physicians to properly use our products, this may lead to inadequate demand for our products and materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
In addition, if we do not adequately educate specialist physicians on the use of our products, and our products are used incorrectly during procedures, we may be subject to claims against us by such specialist physicians, their hospitals or their patients. Our business, including our reputation, may consequently be adversely affected by any litigation that may occur based
36

Table of Contents
on error in the use of our products, and such litigation could also materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Regulatory Risks
We are subject to stringent domestic and foreign medical device regulations, which may impede the approval or clearance process for our products, hinder our development activities and manufacturing processes and, in some cases, result in the recall or seizure of previously approved or cleared products.
Our medical devices, development activities and manufacturing processes are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by FDA and by comparable regulatory authorities in foreign countries and by other regulatory agencies and governing bodies. Manufacturers of medical devices such as us must comply with certain regulations that cover the composition, labeling, testing, clinical study, manufacturing, packaging and distribution of medical devices. In addition, most medical devices (Class II & III) must receive FDA clearance or approval before they can be commercially marketed in the United States. FDA may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the effects of cleared or approved products that have been commercialized and can prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of these post-marketing programs. Furthermore, most major markets for medical devices outside the United States require clearance, approval or compliance with certain standards and requirements before a medical device can be commercially marketed. The process of obtaining marketing approval or clearance from the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities for new products could take a significant period of time, require the expenditure of substantial resources, involve rigorous pre-clinical and clinical testing, require changes to our products and result in limitations on the indicated uses of our products. We cannot provide assurance that we will receive the required approval or clearance from FDA and foreign regulatory authorities for future products on a timely basis. Results from pre-clinical studies and early clinical trials may not allow us to predict results in later-stage testing. We cannot be certain that our future clinical trials will demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of any of our future products or will result in clearance or approval to market any of these products. In addition, our development activities could be harmed or delayed by a shutdown of the U.S. government, including FDA. The failure to receive approval or clearance for significant new products on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
FDA and other foreign regulatory authorities worldwide also conduct periodic inspections of our facilities to determine compliance with FDA’s QSR requirements, MDR regulations and all comparable foreign regulations. Product approvals or clearances by FDA can be withdrawn, and new product approvals or clearances by FDA and foreign regulatory bodies can be delayed, due to failure to comply with regulatory requirements or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following initial approval or clearance of a product. In addition, state or federal legislation or regulations may impact key manufacturing processes, such as sterilization, which could require expensive and time-consuming changes to our manufacturing processes as well as the need for additional regulatory clearances or approvals. Failure to comply with regulatory requirements or the discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or manufacturer could result in fines, delays or suspensions of regulatory approvals or clearances, seizures or recalls of products (with the attendant expenses and adverse competitive impact), the banning of a particular device, an order to replace or refund the cost of any device previously manufactured or distributed, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution, as well as decreased sales as a result of negative publicity and product liability claims, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
The implementation of healthcare reform in the United States could have a material adverse effect on our business.
In March 2010, the Affordable Care Act was enacted into law in the United States. The Affordable Care Act reduced Medicare and Medicaid payments to hospitals and clinical laboratories, and expanded health insurance coverage to uninsured persons in the United States. Since its enactment, there have been judicial, Congressional and executive branch challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act, and we expect that there may be additional challenges to the Affordable Care Act in the future. Various healthcare reform proposals have also emerged at the state level. The impact of these laws and proposals could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
If we modify our FDA cleared products, we may need to seek and obtain new clearances, which, if not granted, would prevent us from selling our modified products or require us to redesign our products.
A component of our strategy is to continue to modify and upgrade our medical devices that have been cleared by FDA. FDA requires device manufacturers to make a determination of whether a modification requires a clearance; however, FDA can review a manufacturer’s decision not to submit for additional clearances. Any modifications to an FDA cleared device that would significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in its intended use may require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a premarket approval. We may not be able to obtain additional 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals for new products or for modifications to, or additional indications for, our existing products in a timely fashion, or at all. We also cannot provide any assurance that FDA will agree with our decisions not to seek clearances for particular device
37

Table of Contents
modifications. Delays in obtaining future clearances would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our revenue and future profitability. We have made minor modifications to our medical devices in the past and may make additional minor modifications in the future that we believe do not or will not require additional clearances and are well documented within our design control procedure. If FDA disagrees, and requires new clearances or approvals for any modifications, and we fail to obtain such approvals or clearances or fail to secure approvals or clearances in a timely manner, we may be required to recall and to stop the manufacturing and marketing of the modified device until we obtain FDA approval or clearance, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties, all of which could harm our results of operations and require us to redesign our products.
We may not receive necessary foreign regulatory approvals or clearances or otherwise comply with foreign regulations.
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, sales outside the United States accounted for approximately 29.4%, 28.6%, and 35.1%, respectively, of our total sales, and this percentage may increase in future years. Foreign regulatory bodies have established varying regulations. Specifically, the European Union has promulgated rules that require that medical device products receive the right to affix the CE mark, an international symbol of adherence to quality assurance standards and compliance with applicable European medical device directives. Although we have received CE markings for all of the medical devices we currently sell in the European Union, we can give no assurance that we will be able to obtain European Union approval for any of our future products. Our inability or failure, or the inability or failure of our international distributors, to comply with varying foreign regulations or the imposition of new regulations could restrict or, in certain countries, result in the prohibition of the sale of our products, and thereby adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our global regulatory environment is becoming increasingly stringent and unpredictable, which could increase the time, cost and complexity of obtaining regulatory approvals for our products, as well as the clinical and regulatory costs of supporting those approvals. Many countries that did not have regulatory requirements for medical devices have established such requirements in recent years and other countries have expanded existing regulations. Certain regulators are exhibiting less flexibility by requiring, for example, the collection of local preclinical and/or clinical data prior to approval. While harmonization of global regulations has been pursued, requirements continue to differ significantly among countries. We expect the global regulatory environment to continue to evolve, which could impact our ability to obtain future approvals for our products and increase the cost and time to obtain such approvals. By way of example, the European Union regulatory bodies have instituted EU MDR, which changed many aspects of the existing regulatory framework, such as clinical data requirements, and introduced new ones, such as Unique Device Identification. EU MDR imposes increased compliance obligations for many parts of our business in order to access the EU market. The notified bodies that oversee compliance with EU MDR face uncertainties as EU MDR is enforced, creating risks in several areas, including the CE Marking process, data transparency and application review timetables.
We may not be able to meet regulatory quality requirements applicable to our manufacturing process.
We are required to register with FDA as a device manufacturer and as a result, we are subject to periodic inspection by FDA for compliance with FDA’s QSR requirements, which requires manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain requirements, including testing, quality control and documentation procedures. In addition, the federal MDR regulations require us to provide information to FDA whenever there is evidence that reasonably suggests that a device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned, and if the malfunction were to recur, it would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is rigorously monitored through periodic inspections by FDA. In the European Community, we are required to maintain certain ISO certifications in order to sell products and we undergo periodic inspections by notified bodies to obtain and maintain these certifications. On March 1, 2016, the ISO issued a new Quality Management System (“QMS”) standard for medical device manufacturers, ISO 13485:2016. We received certification to ISO 13485:2016 in 2018 and successfully completed our most recent re-certification in 2021. Compliance with this standard is subject to continual review and is monitored through periodic inspections by our notified body. Some foreign countries, most notably Japan and Brazil, have similar requirements or may require inspections of our manufacturing facilities before approving a product for sale in their country. We have decided to participate in the Medical Device Single Audit Program (“MDSAP”) which allows for certification and review of compliance to standards and regulations required in the United States, Canada, Brazil, Australia, and Japan. We received our first MDSAP certification in 2018 and successfully completed our most recent re-certification in 2021. Some of our suppliers are subject to the same or similar scrutiny. If we or our suppliers fail to adhere to QSR, ISO or other regulatory requirements, this could delay production of our products and lead to fines, difficulties in obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals, recalls or other consequences, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
38

Table of Contents
Notices of inspectional observations or deficiencies from FDA or other regulatory bodies could require us to undertake corrective and preventive actions or other actions in order to address FDA’s or other regulatory body’s concerns, which could be expensive and time-consuming to complete and could impose additional burdens and expenses.
We are subject to periodic inspections by FDA and other regulatory bodies related to regulatory requirements that apply to medical devices designed and manufactured, and clinical trials sponsored, by us. If we receive a notice of inspectional observations or deficiencies from FDA following an inspection, we may be required to undertake corrective and preventive actions or other actions in order to address FDA’s concerns, which could be expensive and time-consuming to complete and could impose additional burdens and expenses. We have previously received and could in the future receive notices of inspectional observations or deficiencies from FDA. Failure to adequately address FDA’s concerns could expose us to enforcement and administrative actions.
We are subject to federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations that could result in significant liability, require us to change our business practices and restrict our operations in the future.
We are subject to various federal, state and foreign healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, which could significantly impact our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:
•the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it;
•federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, that prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval to the federal government that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making a false statement material to an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government;
•HIPAA, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of these statutes or specific intent to violate them;
•HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose requirements on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their business associates that perform services for them that involve individually identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization, including mandatory contractual terms as well as directly applicable privacy and security standards and requirements;
•the federal physician sunshine requirements under the Affordable Care Act, which require certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies to report annually to CMS information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), teaching hospitals, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse midwives, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and
•state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as foreign and state anti-kickback, anti-benefit and false claims laws, as well as state and foreign laws and regulations governing interactions with healthcare professionals and requiring disclosure of payments and interactions with healthcare professionals and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances.
The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change, which may make it challenging to maintain compliance with such laws. In addition, federal and state enforcement bodies continue to closely scrutinize interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which may lead to an increased number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to investigations can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Additionally, as a result of these investigations, healthcare providers and entities may have to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent
39

Table of Contents
decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.
If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us now or in the future, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from governmental health-care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
If we are found to have improperly promoted our products for off-label uses, we may become subject to significant fines and other liability.
FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about medical devices. For example, devices cleared under section 510(k) cannot be marketed for any intended use that is outside of FDA’s substantial equivalence determination for such devices. Physicians nevertheless may use our products on their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the intended use cleared by FDA. If we are found to have promoted such “off-label” uses, we may become subject to significant government fines and other related liability. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed.
Regulations and customer demands related to conflict minerals may force us to incur additional expenses and may make our supply chain more complex.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) imposes disclosure requirements regarding the use in components of our products of “conflict minerals” mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries, whether the components of our products are manufactured by us or third parties. This requirement could affect the pricing, sourcing and availability of minerals used in the manufacture of components we use in our products. In addition, there are additional costs associated with complying with the disclosure requirements and customer requests related to the use of conflict minerals in components of our products, such as costs related to our due diligence to determine the source of any conflict minerals used in our products. Compliance with these requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in those products and we may face reputational challenges if we are unable to verify the origins for all “conflict minerals” used in our products through the procedures we have implemented.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
We rely on a variety of intellectual property rights, and if we are unable to maintain or protect our intellectual property, our business and results of operations will be harmed.
Our commercial success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products and related technologies both in the United States and elsewhere, successfully defend our intellectual property rights against third-party challenges and successfully enforce our intellectual property rights to prevent third-party infringement. While we rely primarily upon a combination of patents, trademarks and trade secret protection, as well as nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our brands, products and other proprietary technologies, protection derived from patents is relatively limited.
The process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. We may choose not to seek patent protection for certain innovations or products and may choose not to pursue patent protection in certain jurisdictions, and under the laws of certain jurisdictions, patents or other intellectual property rights may be unavailable or limited in scope and, in any event, any patent protection we obtain may be limited. As a result, some of our products are not, and in the future may not be, protected by patents. We generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use or sell products and where we assess the risk of infringement to justify the cost of seeking patent protection. However, we do not seek protection in all countries where we sell products and we may not accurately predict all the countries where patent protection would ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country or major market, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories in which we have patent protection that may not be sufficient to terminate infringing activities.
Furthermore, we cannot guarantee that any patents will be issued from any pending or future owned or licensed patent applications, or if any current or future patents will provide us with any meaningful protection or competitive advantage. Even if issued, existing or future patents may be challenged, including with respect to ownership, narrowed, invalidated, held
40

Table of Contents
unenforceable or circumvented, any of which could limit our ability to prevent competitors and other third parties from developing and marketing similar products or limit the length of terms of patent protection we may have for our products and technologies. Other companies may also design around technologies we have patented, licensed or developed. In addition, the issuance of a patent does not give us the right to practice the patented invention. Third parties may have blocking patents that could prevent us from marketing our products or practicing our own patented technology.
The patent positions of medical device companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. The standards that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”) and its foreign counterparts use to grant patents are not always applied predictably or uniformly. Changes in either the patent laws, implementing regulations or the interpretation of patent laws may diminish the value of our rights. The legal systems of certain countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions.
Because patent applications in the United States, Europe and many other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all, and because publications of discoveries in scientific literature lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our issued patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for protection of the inventions set forth in our patents or applications. We can give no assurance that all of the potentially relevant art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found; overlooked prior art could be used by a third party to challenge the validity, enforceability and scope of our patents or prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application. As a result, we may not be able to obtain or maintain protection for certain inventions. Therefore, the validity, enforceability and scope of our patents in the United States, Europe and in other countries cannot be predicted with certainty and, as a result, any patents that we own or license may not provide sufficient protection against our competitors.
Third parties may challenge any existing patent or future patent we own or license through adversarial proceedings in the issuing offices or in court proceedings, including as a response to any assertion of our patents against them. In any of these proceedings, a court or agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid and/or unenforceable, or even if valid and enforceable, insufficient to provide protection against competing products and services sufficient to achieve our business objectives. We may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO, or reexamination by the USPTO if a third party asserts a substantial question of patentability against any claim of a U.S. patent we own or license. The adoption of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (“Leahy-Smith Act”) in September 2011 established additional opportunities for third parties to invalidate U.S. patent claims, including inter parties review and post-grant review proceedings. Outside of the United States, patents we own or license may become subject to patent opposition or similar proceedings, which may result in loss of scope of some claims or the entire patent. In addition, such proceedings are very complex and expensive, and may divert our management’s attention from our core business. If any of our patents are challenged, invalidated, circumvented by third parties or otherwise limited or expire prior to the commercialization of our product candidates, and if we do not own or have exclusive rights to other enforceable patents protecting our products or other technologies, competitors and other third parties could market products and use processes that are substantially similar to, or superior to, ours and our business would suffer.
The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep a competitive advantage. For example:
•others may be able to develop products that are similar to, or better than, ours in a way that is not covered by the claims of our patents;
•we might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by our patents or pending patent applications;
•we might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions;
•any patents that we obtain may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may ultimately be found invalid or unenforceable; or
•we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable.
We may file lawsuits or initiate other proceedings to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.
Competitors may infringe our issued patents or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual
41

Table of Contents
property. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, which could adversely affect our competitive business position, business prospects and financial condition.
Our commercial success depends significantly on our ability to operate without infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.
The medical device industry is subject to rapid technological change and substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our products. Numerous third-party patents exist in the fields relating to our products, and it is difficult for industry participants, including us, to identify all third-party patent rights relevant to our products and technologies. Moreover, because some patent applications are maintained as confidential for a certain period of time, we cannot be certain that third parties have not filed patent applications that cover our products and technologies.
Patents could be issued to third parties that we may ultimately be found to infringe. Third parties may also have or obtain valid and enforceable patents or proprietary rights that could block us from developing product candidates using our technology. Our failure to obtain or maintain a license to any technology that we require may materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we would be exposed to a threat of litigation.
From time to time, we may be party to, or threatened with, litigation or other proceedings with third parties, including non-practicing entities, who allege that our products, components of our products and/or proprietary technologies infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights. The types of situations in which we may become a party to such litigation or proceedings include:
•we or our collaborators may initiate litigation or other proceedings against third parties seeking to invalidate the patents held by those third parties or to obtain a judgment that our products or processes do not infringe those third parties’ patents;
•we or our collaborators may participate at substantial cost in International Trade Commission proceedings to abate importation of products that would compete unfairly with our products;
•if our competitors file patent applications that claim technology also claimed by us or our licensors, we or our licensors may be required to participate in interference, derivation or opposition proceedings to determine the priority of invention, which could jeopardize our patent rights and potentially provide a third party with a dominant patent position;
•if third parties initiate litigation claiming that our processes or products infringe their patent or other intellectual property rights, we and our collaborators will need to defend against such proceedings;
•if third parties initiate litigation or other proceedings seeking to invalidate patents owned by or licensed to us or to obtain a declaratory judgment that their product or technology does not infringe our patents or patents licensed to us, we will need to defend against such proceedings;
•we may be subject to ownership disputes relating to intellectual property, including disputes arising from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our products; and
•if a license to necessary technology is terminated, the licensor may initiate litigation claiming that our processes or products infringe or misappropriate their patent or other intellectual property rights and/or that we breached our obligations under the license agreement, and we and our collaborators would need to defend against such proceedings.
These lawsuits and proceedings, regardless of merit, are time-consuming and expensive to initiate, maintain, defend or settle, and could divert the time and attention of managerial and technical personnel, which could materially adversely affect our business. Any such claim could also force use to do one or more of the following:
•incur substantial monetary liability for infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights, which we may have to pay if a court decides that the product or technology at issue infringes or violates the third party’s
42

Table of Contents
rights, and if the court finds that the infringement was willful, we could be ordered to pay treble damages and the third party’s attorneys’ fees;
•pay substantial damages to our customers or end users to discontinue use or replace infringing technology with non-infringing technology;
•stop manufacturing, selling, using, exporting or licensing the product or technology incorporating the allegedly infringing technology or stop incorporating the allegedly infringing technology into such product or technology;
•obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property right a license, which may require us to pay substantial upfront fees or royalties to sell or use the relevant technology and which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;
•redesign our products and technology so they do not infringe or violate the third party’s intellectual property rights, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time;
•enter into cross-licenses with our competitors, which could weaken our overall intellectual property position;
•lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property against others;
•find alternative suppliers for non-infringing products and technologies, which could be costly and create significant delay; or
•relinquish rights associated with one or more of our patent claims, if our claims are held invalid or otherwise unenforceable.
Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, intellectual property litigation, regardless of its outcome, may cause negative publicity, adversely impact prospective customers, cause product shipment delays, or prohibit us from manufacturing, marketing or otherwise commercializing our products and technology. Any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
In addition, we may indemnify our customers and distributors against claims relating to the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties related to our products. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers or distributors. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers, suppliers or distributors, or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products.
Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our existing and future products.
Patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. For example, the Leahy-Smith Act included a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art, and may also affect patent litigation. The USPTO developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, including switching the U.S. patent system from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first-to-file” system. Under a “first-to-file” system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
43

Table of Contents
In addition, patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution, enforcement and defense of our patents and applications. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by U.S. and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications and our ability to obtain additional patent protection in the future.
Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.
The USPTO and various foreign patent offices require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions. In addition, periodic maintenance fees on our owned and in-licensed patents are due to be paid to governmental patent agencies over the lifetime of the patents. Future maintenance fees will also need to be paid on other patents that may be issued to us. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we employ outside firms to remind us or our licensor to pay annuity fees due to patent agencies on our patents and pending patent applications. In certain cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.
We currently own 31 trademarks, related to our company name, logo, products and technology, that are registered with the USPTO as well as 130 trademarks registered outside of the United States. Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks or names. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential customers in our markets of interest. There is no guarantee we will be able to secure registration for any of our pending trademark applications with the USPTO or comparable foreign authorities. In addition, third parties have registered trademarks similar or identical to our trademarks, and may in the future file for registration of such trademarks. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to market our products in those countries where such third parties have registered such trademarks or obtained such common law rights. In any case, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.
In addition, we may be involved in litigation or other proceedings to protect our trademark rights associated with our company name or the names used with our products. Any objections we receive from the USPTO, foreign trademark authorities or third parties relating to our pending applications could require us to incur significant expense in defending the objections or establishing alternative names. Names used with our products may be claimed to infringe names held by others or to be ineligible for proprietary protection. If we have to change the name of our company or any product, we may experience a loss in goodwill associated with our brand name, customer confusion or a loss of sales.
If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets and other proprietary information, our business and competitive position may be harmed.
In addition to patent protection, we also rely on confidential proprietary information, including trade secrets and know-how, to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, collaborators, strategic partners and others upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements require that all confidential information developed by the individual or made known to the individual by us during the course of the individual’s relationship with us be kept confidential. Our agreements with employees and our personnel policies also provide that any inventions conceived by the individual in the course of rendering services to us shall be our exclusive property. However, we may not obtain these agreements in all circumstances, and individuals with whom we have these agreements may not comply with their terms. Thus, despite such agreements, such inventions may become assigned to third parties. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective. In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or proprietary information, these agreements, even
44

Table of Contents
if obtained, may not provide meaningful protection, particularly for our trade secrets or other confidential information. To the extent that our employees, consultants or contractors use technology or know-how owned by third parties in their work for us, disputes may arise between us and those third parties as to the rights in related inventions. To the extent that an individual who is not obligated to assign rights in intellectual property to us is rightfully an inventor of intellectual property, we may need to obtain an assignment or a license to that intellectual property from that individual, or a third party or from that individual’s assignee. Such assignment or license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
Adequate remedies may not exist in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary information. The disclosure of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and may materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Costly and time consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position. In addition, others may independently discover or develop our trade secrets and proprietary information, and the existence of our own trade secrets affords no protection against such independent discovery.
We may also employ individuals who were previously or concurrently employed at research institutions and/or other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. We may be subject to claims that these employees, or we, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers, or that patents and applications we have filed to protect inventions of these employees, even those related to one or more of our products, are rightfully owned by their former or concurrent employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.
Risks Related to Our Finances and Capital Requirements
We may require additional financing in the future and may not be able to obtain such financing on favorable terms, if at all, which could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development activities or otherwise harm our business.
Since our initial public offering in September 2015, we have financed our operations primarily through our operations and sales of our equity securities. We are unable to predict the extent of any future operating cash flows or whether we will be able to achieve, maintain or grow our profitability in the future. If we require additional financing to continue or expand our operations, for research and development, for acquisitions or for other purposes, we may determine to engage in equity or debt financings or incur other indebtedness. We may not be able to timely secure additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt or other equity-linked securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution. Any debt financing obtained by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If needed funds are not available in adequate amounts or on acceptable terms from additional financing sources, our business will be materially adversely affected.
By engaging in acquisitions and other business development arrangements, we will incur a variety of costs and may potentially face numerous risks that could adversely affect our business and operations.
We have in the past, and expect in the future, to seek to acquire additional businesses, assets, technologies or products to enhance our business if appropriate opportunities become available. In connection with any acquisitions, we could issue additional equity securities or convertible debt or equity-linked securities, which would dilute our stockholders, cause us to incur substantial debt to fund the acquisitions, or assume significant liabilities. For example, in October 2021, we acquired Sixense for $251.0 million, which was paid in the form of shares of our common stock and options to purchase our common stock.
Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including problems integrating the purchased operations, technologies or products, unanticipated costs and other liabilities, diversion of management’s attention from our core businesses, adverse effects on existing business relationships with current and/or prospective customers and/or suppliers, risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience and potential loss of key employees. Acquisitions may also require us to record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges, incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets, and incur write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses, any of which could harm our results of operations and financial condition. If we fail in our integration efforts with respect to any of our acquisitions and are unable to efficiently operate as a combined organization, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected.
45

Table of Contents
Fluctuations in our effective tax rate and changes to tax laws may adversely affect us.
As an international company, we are subject to taxation in numerous countries, states and other jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate is derived from a combination of statutory tax rates in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. In preparing our financial statements, our effective tax rate is based on estimates of the amount of tax that will become payable in each of these jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate may, however, differ from estimates due to numerous factors, including a change in the mix of our profitability from country to country and changes in tax laws. The fluctuations in our effective tax rate could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows.
Our excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies are required to be recorded in the income statement when stock awards vest or are settled and as discrete items on the tax rate in the period in which they occur. The amount of excess tax benefits can fluctuate from period to period based on the price of our stock, the volume of share-based grants settled or vested, and the fair value assigned to equity awards under U.S. GAAP. For interim reporting purposes, we are required to exclude the excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies from the annual estimated tax rate and not to forecast the potential impact to our rate. As a result, we could experience an effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods or from our expectations.
In addition, changes in tax law or declines in our underlying profitability may negatively or positively impact our financial outlook of operations, which could lead to a corresponding charge or benefit to income taxes attributable to adjustments to the valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) on our consolidated balance sheets. The tax charge or benefit resulting from such change in valuation allowance could result in fluctuations in our effective tax rate and have a material negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Relating to Securities Markets and Investment in Our Common Stock
The price of our common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
The trading price of our common stock has been and is likely to continue to be volatile. From January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021, our closing stock price as reported on The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) has ranged from $175.60 to $310.70. Stock markets have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. In addition, limited trading volume of our stock may contribute to its future volatility. Price declines in our common stock could result from general market and economic conditions, some of which are beyond our control, and a variety of other factors, including any of the risk factors described in this Form 10-K or those that we have not anticipated. These broad market and industry factors may harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance, and could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock since you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for such shares. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the market price of our common stock include the following:
•the COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response thereto;
•price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
•volatility in the market prices and trading volumes of medical device company stocks;
•changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other medical device companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;
•sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders;
•failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;
•the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those projections;
•announcements by us or our competitors of new products or services;
•the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;
•rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;
•actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our results of operations;
46

Table of Contents
•actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;
•litigation involving us, our industry or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;
•developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;
•announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;
•new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;
•changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;
•any significant change in our management; and
•general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.
In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. We were involved in one such lawsuit in 2021, as described in more detail below under “Legal Proceedings” and Note “10. Commitments and Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K, and we may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. This litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.
If our executive officers, directors and largest stockholders choose to act together, they may be able to significantly influence our management and operations, acting in their own best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders.
As of December 31, 2021, our executive officers, directors and holders of 5% or more of our outstanding stock and their affiliates beneficially owned approximately 45.3% of our voting stock in the aggregate. These stockholders, acting together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may not always coincide with the interests of other stockholders, and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.
A sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. As of December 31, 2021, our directors, executive officers and holders of 5% or more of our outstanding stock beneficially owned approximately 45.3% of our outstanding stock in the aggregate. If one or more of them were to sell a substantial portion of the shares they hold, it could cause our stock price to decline.
We have also registered the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 8,800,000 shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or other equity awards or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans have been registered on Form S-8 registration statements and may be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, except for shares held by affiliates who have certain restrictions on their ability to sell. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.
Techniques employed by short sellers have in the past and may in the future drive down the market price of our common stock.
Short selling is the practice of selling securities that the seller does not own but rather has borrowed from a third-party with the intention of buying identical securities back at a later date to return to the lender. The short seller hopes to profit from a decline in the value of the securities between the sale of the borrowed securities and the purchase of the replacement shares, as the short seller expects to pay less in that purchase than it received in the sale. As it is in the short seller’s best interests for the price of the stock to decline, many short sellers publish, or arrange for the publication of, negative opinions regarding the relevant issuer and its business prospects in order to create negative market momentum and generate profits for themselves after selling a stock short. These short attacks have led to selling of shares in the market. We have been in the past, and may be in the
47

Table of Contents
future, subject to such attacks by short sellers. In November and December 2020, we were the subject of reports by a short seller that contained incorrect and misleading information, which led to a decline in our stock price. Although we timely responded to these false and misleading allegations, we cannot assure you that such similar false and misleading articles will not be published again in the future. The publication of any such articles regarding us in the future may bring about a decline in the market price of our common stock. If we are the subject of unfavorable allegations, we may have to expend a significant amount of resources to investigate such allegations and/or defend ourselves. While we would strongly defend against any such short seller attacks, we may be constrained in the manner in which we can proceed against the relevant short seller by applicable state law or issues of commercial confidentiality. Such a situation could be costly and time-consuming, and could be distracting for our management team.
Our restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could discourage another company from acquiring us and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
Provisions of Delaware law (where we are incorporated), our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our board of directors. These provisions include:
•authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock without any need for action by stockholders;
•requiring supermajority stockholder voting to effect certain amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws;
•eliminating the ability of stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings of stockholders;
•prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;
•establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings;
•dividing our board of directors into three classes so that only one third of our directors will be up for election in any given year; and
•providing that our directors may be removed by our stockholders only for cause.
In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging takeover attempts that could have resulted in a premium over the market price for shares of our common stock.
These provisions apply even if a takeover offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our board of directors determines is not in our and our stockholders’ best interests and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.
Our amended and restated bylaws designate the state courts located within the state of Delaware (or if no state court located within Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) as the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to access a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees
Our amended and restated bylaws designate the state courts located within the state of Delaware (or if no state court located within Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware), in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants, as the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a claim of a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This forum selection provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or, in each case, the rules and regulations thereunder, or for any other claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. In
48

Table of Contents
addition, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business and financial condition.

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends, and accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.
We do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the future. As a result, only appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur, would provide a return to stockholders. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.
An additional valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets could require a charge to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.
Primarily as a result of net operating losses, stock-based compensation, various accruals and reserves, and tax credits, we maintain foreign and domestic DTAs. DTAs reflect an expected benefit to be realized in the future that may be used to reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in future periods. DTAs are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the future realization of all or some of the DTAs will not be achieved. Valuation allowances related to DTAs can be affected by changes to tax laws, statutory tax rates, future taxable income levels and input from our tax advisors or regulatory authorities. At this time, we consider it more likely than not that we will have sufficient taxable income in the future that will allow us to realize the benefits of the domestic DTAs we maintain as of December 31, 2021, exclusive of our federal research and development tax credit and California DTAs. However, it is possible that some of our foreign or domestic DTAs could ultimately expire unused, or future DTAs could be created, due to vesting or settlement of stock awards or other book to tax differences, in which we will not have sufficient taxable income in the future to fully utilize these and which will result in us recording a valuation allowance. Therefore, unless we are able to generate sufficient taxable income, a substantial valuation allowance to reduce our DTAs may be required, which would materially increase our tax expense in the period the valuation allowance is recorded and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
General Risk Factors
It is difficult to forecast future performance, which may cause our financial results to fluctuate unpredictably.
A number of factors over which we have limited or no control may contribute to fluctuations in our financial results, such as:
•the COVID-19 outbreak and measures taken in response thereto;
•variations in revenue due to the unavailability of specialist physicians who use our products during certain times of the year, such as those periods when there are major conferences on conditions they treat or those periods when high volume users of our products take time off of work;
•positive or negative media coverage of our products or the procedures or products of our competitors or our industry;
•publication of clinical trial results or studies by us or our competitors;
•changes in our sales process due to industry changes, such as changes in the stroke care pathway;
•delays in receipt of anticipated purchase orders;
•delays in customers receiving products;
•performance of our independent distributors;
•our ability to obtain further regulatory clearances or approvals;
•the timing of product development and clinical trial activities, including the pace of enrollment;
49

Table of Contents
•delays in, or failure of, product and component deliveries by our suppliers;
•changes in reimbursement policies or levels;
•the number of procedures performed in any given period using our products, which can sometimes vary significantly between periods;
•customer response to the introduction of new products or alternative treatments, and the degree to we which we are effective in transitioning customers to our products; and
•fluctuations in foreign currency.
In the event our actual revenue and results of operations do not meet our or others’ forecasts for a particular period, the market price of our common stock may decline substantially.
Failure to protect our information technology infrastructure against cyber-based attacks, network security breaches, service interruptions, or data corruption could significantly disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business and operating results.
We rely on information technology, telephone networks and systems, including the internet, to process and transmit sensitive electronic information and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities, including sales, billing, marketing, procurement and supply chain, manufacturing, and distribution. We use enterprise information technology systems to record, process, and summarize financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes and to comply with regulatory, financial reporting, legal, and tax requirements. Our information technology systems are vulnerable to a cyber-attack, malicious intrusion, breakdown, destruction, loss of data privacy or other significant disruption. Any such successful attacks could result in the theft of intellectual property or other misappropriation of assets, or otherwise compromise our confidential or proprietary information and disrupt our operations. Cyber-attacks are becoming more sophisticated and frequent, and our systems could be the target of malware and other cyber-attacks. We have invested in our systems and the protection of our data to reduce the risk of an intrusion or interruption, and we monitor our systems on an ongoing basis for any current or potential threats. We can give no assurances that these measures and efforts will prevent interruptions or breakdowns. If we are unable to detect or prevent a security breach or cyber-attack or other disruption from occurring, then we could incur losses or damage to our data, or inappropriate disclosure of our confidential information or that of others; and we could sustain damage to our reputation and customer and employee relationships, suffer disruptions to our business and incur increased operating costs including costs to mitigate any damage caused and protect against future damage, and be exposed to additional regulatory scrutiny or penalties and to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, our information technology may be susceptible to damage, disruptions or shutdowns due to power outages, user errors, implementation of new operational systems or software or upgrades to existing systems and software, or catastrophes or other unforeseen events. Such events could result in the disruption of business processes, network degradation and system downtime, along with the potential that a third party will exploit our critical assets such as intellectual property, proprietary business information and data related to our customers, suppliers and business partners. To the extent that such disruptions occur, our customers and partners may lose confidence in our solutions and we may lose business or brand reputation, resulting in a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Our operations are subject to environmental, health and safety, and data privacy laws and regulations, compliance with which may be costly.
Our business is subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, worker health and safety and the use, management, storage, and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions. In addition, environmental laws and regulations could require us to pay for environmental remediation and response costs, or subject us to third-party claims for personal injury, natural resource or property damage, relating to environmental contamination. Liability may be imposed whether or not we knew of, or were responsible for, such environmental contamination. The cost of defending against environmental claims, of compliance with environmental, health and safety regulatory requirements or of remediating contamination could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Additionally, we are subject to laws and regulations with respect to the collection, use, disclosure, transfer and storage of personal data that we may collect from our employees, consultants or in conjunction with clinical trials, or that we may receive in connection with the use of our products, including our immersive healthcare products. The legislative and regulatory
50

Table of Contents
landscape for privacy and data protection continues to evolve, and there has been an increasing amount of focus on privacy and data protection issues that may affect our business. For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which became effective in May 2018, established new, and in some cases more stringent, requirements for data protection in Europe. Under the GDPR, enhanced data protection requirements as well as substantial fines for breaches of personal data will apply and increase our obligations and potential liabilities for the personal data that we process or control. Several other privacy laws have recently been adopted in domestic and foreign jurisdictions where we do business that could present similar issues. We have modified and will continue to modify our practices in order to comply with these and other requirements, which requires us to incur costs and expenses, and we may face difficulties in complying with all privacy and data protection legal requirements that apply to us now or in the future, as well as financial penalties and liabilities if we are unable to do so.
We incur significant costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses as we devote resources to comply with the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), and the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly.
We plan to continue to invest resources to comply with the evolving laws, regulations and standards applicable to public companies, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. Operating as a public company and being subject to these rules and regulations makes it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. As a result, it may be difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors or executive officers.
The costs associated with operating as a public company may decrease our net income or increase any future net loss and may cause us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products to offset the effect of such costs. Additionally, if these requirements divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.
As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the listing standards of the NYSE. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.
Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in our business. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in financial statements that may not accurately reflect the results of our business and operations. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of management evaluations and independent registered public accounting firm audits of our internal control over financial reporting that we include in our periodic reports that are filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the
51

Table of Contents
trading price of our common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the NYSE.
As a public company, we are required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm is required to audit the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.
Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have a material and adverse effect on our business and results of operations, and cause a decline in the price of our common stock.
If securities or industry analysts publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business or cease publishing research, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
52

Table of Contents
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
We maintain approximately 500,000 square feet of office, research and development, manufacturing and administrative facilities in nine buildings at our campus in Alameda, California as of December 31, 2021. The leases for these nine buildings expire at various times in 2029 to 2036, subject to our option to renew certain leases for an additional five to fifteen years. From time to time through February 1, 2035, if any space in any of the buildings located in the same business park as our campus becomes vacant, that space will be added to the lease. The maximum additional space that could be added under this provision of the lease as of December 31, 2021 is approximately 100,000 square feet. The Company has a right of first offer to lease any space that becomes available after such date. We also lease approximately 160,000 square feet of manufacturing facility in Roseville, California. The lease for this building expires in 2034, subject to our option to renew the lease for an additional five to ten years. In addition, we lease approximately 70,000 square feet of warehouse space in Livermore, California, and approximately 45,000 square feet of warehouse space in Salt Lake City, Utah. The leases for the Livermore warehouse spaces expire at various times in 2025 to 2028. The lease for the Salt Lake City warehouse expires in 2024, subject to our option to renew the lease for an additional three to nine years.
During the third quarter of 2021, we signed the 620 Roseville Parkway Lease which had not yet commenced as of December 31, 2021. Per the terms of the lease, improvements will be constructed and permanently affixed to the property in phases, the first of which phase is anticipated to be completed by the end of 2022
During the fourth quarter of 2021, we acquired Sixense, which leases an aggregate of approximately 8,000 square feet of office space in Los Gatos, San Francisco and Los Angeles, California. The leases for these offices expire at various times in 2022 to 2023, with the Los Angeles office automatically renewing on a quarterly basis until terminated. In addition, Sixense leases office space in Israel, which supports its research and development activities.
We also lease office and warehouse space in Germany, Italy, Australia, Brazil, and Singapore as of December 31, 2021. The offices in Germany and Australia support our direct sales operations in Europe and Australasia, respectively, with the Germany office also supporting distributor relationships in Europe and the Middle East; the offices in Brazil and Singapore support our sales and marketing efforts, including through our distribution partners, in Latin America and Southeast Asia, respectively; and the offices in Italy support the operations of Crossmed S.p.A., our wholly-owned subsidiary in Italy, including supporting our direct sales operations in Italy, San Marino, Vatican City, and Switzerland. We also warehouse and distribute finished products to our international customers utilizing a third-party logistics provider in the Netherlands.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
For information with respect to Legal Proceedings, see Note “10. Commitments and Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.
Not applicable.
53

Table of Contents
PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Market Information
Our common stock has been listed on the NYSE under the symbol “PEN” since September 18, 2015. Prior to that date, there was no established public trading market for our common stock. As of February 14, 2022, there were 90 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
Performance Graph
The following graph illustrates a comparison of the total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock with the total return for (i) the S&P Healthcare Equipment and (ii) the NYSE Composite for the period from December 30, 2016 through December 31, 2021. The figures represented below assume an investment of $100 in our common stock on December 30, 2016 and in the S&P Healthcare Equipment and NYSE Composite and the reinvestment of dividends into shares of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021. The comparisons in the table are required by the SEC and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common stock. This graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

$100 investment in stock or index		Ticker		12/30/2016		12/29/2017		12/31/2018		12/31/2019		12/31/2020		12/31/2021	
Penumbra		PEN		$	100.00 			$	147.48 			$	191.54 			$	257.48 			$	274.29 			$	450.34 		
NYSE Composite		NYA		100.00 			115.84 			102.87 			125.83 			131.36 			155.23 		
S&P 500 Healthcare Equipment Index		XHE		100.00 			130.51 			142.12 			173.81 			231.02 			238.04 		
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
54

Table of Contents
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
None.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Acquisition of Sixense Enterprises Inc.
As partial consideration for the acquisition of Sixense Enterprises Inc. (“Sixense”), which closed on October 1, 2021, the Company issued 661,877 shares of its common stock, representing purchase consideration to be calculated by using the closing price of the Company's common stock on October 1, 2021. Please see Note “5. Business Combinations” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for more information.
MVI Share Exchange
On December 13, 2021, the Company sold 330 shares of its common stock to a stockholder of MVI Health Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, in exchange for 51,333 shares of Class B common stock of MVI.
All securities issued by the Company in the transactions noted above are deemed to be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, on the basis that, among other factors: (1) such transactions did not involve a public offering of securities; (2) no underwriter was involved with the transactions, and no commissions were paid; (3) all purchasers in the private transaction had access to information on the Company necessary to make an informed investment decision; (4) all purchasers are able to bear the economic risk of their investment and are aware that the securities were not registered under the Securities Act and cannot be re-offered or re-sold unless they are registered or are qualified for sale pursuant to an exemption from registration; and (5) appropriate legends were placed upon the book-entry positions representing the shares.

55

Table of Contents
ITEM 6. [Reserved]

56

Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This discussion and other parts of this report contain forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations, and intentions. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this Form 10-K, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by these forward-looking statements.

Overview
Penumbra is a global healthcare company focused on innovative therapies. We design, develop, manufacture and market novel products and have a broad portfolio that addresses challenging medical conditions in markets with significant unmet need. Our team focuses on developing, manufacturing and marketing medical devices for use by specialist physicians and healthcare providers to drive improved clinical outcomes and health. We believe that the cost-effectiveness of our products is attractive to our customers.
Since our founding in 2004, we have invested heavily in our product development capabilities in our major markets: neuro, vascular, and immersive healthcare. We have successfully developed, obtained regulatory clearance or approval for, and introduced products into the neurovascular market since 2007, vascular market since 2013, neurosurgical market since 2014, and immersive healthcare market since 2020, respectively. We continue to expand our portfolio of product offerings, while developing and iterating on our currently available products.
We expect to continue to develop and build our portfolio of products, including our thrombectomy, embolization and access and immersive technologies. Generally, when we introduce a next generation product or a new product designed to replace a current product, sales of the earlier generation product or the product replaced decline. Our research and development activities are centered around the development of new products and clinical activities designed to support our regulatory submissions and demonstrate the effectiveness of our products.
We sell our products to hospitals and other healthcare providers primarily through our direct sales organization in the United States, most of Europe, Canada and Australia, as well as through distributors in select international markets. In 2021, 29.4% of our revenue was generated from customers located outside of the United States. Our sales outside of the United States are denominated principally in the euro and Japanese yen, with some sales being denominated in other currencies. As a result, we have foreign exchange exposure, but do not currently engage in hedging.
We generated revenue of $747.6 million, $560.4 million and $547.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. This represents an annual increase of 33.4% and of 2.4%, respectively. We generated operating losses of $7.5 million and $38.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and operating income of $47.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
COVID-19 Pandemic
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a pandemic, which has spread throughout the U.S. and the world. In response, governments have issued orders restricting certain activities, and while our business falls within the category of healthcare operations, which are essential businesses currently permitted to continue operating during the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, disruptions to our operations as a result of the pandemic. For example, hospital resources have been diverted to fight the pandemic, and many government agencies in conjunction with healthcare systems have recommended the deferral of elective and semi-elective medical procedures during the pandemic. Some of Penumbra’s medical devices are used in certain procedures that the CMS has indicated are “high-acuity” procedures that should not be postponed during the pandemic in its March 18, 2020 recommendations, while other Penumbra devices are used in elective procedures that physicians may consider postponing. Many of the procedures in which our vascular products are used are elective in nature, whereas procedures in which our neuro products are used, such as stroke, tend to be more emergent in nature.
The impact of COVID-19 on our business remains fluid, and we continue to actively monitor the dynamic situation. We will continue to undertake the following specific actions and strategic priorities to navigate the pandemic:
•We have made changes to how we manufacture, inspect and ship our products to prioritize the health and safety of our employees and to operate under the protocols mandated by our local and state governments. While we are committed to
57

Table of Contents
continue meeting demand for our essential devices, we have implemented social distancing and other measures to protect the health and safety of our employees, which have reduced, and may continue to reduce, our manufacturing capacity.
•In order to strengthen our liquidity position, we issued and sold an aggregate of 865,963 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $166.00 per share, less the underwriters’ discounts and commissions, pursuant to an underwritten public offering in June 2020. We received approximately $134.8 million in net cash proceeds from the offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.6 million and other offering expenses of $0.4 million.
•We further strengthened our liquidity position by entering into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) on April 24, 2020, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. as lenders. The Credit Agreement is secured and provides for up to $100 million in available revolving borrowing capacity with an option, subject to certain conditions, for us to increase the aggregate borrowing capacity to up to $150 million, and originally matured on April 23, 2021. This revolving line of credit provides access to capital beyond the $254.9 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2021, and we believe this will allow us to both navigate the current environment and emerge in a strong liquidity position after the pandemic. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, we entered into an amended one-year credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. as lenders. The amended Credit Agreement extended the maturity date from April 23, 2021 to February 21, 2022 and had substantially the same terms and conditions as the prior credit agreement with certain changes including the exclusion of certain one-time charges and expenses incurred during the fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020 from the calculation of the financial covenants, reductions in interest rate floors applicable to revolving loans and other changes to borrowing mechanics under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with the requirements in the Credit Agreement to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and to not exceed a maximum leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2021, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement. In the first quarter of 2022, the Company subsequently entered into a further amended one-year credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. as lenders. The amended Credit Agreement extended the maturity date from February 21, 2022 to February 17, 2023 and has substantially the same terms and conditions as the prior credit agreement with certain changes to the reference benchmark interest rates, applicable margins and borrowing mechanics under the Credit Agreement, having the overall effect of lowering the interest rates payable by the Company on amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement, and a reduction of the commitment fee payable on the average daily unused amount under the Credit Agreement to 0.25% per annum. Refer to Part II, Item 9B, “Other Information” and Note “8. Indebtedness” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 in this Form 10-K for more information.
•We will continue to prioritize investments in our production capacity and flexibility, commercial channels, preparation for new product launches, and new product developments to help patients.
While we have seen positive trends in certain areas of our business beginning in May 2020, we remain mindful of the negative impacts on business trends we experienced in April 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The general impact of COVID-19 on our business has been negative and we are unable to reliably predict the full impact that COVID-19 will have on our business due to numerous uncertainties, including the severity and duration of the pandemic, the global resurgences of cases, particularly as new variants of the virus spread, additional actions that may be taken by governmental authorities in response to the pandemic, the impact of the pandemic on the business of our customers, distributors and suppliers, other businesses and worldwide economies in general, our ability to have access to our customers to provide training and case support, and other factors identified in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K. We will continue to evaluate the nature and extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our business, consolidated results of operations, and financial condition.
Factors Affecting Our Performance
There are a number of factors that have impacted, and we believe will continue to impact, our results of operations and growth. These factors include: 
•The COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response thereto, which have negatively affected, and we expect will continue to negatively affect, our revenues and results of operations. Due to these impacts and measures, we may experience significant and unpredictable fluctuations in demand for certain of our products as hospital customers re-prioritize the treatment of patients and distributors adjust their operations to support the current demand level.
•The rate at which we grow our salesforce and the speed at which newly hired salespeople become fully effective can impact our revenue growth or our costs incurred in anticipation of such growth.
58

Table of Contents
•Our industry is intensely competitive and, in particular, we compete with a number of large, well-capitalized companies. We must continue to successfully compete in light of our competitors’ existing and future products and their resources to successfully market to the specialist physicians who use our products.
•We must continue to successfully introduce new products that gain acceptance with specialist physicians and other healthcare providers and successfully transition from existing products to new products, ensuring adequate supply. In addition, as we introduce new products and expand our production capacity, we anticipate additional personnel will be hired and trained to build our inventory of components and finished goods in advance of sales, which may cause quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition.
•Publications of clinical results by us, our competitors and other third parties can have a significant influence on whether, and the degree to which, our products are used by specialist physicians and the procedures and treatments those physicians choose to administer for a given condition.
•The specialist physicians who use our interventional products may not perform procedures during certain times of the year, such as those periods when they are at major medical conferences or are away from their practices for other reasons, the timing of which occurs irregularly during the year and from year to year.
•Most of our sales outside of the United States are denominated in the local currency of the country in which we sell our products. As a result, our revenue from international sales can be significantly impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
•The availability and levels of reimbursement within the relevant healthcare payment system for healthcare providers for procedures in which our products are used.
In addition, we have experienced and expect to continue to experience meaningful variability in our quarterly revenue, gross profit and gross margin percentage as a result of a number of factors, including, but not limited to: the impact of COVID-19, the number of available selling days, which can be impacted by holidays; the mix of products sold; the geographic mix of where products are sold; the demand for our products and the products of our competitors; the timing of or failure to obtain regulatory approvals or clearances for products; increased competition; the timing of customer orders; inventory write-offs due to obsolescence; costs, benefits and timing of new product introductions; costs, benefits and timing of the acquisition and integration of businesses and product lines we may acquire; the availability and cost of components and raw materials; and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We may experience quarters in which we have significant revenue growth sequentially followed by quarters of moderate or no revenue growth. Additionally, we may experience quarters in which operating expenses, in particular research and development expenses, fluctuate depending on the stage and timing of product development. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2021, we incurred $15.0 million of non-recurring personnel-related expenses associated with the development of our Thunderbolt product.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the applicable periods. Management bases its estimates, assumptions and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Different assumptions and judgments would change the estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, which, in turn, could materially change our results from those reported. Management evaluates its estimates, assumptions and judgments on an ongoing basis. Historically, our critical accounting estimates have not differed materially from actual results. However, if our assumptions change, we may need to revise our estimates, or take other corrective actions, either of which may also have a material adverse effect on our consolidated statements of operations, liquidity and financial condition.
We believe the following critical accounting policies involve significant areas where management applies judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Leases
The Company adopted the guidance under ASC 842 on January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective transition approach. There was no cumulative-effect adjustment recorded to retained earnings upon adoption.
Under ASC 842, the Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. In addition, the Company determines whether leases meet the classification criteria of a finance or operating lease at the lease commencement date considering: (1)
59

Table of Contents
whether the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the lessee at the end of the lease term, (2) whether the lease contains a bargain purchase option, (3) whether the lease term is for a major part of the remaining economic life of the underlying asset, (4) whether the present value of the sum of the lease payments and residual value guaranteed by the lessee equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the underlying asset, and (5) whether the underlying asset is of such a specialized nature that it is expected to have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term. As of December 31, 2021, the Company's lease population consisted of operating and finance real estate, equipment and vehicle leases. As of the date of adoption of ASC 842 the Company did not have material finance leases.
Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets, current operating lease liabilities, and non-current operating lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. Finance leases are included in finance lease right-of-use assets, current finance lease liabilities, and non-current finance lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. In determining the present value of lease payments, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate which requires management’s judgement as the rate implicit in the lease is generally not readily determinable. The determination of the Company’s incremental borrowing rate requires management judgment including the development of a synthetic credit rating and cost of debt as the Company currently does not carry any debt. The lease ROU assets also include adjustments for prepayments, accrued lease payments and exclude lease incentives. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise such options. Operating lease cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term. Finance lease cost is recognized as depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term and interest expense using the accelerated interest method of recognition. Lease agreements entered into after the adoption of ASC 842 that include lease and non-lease components are accounted for as a single lease component. Lease agreements with a noncancelable term of less than 12 months are not recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. For more information about the impact of adoption and disclosures on the Company’s leases, refer to Note “9. Leases.”
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is primarily comprised of product revenue net of returns, discounts, administration fees and sales rebates. We recognize revenue when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue from product sales is recognized either on the date of shipment or the date of receipt by the customer, but is deferred for certain transactions when control has not yet transferred. With respect to products that we consign to hospitals, which primarily consist of coils, we recognize revenue at the time hospitals utilize products in a procedure. Refer to Note “16. Revenues” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for more information and disclosures on our revenue.
Certain arrangements with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, revenue is allocated to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling prices are based on observable prices at which we separately sell the products or services. If a standalone selling price is not directly observable, then we estimate the standalone selling prices considering market conditions and entity-specific factors including, but not limited to, the expected cost and margin of the products and services, geographies, and other market conditions. The use of alternative estimates could result in a different amount of revenue deferral.
We defer revenue for amounts that we have already invoiced our customers for and are ultimately expected to be recognized as revenue, but for which not all revenue recognition criteria have been met.
Revenue is recorded at the net sales price, which includes estimates of variable consideration such as product returns utilizing historical return rates, rebates, discounts, and other adjustments to net revenue. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, we estimate the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price. Variable consideration is included in revenue only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of the revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we made no material changes in estimates for variable consideration.
Our terms and conditions permit product returns and exchanges. We base our estimates for sales returns on actual historical returns over the prior three years and they are recorded as reductions in revenue at the time of sale. Upon recognition, we reduce revenue and cost of revenue for the estimated return. Return rates can fluctuate over time, but are sufficiently predictable to allow us to estimate expected future product returns.
60

Table of Contents
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We provide a valuation allowance to reduce the net deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) to their estimated realizable value.
The calculation of our DTAs involves the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments while taking into account estimates of the amounts and type of future taxable income. DTAs are reduced to their estimated realizable value by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the future realization of all or some of the DTAs will not be achieved. Valuation allowances related to DTAs can be affected by changes to tax laws, statutory tax rates, and projections of future taxable income.
The calculation of our current provision for income taxes involves the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments while taking into account current tax laws, interpretation of current tax laws and possible outcomes of future tax audits. We have established reserves to address potential exposures related to tax positions that could be challenged by tax authorities. Although we believe our estimates, assumptions and judgments to be reasonable, any changes in tax law or interpretation of tax law and the resolutions of potential tax audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in our consolidated financial statements.
We follow FASB ASC 740-10 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” that prescribes a financial statement recognition threshold and measurement attribute for uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on our income tax returns, and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalty accrual, accounting in interim periods, and disclosure requirements. We include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) and the Consolidated Appropriations Act (the “CAA”) were enacted during the year ended December 31, 2020 and provide certain tax relief to business taxpayers. Neither Act had a material impact to our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
Significant domestic DTAs were generated in recent years, primarily due to excess tax benefits from stock option exercises and vesting of restricted stock. The recent Sixense acquisition also generated significant domestic DTAs in the year ended December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately $226.3 million and $127.2 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2036. The state net operating loss carryforwards have various carryover periods and will begin to expire as early as 2023. As of December 31, 2021, we had research credits available to offset federal and state tax liabilities in the amount of $20.1 million and $19.7 million, respectively. The federal tax credits will begin to expire in 2024. California state tax credits have no expiration.
We assess the ability to realize the benefits of our DTAs in each reporting period by evaluating all available positive and negative evidence, objective and subjective in nature, including (1) cumulative results of operations in recent years, (2) sources of recent pre-tax income, (3) estimates of future taxable income, (4) respective carryback and/or carryforward periods of tax attributes available to date, and (5) limitation on net operating loss (“NOL”) utilization against taxable income. We also measure our current DTA balances against estimates of future income based on objectively verifiable operating results from the Company’s recent history.
As of December 31, 2021, our net DTA balance on a consolidated basis was $64.2 million, after reduction of a valuation allowance of $37.1 million. We do not maintain valuation allowances against any of our foreign DTAs as we believe, at the required more-likely-than-not level of certainty, that our foreign subsidiaries will generate sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit of their DTAs in full. In the year ended December 31, 2021, we measured our domestic net operating loss (“NOL”) DTA balances against projections of future taxable income with consideration of relevant provisions of the Tax Reform Act, including but not limited to, the indefinite carryforward period for NOLs generated in years beginning on or after January 1, 2018. Despite the operational loss in the year ended December 31, 2021, we determined that we would be in a three-year cumulative adjusted taxable income position, had it not been for the impact of excess tax deductions from stock-based compensation.
The Tax Reform Act extended the carryforward period of net operating losses generated in tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 such that the losses may be carried forward indefinitely, subject to an annual limitation of 80% of taxable income. The tax attribute ordering rules provide that to offset taxable income, net operating losses must be used prior to the utilization of tax credits. Accordingly, we cannot assert, at the required more-likely-than-not level of certainty, that we will be
61

Table of Contents
able to realize the benefit of our federal research and development tax credit DTAs, with a limited 20-year carryforward period, prior to expiration.
After an evaluation of all available qualitative and quantitative evidence, both positive and negative in nature, we concluded that sufficient future taxable income will be generated to realize the benefits of our domestic DTAs prior to expiration, other than our federal research and development tax credit DTAs which are expected to expire before their utilization. As a result, in the period ended December 31, 2021, we continued to record a valuation allowance against our federal research and development tax credit. In addition, we continue to maintain a full valuation allowance against our California DTAs.
Our DTA balance also includes $3.1 million of tax attributes gained upon acquisition of a majority interest ownership in MVI Health Inc. (“MVI”). Due to recent liquidation of MVI in the quarter ended December 31, 2021, the acquired tax attributes are no longer subject to Separate Return Limitation Year (“SRLY”) rules which limits pre-acquisition tax attributes utilization to only offset against MVI taxable income. As a result, we released the valuation allowance against the MVI federal NOL DTAs and recorded a tax benefit of $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2021. The MVI pre-acquisition federal R&D credit DTAs and California DTAs are continued to be fully valued because we cannot conclude, at the required more-likely-than-not level of certainty, that we will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the benefit of those tax attributes prior to expiration.
We will continue to closely monitor the need for a valuation allowance against current and additional DTAs generated in each subsequent reporting period. The need for a valuation allowance can be impacted by actual operating results, forecasted financial performance, and variances between the two, and the rate at which future DTAs are generated. If our management was to determine that we would not be able to realize all or a portion of our net DTAs in the future, a valuation allowance related charge to earnings would be reflected in that period, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. If our management was to determine that we would be able to realize all net DTAs in the future, a reduction of the valuation allowance would be reflected as a benefit to earnings in that period, which could have a material positive impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Valuation of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination
For material acquisitions, we may engage independent appraisers to assist with the determination of the fair value of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed using recognized business valuation methodologies and information and assumptions provided by our management.
In determining the fair value of certain identifiable assets acquired or liabilities assumed, management may utilize valuation techniques consistent with the income approach, market approach, or cost approach and provide its best estimates of inputs and assumptions that a market participant would use. Certain estimates used in the cost approach include the total cost and time to reconstruct a substitute asset of comparable utility adjusted for any obsolescence, a developer’s expected profit margin, and any opportunity costs lost over the period to reconstruct the substitute asset. Certain estimates used in the income approach may include the amount and timing of projected future cash flows, the discount rate used to discount those cash flows to present value, the assessment of the asset’s life cycle, and the consideration of legal, technical, regulatory, economic, and competitive risks.
Impairment of Intangible Assets
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually in the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. In conducting the annual impairment test for its indefinite-lived intangible assets, we may first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not (greater than 50% likelihood) that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. In accordance with the authoritative guidance, we may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to the quantitative test to compare the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset to the carrying amount. Refer to Note “6. Intangible Assets” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for more information.
Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the estimated economic useful lives of the assets, which is the period during which expected cash flows support the fair value of such intangible assets. We review finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If such an event occurs, management determines whether there has been impairment by comparing the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows to the related asset group’s carrying value. If an asset is considered impaired, the asset will be written down to the determined fair value based on discounted cash flows. We also periodically review the useful lives assigned to our intangible assets to ensure that our initial estimates do not exceed any revised estimated periods from which we expect to
62

Table of Contents
realize cash flows from the underlying intangible asset. If a change were to occur in any of the above-mentioned factors or estimates, the likelihood of a material change in our reported results would increase.

Components of Results of Operations
Revenue. We sell our products directly to hospitals and through distributors for use in procedures performed by specialist physicians to treat patients in two key markets: neuro and vascular disease. We sell our products through purchase orders, and we do not have long-term purchase commitments from our customers. Revenue from product sales is recognized either on the date of shipment or the date of receipt by the customer, but is deferred for certain transactions when control has not yet transferred. With respect to products that we consign to hospitals, which primarily consist of coils, we recognize revenue at the time hospitals utilize products in a procedure. Revenue also includes shipping and handling costs that we charge to customers.
Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue consists primarily of the cost of raw materials and components, personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, inbound freight charges, receiving costs, inspection and testing costs, warehousing costs, royalty expense, shipping and handling costs and other labor and overhead costs incurred in the manufacturing of products. We manufacture substantially all of our products in our manufacturing facilities in Alameda and Roseville, California.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development (“R&D”). R&D expenses primarily consist of product development, clinical and regulatory expenses, materials, depreciation and other costs associated with the development of our products. R&D expenses also include salaries, benefits and other related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel and consultants. We expense R&D costs as they are incurred.
Sales, General and Administrative (“SG&A”). SG&A expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and other related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel and consultants engaged in sales, marketing, finance, legal, compliance, administrative, facilities and information technology and human resource activities. Our SG&A expenses also include marketing trials, medical education, training, commissions, generally based on sales, to direct sales representatives, amortization of acquired intangible assets and acquisition-related costs.
Income Tax Expense. We are taxed at the rates applicable within each jurisdiction in which we operate. The composite income tax rate, tax provisions, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities will vary according to the jurisdiction in which profits arise. Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by management and the respective governmental taxing authorities, and require us to exercise judgment in determining our income tax provision, our deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities and the potential valuation allowance recorded against our net DTAs. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that the future realization of all or some of the DTAs will not be achieved.
63

Table of Contents
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth the components of our consolidated statements of operations in U.S. dollars and as a percentage of revenue for the periods presented:
																																				
	Year Ended December 31,	
	2021		2020		2019	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
Revenue	$	747,590 			100.0 	%		$	560,412 			100.0 	%		$	547,405 			100.0 	%	
Cost of revenue	272,208 			36.4 	%		222,237 			39.7 	%		175,441 			32.0 	%	
Gross profit	475,382 			63.6 	%		338,175 			60.3 	%		371,964 			68.0 	%	
Operating expenses:												
Research and development	104,552 			14.0 	%		90,049 			16.1 	%		51,723 			9.4 	%	
Sales, general and administrative	378,331 			50.6 	%		287,068 			51.2 	%		272,733 			49.8 	%	
	
Total operating expenses	482,883 			64.6 	%		377,117 			67.3 	%		324,456 			59.3 	%	
(Loss) income from operations	(7,501)			(1.0)	%		(38,942)			(6.9)	%		47,508 			8.7 	%	
Interest income, net	938 			0.1 	%		1,267 			0.2 	%		2,854 			0.5 	%	
Other expense, net	(3,939)			(0.5)	%		(343)			(0.1)	%		(227)			— 	%	
(Loss) income before income taxes	(10,502)			(1.4)	%		(38,018)			(6.8)	%		50,135 			9.2 	%	
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes	(13,125)			(1.8)	%		(18,761)			(3.3)	%		3,131 			0.6 	%	

Consolidated net income (loss)	$	2,623 			0.4 	%		$	(19,257)			(3.4)	%		$	47,004 			8.6 	%	
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest	(2,661)			(0.4)	%		(3,555)			(0.6)	%		(1,454)			(0.3)	%	
Net income (loss) attributable to Penumbra, Inc.	$	5,284 			0.7 	%		$	(15,702)			(2.8)	%		$	48,458 			8.9 	%	

64

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020
Revenue
																								
	Year Ended December 31,		Change	
	2021		2020		$		%	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
Vascular	$	408,878 			$	267,783 			$	141,095 			52.7 	%	
Neuro	338,712 			292,629 			46,083 			15.7 	%	
Total	$	747,590 			$	560,412 			$	187,178 			33.4 	%	
Revenue increased $187.2 million, or 33.4%, to $747.6 million in 2021, from $560.4 million in 2020. The increase in overall revenue was primarily due to an increase in sales of new and existing medical devices within our vascular and neuro businesses as well as a higher number of elective procedures performed as COVID-19 vaccination rates increased. Given the current state of vaccinations and the spread of new variants of the virus, it is possible that the increase in elective cases will begin to normalize in future quarters.
Revenue from our vascular medical devices increased $141.1 million, or 52.7%, to $408.9 million in 2021, from $267.8 million in 2020. This increase was driven by sales of our vascular thrombectomy medical devices and peripheral embolization medical devices, which globally increased by 65.6% and 36.9%, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2021. These increases were primarily due to high sales volume as a result of sales of new medical devices, further market penetration of our existing medical devices, and an increase in the number of elective procedures. Prices for our vascular medical devices remained substantially unchanged during the period.
Revenue from our neuro medical devices increased $46.1 million, or 15.7%, to $338.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2021, from $292.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was primarily attributable to increased revenue in China due to the license agreement entered into in December 2020, sales of new medical devices, and further market penetration of our existing medical devices. This increase was driven by an increase in sales of our neuro access medical devices, neuro embolization medical devices and neuro thrombectomy medical devices which globally increased by 45.4%, 10.0% and 5.2%, respectively, in the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. Prices for our neuro medical devices remained substantially unchanged during the period.
Revenue by Geographic Area
The following table presents revenue by geographic area, based on our customers’ shipping destinations:
																																				
	Year Ended December 31,		Change	
	2021		2020		$		%	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
United States	$	527,789 			70.6 	%		$	400,270 			71.4 	%		$	127,519 			31.9 	%	
	
International	219,801 			29.4 	%		160,142 			28.6 	%		59,659 			37.3 	%	
Total	$	747,590 			100.0 	%		$	560,412 			100.0 	%		$	187,178 			33.4 	%	
Revenue from sales in international markets increased $59.7 million, or 37.3%, to $219.8 million in 2021, from $160.1 million in 2020. Revenue from international sales represented 29.4% and 28.6% of our total revenue in 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Gross Margin
																								
	Year Ended December 31,		Change	
	2021		2020		$		%	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
Cost of revenue	$	272,208 			$	222,237 			$	49,971 			22.5 	%	
Gross profit	$	475,382 			$	338,175 			$	137,207 			40.6 	%	
Gross margin %	63.6 	%		60.3 	%					
Gross margin increased by 3.3% percentage points to 63.6% in 2021, from 60.3% in 2020, which included a one-time, non-recurring $18.4 million reduction in gross profit as a result of the December 2020 voluntary recall of our JET 7 Reperfusion
65

Table of Contents
Catheter with Xtra Flex technology (“JET 7 Xtra Flex”). While gross margin is impacted by higher labor and logistics costs due to the impact of inflation, our ability to scale production capacity to support our expanding portfolio of medical devices as well as our continued investments in COVID-19 related safety measures allowed the Company to navigate the labor and supply chain disruptions. As such, with our accelerated investments in our production capacity, our gross margin may be positively impacted in the future.
Research and Development (“R&D”)
																								
	Year Ended December 31,		Change	
	2021		2020		$		%	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
R&D	$	104,552 			$	90,049 			$	14,503 			16.1 	%	
R&D as a percentage of revenue	14.0 	%		16.1 	%					
R&D expenses increased by $14.5 million or 16.1%, to $104.6 million in 2021, from $90.0 million in 2020. The increase was primarily due to $17.6 million of one-time, non-recurring expense associated with the accelerated vesting of options related to the Sixense acquisition and a $11.0 million increase in personnel-related expense driven by an increase in headcount and related expenses to support our growth. This was partially offset by a $15.4 million decrease in product development and testing costs.
We have made investments, and plan to continue to make investments, in the development of our products, which may include hiring additional research and development employees. In addition, we have experienced in the past, and may continue to experience in the future, variability in expenses incurred due to the timing and costs of clinical trials and product development, which may include additional personnel-related expenses in conjunction with the launch of new products.
Sales, General and Administrative (“SG&A”)
																								
	Year Ended December 31,		Change	
	2021		2020		$		%	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
SG&A	$	378,331 			$	287,068 			$	91,263 			31.8 	%	
SG&A as a percentage of revenue	50.6 	%		51.2 	%					
SG&A expenses increased by $91.3 million, or 31.8%, to $378.3 million in 2021, from $287.1 million in 2020. The increase was primarily due to a $48.4 million increase in personnel-related expense driven by an increase in headcount and related expenses to support our growth, a $9.5 million increase in cost related to marketing events as well as a $9.4 million increase in travel-related expense as most domestic travel and other in-person activities returned to pre-COVID-19 levels in 2021, $8.2 million of one-time, non-recurring expense associated with the accelerated vesting of options related to the Sixense acquisition, and a $4.9 million increase in infrastructure costs.
As we continue to invest in our growth, we have expanded and may continue to expand our sales, marketing, and general and administrative teams through the hiring of additional employees. In addition, we have experienced in the past, and may continue to experience in the future, variability in expenses incurred due to the timing and costs of investments in infrastructure to support the business.
(Benefit from) Income Taxes
																								
	Year Ended December 31,		Change	
	2021		2020		$		%	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
(Benefit from) income taxes	$	(13,125)			$	(18,761)			$	5,636 			(30.0)	%	
Effective tax rate	125.0 	%		49.3 	%					
Our benefit from income taxes was $13.1 million in 2021, compared to $18.8 million in 2020. Our effective tax rate was 125.0% in 2021, compared to 49.3% in 2020. Our effective tax rate in 2021 and 2020 included tax benefits attributable to our worldwide losses, combined with excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation attributable to our U.S. jurisdiction. Our change in effective tax rate was primarily due to smaller worldwide losses recorded for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 with consistent tax benefit between the two years. The effective tax rate in 2021 was amplified by the relatively smaller worldwide loss.
66

Table of Contents
Our effective tax rate is driven by (1) income or loss before taxes, (2) permanent differences in taxable income for tax and financial reporting purposes, (3) tax expense attributable to our foreign jurisdictions, (4) changes to the valuation allowance maintained against our deferred tax assets, and (5) discrete tax adjustments such as excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation. Our income tax provision is subject to volatility as the amount of excess tax benefits can fluctuate from period to period based on the price of our stock, the volume of share-based grants settled or vested, and the fair value assigned to equity awards under U.S. GAAP. In addition, changes in tax law or our interpretation thereof, and changes to our valuation allowance could cause us to experience an effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods.

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019
Revenue
																								
	Year Ended December 31,		Change	
	2020		2019		$		%	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
Vascular	267,783 			215,720 			52,063 			24.1 	%	
Neuro	$	292,629 			$	331,685 			$	(39,056)			(11.8)	%	
Total	560,412 			547,405 			13,007 			2.4 	%	
Revenue increased $13.0 million, or 2.4%, to $560.4 million in 2020, from $547.4 million in 2019. The increase in overall revenue was primarily due to an increase in sales of new and existing products within our vascular business, partially offset by a decrease in sales within our neuro business.
Revenue from our vascular products increased $52.1 million, or 24.1%, to $267.8 million in 2020, from $215.7 million in 2019. This increase was driven by sales of our vascular thrombectomy products and peripheral embolization products, which globally increased by 38.6% and 9.3%, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was primarily due to high sales volume as a result of sales of new products and further market penetration of our existing products. Prices for our vascular products remained substantially unchanged during the period.
Revenue from our neuro products decreased $39.1 million, or 11.8%, to $292.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, from $331.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. This was primarily attributable to decreased sales of our neuro thrombectomy products and neuro embolization products, which globally declined by 19.3% and 2.6%, respectively, and partially offset by an increase in sales of new and existing products within our neuro access products in the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. This decrease was primarily attributable to: (i) decreased sales in Japan as a result of reimbursement changes and on-going discussions with our distributor partner, and (ii) lower sales volume as a result of hospitals performing fewer procedures and a decline in other international distribution sales, all primarily resulting from the response to the COVID-19 pandemic by hospitals and our distributors. Prices for our neuro products remained substantially unchanged during the period.
Revenue by Geographic Area
The following table presents revenue by geographic area and from countries that exceeded 10% of our total revenue, based on our customers’ shipping destinations:
																																				
	Year Ended December 31,		Change	
	2020		2019		$		%	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
United States	$	400,270 			71.4 	%		$	355,222 			64.9 	%		$	45,048 			12.7 	%	
	
Other International	160,142 			28.6 	%		192,183 			35.1 	%		$	(32,041)			(16.7)	%	
Total	$	560,412 			100.0 	%		$	547,405 			100.0 	%		$	13,007 			2.4 	%	
Revenue from sales in international markets decreased $32.0 million, or 16.7%, to $160.1 million in 2020, from $192.2 million in 2019. Revenue from international sales represented 28.6% and 35.1% of our total revenue in 2020 and 2019, respectively.
67

Table of Contents
Gross Margin
																								
	Year Ended December 31,		Change	
	2020		2019		$		%	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
Cost of revenue	$	222,237 			$	175,441 			$	46,796 			26.7 	%	
Gross profit	$	338,175 			$	371,964 			$	(33,789)			(9.1)	%	
Gross margin %	60.3 	%		68.0 	%					
Gross margin decreased by 7.7% percentage points to 60.3% in 2020, from 68.0% in 2019. This decrease in gross margin was primarily driven by four components: (i) incremental investments in COVID-19 related safety measures, which include trade-offs made in productivity and capacity; (ii) accelerated investments in direct labor hires and production support to enable production scale-up in our Alameda and Roseville manufacturing facilities, respectively, undertaken to support new product launches and meet increasing demand in a less efficient manufacturing environment; (iii) unabsorbed manufacturing variances due to lower production volume in the first and second quarters of 2020 and (iv) a one-time, non-recurring $18.4 million reduction in gross profit during the year ended December 31, 2020 as a result of the December 2020 voluntary recall of JET 7 Xtra Flex.
Research and Development (“R&D”)
																								
	Year Ended December 31,		Change	
	2020		2019		$		%	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
R&D	$	90,049 			$	51,723 			$	38,326 			74.1 	%	
R&D as a percentage of revenue	16.1 	%		9.4 	%					
R&D expenses increased by $38.3 million or 74.1%, to $90.0 million in 2020, from $51.7 million in 2019. The increase was primarily due to a $20.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses, which primarily includes one-time, non-recurring personnel-related expenses associated with the launch of our Lightning product, and a $14.9 million increase in product development and testing costs.
We have made investments, and plan to continue to make investments, in the development of our products, which may include hiring additional research and development employees. In addition, we have experienced in the past, and may continue to experience in the future, variability in expenses incurred due to the timing and costs of clinical trials and product development.
Sales, General and Administrative (“SG&A”)
																								
	Year Ended December 31,		Change	
	2020		2019		$		%	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
SG&A	$	287,068 			$	272,733 			$	14,335 			5.3 	%	
SG&A as a percentage of revenue	51.2 	%		49.8 	%					
SG&A expenses increased by $14.3 million, or 5.3%, to $287.1 million in 2020, from $272.7 million in 2019. The increase was primarily due to a $29.3 million increase in personnel-related expense and a $4.5 million increase in infrastructure costs, partially offset by a $11.1 million decrease in cost related to marketing events, and a $10.9 million decrease in travel-related expenses.
As we continue to invest in our growth, we have expanded and expect to continue to expand our sales, marketing, general and administrative teams through the hiring of additional employees. In addition, we have experienced in the past, and may continue to experience in the future, variability in expenses incurred due to the timing and costs of investments in infrastructure to support the business.
68

Table of Contents
(Benefit from) Provision for Income Taxes
																								
	Year Ended December 31,		Change	
	2020		2019		$		%	
	(in thousands, except for percentages)	
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes	$	(18,761)			$	3,131 			$	(21,892)			(699.2)	%	
Effective tax rate	49.3 	%		6.2 	%					
Our benefit from income taxes was $18.8 million in 2020, which was primarily due to tax benefits attributable to our worldwide losses, combined with excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation attributable to our U.S. jurisdiction. Our provision for income taxes was $3.1 million in 2019, which was primarily due to income taxes attributable to our worldwide profits, offset by excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation attributable to our U.S. jurisdiction. Our effective tax rate changed to 49.3% in 2020, compared to 6.2% in 2019. The change in effective tax rate was primarily attributable to large tax benefits over worldwide losses for the year ended December 31, 2020, when compared to small tax expense over worldwide profits for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Our effective tax rate is driven by (1) income or loss before taxes, (2) permanent differences in taxable income for tax and financial reporting purposes, (3) tax expense attributable to our foreign jurisdictions, (4) changes to the valuation allowance maintained against our deferred tax assets, and (5) discrete tax adjustments such as excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation. Our income tax provision is subject to volatility as the amount of excess tax benefits can fluctuate from period to period based on the price of our stock, the volume of share-based grants settled or vested, and the fair value assigned to equity awards under U.S. GAAP. In addition, changes in tax law or our interpretation thereof, and changes to our valuation allowance could cause us to experience an effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods.

Quarterly Results of Operations
For our unaudited quarterly results of operations for the eight quarters ended December 31, 2021, please see Note “17. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Our quarterly results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. We have prepared the unaudited information on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. Our operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future quarters or for a full year. Our unaudited quarterly results tables include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our consolidated financial position and operating results for the quarters presented. Seasonal fluctuations, underlying business trends have affected, and are likely to continue to affect, our business. Commercial queries typically increase significantly in the fourth quarter of each year. These seasonal trends have caused, and will likely continue to cause, fluctuations in our quarterly results, including fluctuations in sequential revenue growth rates.
However, we may have quarters for which we experience significant revenue and gross profit growth followed by quarters with limited revenue and gross profit growth due to a number of factors, including mix of products sold, limited growth in demand and the effects of hiring and integrating new sales people and their transition into existing or new sales territories. Other factors affecting our revenue and gross profit growth include acceptance of new products by specialist physicians and successfully transitioning these physicians to new products from existing products, buildup of inventory of new products and write downs or write offs of inventory of older products, introduction of new products by competitors, publication of clinical results that may influence specialist physicians and the fact that the specialist physicians who use our products may not perform procedures during certain times of the year due to their attendance at major medical conferences or for other reasons, the time of which occurs irregularly during the year and from year to year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2021, we had $558.3 million in working capital, which included $59.4 million in cash and cash equivalents and $195.5 million in marketable investments. As of December 31, 2021, we held approximately 34.0% of our cash and cash equivalents in foreign entities.
69

Table of Contents
In June 2020, we issued and sold an aggregate of 865,963 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $166.00 per share, less the underwriters’ discounts and commissions, pursuant to an underwritten public offering. We received approximately $134.8 million in net cash proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.6 million and other offering expenses of $0.4 million. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, continued development of our products, including research and development and clinical trials, potential acquisitions and other business opportunities. Pending the use of the net proceeds from this offering, we invested the net proceeds in investment grade, interest bearing securities.
In addition to our existing cash and cash equivalents and marketable investment balances, our principal source of liquidity is our accounts receivable. In order to further strengthen our liquidity position and financial flexibility during the COVID-19 pandemic, on April 24, 2020 we entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. as lenders. The Credit Agreement is secured and provides for up to $100 million in available revolving borrowing capacity with an option, subject to certain conditions, for the Company to increase the aggregate borrowing capacity to up to $150 million, and originally matured on April 23, 2021. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company entered into an amended one-year credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. as lenders. The amended Credit Agreement extended the maturity date from April 23, 2021 to February 21, 2022 and had substantially the same terms and conditions as the prior credit agreement with certain changes including the exclusion of certain one-time charges and expenses incurred during the fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2021 from the calculation of the financial covenants, reductions in interest rate floors applicable to revolving loans and other changes to borrowing mechanics under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with the requirements in the Credit Agreement to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and to not exceed a maximum leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2021, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement. In the first quarter of 2022, the Company entered into a further amended one-year credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. as lenders. The amended Credit Agreement extended the maturity date from February 21, 2022 to February 17, 2023 and has substantially the same terms and conditions as the prior credit agreement with certain changes to the reference benchmark interest rates, applicable margins and borrowing mechanics under the Credit Agreement, having the overall effect of lowering the interest rates payable by the Company on amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement, and a reduction of the commitment fee payable on the average daily unused amount under the Credit Agreement to 0.25% per annum Refer to Part II Item 9B “Other Information” and Note “8. Indebtedness” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 in this Form 10-K for more information.
We believe these sources of liquidity will be sufficient to meet our liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months. Our principal liquidity requirements are to fund our operations, expand manufacturing operations which includes, but is not limited to, maintaining sufficient levels of inventory to meet the anticipated demand of our customers, fund research and development activities and fund our capital expenditures. We may also lease or purchase additional facilities to facilitate our growth. We expect to continue to make investments as we launch new products, expand our manufacturing operations and information technology infrastructures and further expand into international markets. We may, however, require or elect to secure additional financing as we continue to execute our business strategy. If we require or elect to raise additional funds, we may do so through equity or debt financing, which may not be available on favorable terms, could result in dilution to our stockholders and could require us to agree to covenants that limit our operating flexibility.
While we have strengthened our liquidity position, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we cannot reliably estimate the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact our cash flow from operations.
The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents, marketable investments and selected working capital data as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
												
	Year Ended December 31,	
	2021		2020	
	(in thousands)	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	59,379 			$	69,670 		
Marketable investments	195,496 			195,162 		
Accounts receivable, net	133,940 			114,608 		
Accounts payable	13,421 			14,109 		
Accrued liabilities	99,796 			85,795 		
Working capital(1)	558,277 			511,770 		

	
70

Table of Contents
(1) Working capital consists of total current assets less total current liabilities.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our beginning balance of cash and cash equivalents, net cash flows provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities and our ending balance of cash and cash equivalents:
																		
	Year Ended December 31,	
	2021		2020		2019	
	(in thousands)	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	$	69,670 			$	72,779 			$	67,850 		
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	9,502 			(33,242)			26,652 		
Net cash used in investing activities	(21,735)			(104,149)			(12,711)		
Net cash provided by financing activities	836 			134,917 			(8,959)		
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	59,379 			69,670 			72,779 		
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities
Net cash provided by (used in) by operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for certain non-cash items (including depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, inventory write-offs and write-downs, changes in deferred tax balances, and the effect of changes in working capital and other activities).
Net cash provided by operating activities was $9.5 million in 2021 and consisted of net income of $2.6 million and non-cash items of $73.6 million offset by net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $66.7 million. The change in operating assets and liabilities includes an increase in inventories of $51.6 million to support our revenue growth, an increase in accounts receivable of $21.3 million, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets of $13.0 million, and a decrease in accounts payable of $1.6 million. This was partially offset by an increase in accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities of $17.1 million primarily as a result of the growth in our business activities and proceeds of $3.7 million received related to lease incentives from operating leases.
Net cash (used in) operating activities was $33.2 million in 2020 and consisted of net loss of $19.3 million and non-cash items of $37.2 million offset by net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $51.2 million. The change in operating assets and liabilities includes an increase in inventories of $57.0 million to support our revenue growth, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets of $8.9 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $8.3 million, and a decrease in accounts payable of $0.3 million. This was partially offset by an increase in accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities of $23.3 million primarily as a result of the growth in our business activities as well as liabilities incurred related to our voluntary recall in December 2020.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $26.7 million in 2019 and consisted of net income of $47.0 million and non-cash items of $36.5 million offset by net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $56.8 million. The change in operating assets and liabilities includes an increase in inventories of $41.4 million to support our revenue growth, an increase in accounts receivable of $25.0 million, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets of $4.0 million, partially offset by an increase in accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities of $7.6 million, and an increase in accounts payable of $6.0 million as a result of the growth in our business activities.
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities relates primarily to purchases of marketable investments, capital expenditures, payments for leases that have not yet commenced, partially offset by proceeds from maturities and sales of marketable investments.
Net cash used in investing activities was $21.7 million in 2021 and primarily consisted of capital expenditures of $21.2 million and purchases of marketable investments, net of proceeds from maturities and sales, of $3.1 million. This was partially offset by $2.9 million cash acquired in connection with the Sixense acquisition.
Net cash used in investing activities was $104.1 million in 2020 and primarily consisted of purchases of marketable investments, net of proceeds from maturities and sales, of $76.3 million and capital expenditures of $24.8 million.
Net cash used in investing activities was $12.7 million in 2019 and consisted of capital expenditures of $22.1 million, and payments for leases that have not yet commenced of $6.6 million, partially offset by proceeds from maturities and sales of marketable investments, net of purchases, of $18.0 million.
71

Table of Contents
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities primarily relates to proceeds from issuance of common stock upon
underwritten public offering, payments of employee taxes related to vested restricted stock units, payments towards the reduction of our finance lease obligations and certain acquisition-related payments, and proceeds from exercises of stock options and issuances of common stock.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.8 million in 2021 and primarily consisted of proceeds from the issuance of stock under our employee stock purchase plan of $13.7 million and proceeds from exercises of stock options of $4.7 million. This was partially offset by $15.8 million of payments of employee taxes related to vested restricted stock units and payments related to finance lease obligations of $1.5 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $134.9 million in 2020 and primarily consisted of proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs, of $134.8 million, proceeds from the issuance of stock under our employee stock purchase plan of $11.3 million and proceeds from exercises of stock options of $5.2 million. This was partially offset by $10.1 million of payments of employee taxes related to vested restricted stock units, payments related to finance lease obligations of $3.4 million and payments related to contingent consideration in connection with our acquisition in 2017 of $0.7 million.
Net cash used in financing activities was $9.0 million in 2019 and primarily consisted of payments of employee taxes related to vested common and restricted stock of $18.5 million, payments related to finance lease obligations of $2.6 million and payments related to contingent consideration payments in connection with our acquisition in 2017 of $1.8 million, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of stock under our employee stock purchase plan of $9.0 million and proceeds from exercises of stock options of $4.1 million.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and commitments that obligate us to make payments in the future. Our contractual obligations consist primarily of: non-cancelable operating and finance leases and purchase commitments. Information regarding our obligations relating to lease arrangements and purchase commitments, as well as amounts recorded for uncertain tax positions, are provided in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”of this Form 10-K in Note “9. Leases”, Note “10. Commitments and Contingencies”, and Note “14. Income Taxes”, respectively.
The Company is also subject to certain royalty obligations under a license agreement with amounts due thereunder fluctuating depending on sales levels. Royalty expense included in cost of sales for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $2.3 million, $2.5 million and $3.8 million, respectively. For more information on these royalty obligations, refer to Note “10. Commitments and Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
For information with respect to recently issued accounting standards and the impact of these standards on our consolidated financial statements, refer to Note “2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
72

Table of Contents
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
We are exposed to various market risks, which may result in potential losses arising from adverse changes in market rates, such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes and do not believe we are exposed to material market risk with respect to our cash and cash equivalents and/or our marketable investments.
Interest Rate Risk. We had cash and cash equivalents of $59.4 million as of December 31, 2021, which consisted of funds held in general checking, savings, and money market accounts. In addition, we had marketable investments of $195.5 million, which consisted primarily of commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. agency and government sponsored securities, and U.S. states and municipalities. Our investment policy is focused on the preservation of capital and supporting our liquidity needs. Under the policy, we invest in highly rated securities, while limiting the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer other than the U.S. government. We do not invest in financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes, nor do we use leveraged financial instruments. We utilize external investment managers who adhere to the guidelines of our investment policy. The revolving loans under our Credit Agreement bear interest at: (1) the adjusted LIBO rate or adjusted EURIBO rate, as applicable, plus an applicable rate, for euro currency revolving borrowing; or (2) an alternate base rate plus an applicable rate, for revolving borrowing in U.S. dollars. As of December 31, 2021, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material impact on the value of our cash and cash equivalents or marketable investments.
Foreign Exchange Risk Management. We operate in countries other than the United States, and, therefore, we are exposed to foreign currency risks. We bill most sales outside of the United States in local currencies, primarily euro and Japanese yen, with some sales being denominated in other currencies. We expect that the percentage of our sales denominated in foreign currencies may increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to expand into international markets. When sales or expenses are not denominated in U.S. dollars, a fluctuation in exchange rates could affect our net income. We do not believe our net income would be materially impacted by an immediate 10% adverse change in foreign exchange rates. We do not currently hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; however, we may choose to hedge our exposure in the future.
While our gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2021 was impacted by higher labor and logistics costs due to the impact of inflation, changes in prices did not have a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented on our consolidated financial statements.

73

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
PENUMBRA, INC.

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34)	75	
Consolidated Balance Sheets	78	
Consolidated Statements of Operations	79	
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)	80	
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity	81	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	82	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	83	

74

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Penumbra, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Penumbra, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 22, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Income Taxes – Realizability of Deferred Tax Assets — Refer to Notes 2 and 14 to the financial statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
The Company recognizes deferred income taxes based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities at the enacted statutory tax rates and laws in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) to the amounts expected to be realized based on estimates of future taxable income. The Company’s net DTA as of December 31, 2021 was $64.2 million after a reduction of a valuation allowance of $37.1 million.
We identified management’s determination that a valuation allowance is necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value as a critical audit matter because management utilized significant judgments and estimates in their evaluation, including estimates of future taxable income, cumulative results of operations in recent years, and the respective carryforward periods of tax attributes available to date. This in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment and subjectivity in applying procedures relating to assessing such positive and negative evidence, including assessing how management’s assumptions may be affected by the future operations of the Company, market, and/or economic conditions.
75

Table of Contents

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to estimated future taxable income and the determination of whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized included the following, among others:
– We tested the effectiveness of controls over deferred tax assets, including management’s controls over the estimates of taxable income and the determination of whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.
– We evaluated the reasonableness of the methods and assumptions used by management to determine whether a valuation allowance is necessary.
– With the assistance of our income tax specialists, we considered the following sources of information used in management’s evaluation of whether deferred taxes are more likely than not to be realized:
– Estimates of future taxable income.
– The length of net operating loss carryforward periods.
– The ability to carryback losses to prior years.
– Tax credit carryforwards and consideration of when those will expire.
– We evaluated whether the taxable income in historical periods was of the appropriate character and available under the tax law.
– We evaluated management’s assessment of the positive and negative evidence utilized to conclude if a valuation allowance was necessary.
Acquisition of Sixense Enterprise, Inc. — Refer to Note 5 to the financial statements
Critical Audit Matter Description

On October 1, 2021, the Company closed the acquisition of Sixense Enterprises Inc. (“Sixense”) for $251.0 million. The Company accounted for the acquisition under the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values, including intangible assets of $88.2 million. Management estimated the fair value of the intangible assets using the replacement cost method. The fair value determination of the intangible assets required management to make significant estimates and assumptions related to total cost and time to reconstruct a substitute asset of comparable utility adjusted for any obsolescence, a developer’s expected profit margin, and the opportunity cost lost over the period to reconstruct the substitute asset.
We identified the intangible assets for Sixense as a critical audit matter because of the significant estimates and assumptions management makes to fair value the intangible assets. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our fair value specialists, when performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of the total cost and time to reconstruct a substitute asset of comparable utility adjusted for any obsolescence, a developer’s expected profit margin, and the opportunity cost lost over the period to reconstruct the substitute asset.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to the fair value of the intangible assets for Sixense included the following, among others:
– We tested the effectiveness of controls over the valuation of the intangible assets, including management’s controls over the replacement cost inputs.
– With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of (1) the valuation methodology, (2) a developer’s expected profit margin, and (3) the opportunity cost lost over the period to reconstruct the substitute asset by:
– Testing the source information underlying the determination of a developer’s expected profit margin and the opportunity cost lost over the period to reconstruct the substitute asset and testing the mathematical accuracy of the calculations.
76

Table of Contents

– Developing a range of independent estimates and comparing those to the developer’s expected profit margin and the opportunity cost lost over the period to reconstruct the substitute asset selected by management.
– We tested the source information underlying the total cost and time to reconstruct a substitute asset of comparable utility adjusted for any obsolescence.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, California
February 22, 2022
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2008.
77

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
															
		December 31,	
		2021		2020	
Assets					
Current assets:					
Cash and cash equivalents		$	59,379 			$	69,670 		
Marketable investments		195,496 			195,162 		
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $2,092 and $2,198 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively		133,940 			114,608 		
Inventories		263,504 			219,527 		
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		29,155 			18,735 		
Total current assets		681,474 			617,702 		
Property and equipment, net		58,856 			48,169 		
Operating lease right-of-use assets		131,955 			41,192 		
Finance lease right-of-use assets		36,276 			38,065 		
Intangible assets, net		90,618 			10,639 		
Goodwill		166,388 			8,372 		
	
Deferred taxes		65,698 			50,139 		
Other non-current assets		12,985 			8,705 		
Total assets		$	1,244,250 			$	822,983 		
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity					
Current liabilities:					
Accounts payable		$	13,421 			$	14,109 		
Accrued liabilities		99,796 			85,795 		
Current operating lease liabilities		8,267 			4,697 		
Current finance lease liabilities		1,713 			1,331 		
Total current liabilities		123,197 			105,932 		
	
Non-current operating lease liabilities		137,045 			44,183 		
Non-current finance lease liabilities		26,523 			27,066 		
Other non-current liabilities		3,558 			8,014 		
Total liabilities		290,323 			185,195 		
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)					
	
Stockholders’ equity:					
Preferred stock, $.001 par value per share - 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020		— 			— 		
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share - 300,000,000 shares authorized, 37,578,483 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 36,414,732 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020		37 			36 		
Additional paid-in capital		910,614 			598,299 		
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income		(2,630)			2,541 		
Retained earnings		45,906 			40,622 		
Total Penumbra, Inc. stockholders’ equity		953,927 			641,498 		
Non-controlling interest		— 			(3,710)		
Total stockholders’ equity		$	953,927 			$	637,788 		
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$	1,244,250 			$	822,983 		
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
78

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
																		
	Year Ended December 31,	
	2021		2020		2019	
Revenue	$	747,590 			$	560,412 			$	547,405 		
Cost of revenue	272,208 			222,237 			175,441 		
Gross profit	475,382 			338,175 			371,964 		
Operating expenses:						
Research and development	104,552 			90,049 			51,723 		
Sales, general and administrative	378,331 			287,068 			272,733 		
	
Total operating expenses	482,883 			377,117 			324,456 		
(Loss) income from operations	(7,501)			(38,942)			47,508 		
Interest income, net	938 			1,267 			2,854 		
Other expense, net	(3,939)			(343)			(227)		
(Loss) income before income taxes	(10,502)			(38,018)			50,135 		
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes	(13,125)			(18,761)			3,131 		

Consolidated net income (loss)	$	2,623 			$	(19,257)			$	47,004 		
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest	(2,661)			(3,555)			(1,454)		
Net income (loss) attributable to Penumbra, Inc.	$	5,284 			$	(15,702)			$	48,458 		
						
Net income (loss) attributable to Penumbra, Inc. per share:						
Basic	$	0.14 			$	(0.44)			$	1.39 		
Diluted	$	0.14 			$	(0.44)			$	1.34 		
Weighted average shares outstanding:						
Basic	36,764,290 			35,766,892 			34,750,706 		
Diluted	37,881,180 			35,766,892 			36,265,999 		
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
79

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in thousands)
																		
	Year Ended December 31,	
	2021		2020		2019	
Consolidated net income (loss)	$	2,623 			$	(19,257)			$	47,004 		
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:						
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax	(3,929)			4,456 			(1,120)		
Net change in unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities, net of tax	(1,242)			409 			738 		
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax	$	(5,171)			$	4,865 			$	(382)		
Consolidated comprehensive (loss) income	$	(2,548)			$	(14,392)			$	46,622 		
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest	$	(2,661)			$	(3,555)			$	(1,454)		
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Penumbra, Inc.	$	113 			$	(10,837)			$	48,076 		
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
80

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands, except share amounts)
																																																			
		Common Stock		Additional Paid-in Capital		Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income		Retained Earnings (Accumulated
Deficit)		Total Penumbra, Inc. Stockholders’ Equity		Non-Controlling Interest		Total
Stockholders’
Equity	
		Shares		Amount													

	

	

	

	
Balance at December 31, 2018		34,437,339 			$	34 			$	415,084 			$	(1,942)			$	9,064 			$	422,240 			$	175 			$	422,415 		
Issuance of common stock		612,221 			1 			4,120 			— 			— 			4,121 			— 			4,121 		
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan		81,644 			— 			8,984 			— 			— 			8,984 			— 			8,984 		
Shares held for tax withholdings		(129,623)			— 			(18,535)			— 			— 			(18,535)			— 			(18,535)		
Stock-based compensation		— 			— 			21,006 			— 			— 			21,006 			— 			21,006 		
Capital contributions of non-controlling interest		— 			— 			— 			— 			— 			— 			1,000 			1,000 		
Other comprehensive loss		— 			— 			— 			(382)			— 			(382)			— 			(382)		
Net income		— 			— 			— 			— 			48,458 			48,458 			(1,454)			47,004 		
Balance at December 31, 2019		35,001,581 			$	35 			$	430,659 			$	(2,324)			$	57,522 			$	485,892 			$	(279)			$	485,613 		
Issuance of common stock		520,185 			— 			5,115 			— 			— 			5,115 			124 			5,239 		
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan		77,528 			— 			11,300 			— 			— 			11,300 			— 			11,300 		
Issuance of common stock upon underwritten public offering, net of issuance cost		865,963 			1 			134,758 			— 			— 			134,759 			— 			134,759 		
Shares held for tax withholding		(50,525)			— 			(10,066)			— 			— 			(10,066)			— 			(10,066)		
Stock-based compensation		— 			— 			26,533 			— 			— 			26,533 			— 			26,533 		
	
Cumulative effect adjustment(1)		— 			— 			— 			— 			(1,198)			(1,198)			— 			(1,198)		
Other comprehensive income		— 			— 			— 			4,865 			— 			4,865 			— 			4,865 		
Net loss		— 			— 			— 			— 			(15,702)			(15,702)			(3,555)			(19,257)		
Balance at December 31, 2020		36,414,732 			$	36 			$	598,299 			$	2,541 			$	40,622 			$	641,498 			$	(3,710)			$	637,788 		
Issuance of common stock		498,185 			— 			4,507 			— 			— 			4,507 			157 			4,664 		
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan		64,852 			— 			13,705 			— 			— 			13,705 			— 			13,705 		
Issuance of common stock in connection with Sixense acquisition(2)		661,877 			1 			174,133 			— 			— 			174,134 			— 			174,134 		
Replacement share-based awards issued in connection with Sixense acquisition(2)		— 			— 			80,693 			— 			— 			80,693 			— 			80,693 		
Acquisition of subsidiary stock from noncontrolling interests(2)		— 			— 			(10,375)			— 			— 			(10,375)			6,214 			(4,161)		
Shares held for tax withholdings		(61,163)			— 			(15,832)			— 			— 			(15,832)			— 			(15,832)		
Stock-based compensation		— 			— 			65,484 			— 			— 			65,484 			— 			65,484 		

Other comprehensive income		— 			— 			— 			(5,171)			— 			(5,171)			— 			(5,171)		
	
Net income (loss)		— 			— 			— 			— 			5,284 			5,284 			(2,661)			2,623 		
Balance at December 31, 2021		37,578,483 			$	37 			$	910,614 			$	(2,630)			$	45,906 			$	953,927 			$	— 			$	953,927 		

	
(1) Cumulative effect adjustments relate to the adoption of Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-13 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. Refer to Note “2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for more information.

(2) Refer to Note "5. Business Combinations” and “11. Stockholders’ Equity” for more information on the impact of the acquisition of Sixense Enterprises Inc. during the year ended December 31, 2021.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
81

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
																		
	Year Ended December 31,	
	2021		2020		2019	
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:						
Net income (loss)	$	2,623 			$	(19,257)			$	47,004 		
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:						
Depreciation and amortization	16,408 			12,891 			8,104 		
Stock-based compensation	65,763 			25,541 			21,485 		

	
Inventory write-offs and write-downs	2,818 			10,571 			4,411 		

	

	

Deferred taxes	(14,091)			(18,818)			1,820 		
	
Impairment of intangible asset	— 			2,500 			— 		

Other	2,692 			4,520 			670 		
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:						
Accounts receivable	(21,344)			(8,295)			(25,029)		
Inventories	(51,554)			(56,981)			(41,407)		
Prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets	(13,032)			(8,865)			(4,001)		
Accounts payable	(1,565)			(308)			6,038 		
Accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities	17,076 			23,259 			7,557 		
Proceeds from lease incentives	3,708 			— 			— 		
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	9,502 			(33,242)			26,652 		
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:						

Lease payments made prior to commencement	— 			— 			(6,636)		
Cash acquired in a business combination	2,919 			— 			— 		
Purchases of marketable investments	(126,794)			(153,061)			(77,326)		
Proceeds from sales of marketable investments	2,000 			7,897 			4,746 		
Proceeds from maturities of marketable investments	121,720 			68,831 			90,614 		
	
Purchases of property and equipment	(21,180)			(24,756)			(22,109)		
Other	(400)			(3,060)			(2,000)		

Net cash used in investing activities	(21,735)			(104,149)			(12,711)		
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:						
	
Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon underwritten public offering, net of issuance cost	— 			134,759 			— 		
Proceeds from exercises of stock options	4,664 			5,239 			4,120 		
Proceeds from issuance of stock under employee stock purchase plan	13,705 			11,300 			8,984 		

	

Payment of employee taxes related to vested common and restricted stock	(15,832)			(10,066)			(18,535)		
Payments of finance lease obligations	(1,451)			(3,418)			(2,570)		
Payment of acquisition-related obligations	— 			(683)			(1,758)		
Proceeds from capital contribution from non-controlling interest	— 			— 			800 		
Other	(250)			(2,214)			— 		
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	836 			134,917 			(8,959)		
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	1,106 			(635)			(53)		
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS	(10,291)			(3,109)			4,929 		
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period	69,670 			72,779 			67,850 		
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period	$	59,379 			$	69,670 			$	72,779 		
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:						
	
Cash paid for income taxes	$	1,496 			$	1,414 			$	175 		
NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:						
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations	$	101,510 			$	1,515 			$	4,261 		
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for finance lease obligations	$	1,346 			$	1,632 			$	33,283 		
Fair value of common stock issued as consideration in connection with an acquisition (Note 5)	$	174,133 			$	— 			$	— 		
Fair value of replacement options issued as consideration in connection with an acquisition (Note 5)	$	80,693 			$	— 			$	— 		
Purchase of property and equipment funded through accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	2,330 			$	1,407 			$	2,903 		

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
82

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of Business
Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) is a global healthcare company focused on innovative therapies. The Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets novel products and has a broad portfolio that addresses challenging medical conditions in markets with significant unmet need.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and equity accounts; disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements; and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to marketable investments, allowances for credit losses, standalone selling prices used to allocate revenue to performance obligations which are not directly observable, the amount of variable consideration included in the transaction price, warranty reserve, valuation of inventories, useful lives of property and equipment, operating and finance lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and liabilities, income taxes, contingent consideration and other contingencies, among others. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other data. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Segments
The Company determined its operating segment on the same basis that it uses to evaluate its performance internally. The Company has one business activity: the design, development, manufacturing and marketing of innovative medical products, and operates as one operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”), its Chief Executive Officer, reviews its consolidated operating results for the purpose of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s entity-wide disclosures are included in Note “16. Revenues.”
Foreign Currency Translation
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in United States Dollars (“USD”). Its foreign subsidiaries use their local currency as their functional currency and maintain their records in the local currency. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into USD using the current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and equity accounts are translated into USD using historical rates. Revenues are translated using the exchange rate as of the date of transaction and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates in effect for the year involved. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheets. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the respective functional currencies are translated at exchange rates as of the date of transaction with foreign currency gains and losses recorded in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company realized net foreign currency transaction losses of $0.5 million, a nominal amount and $0.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
As the Company’s international operations grow, its risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and the Company will continue to reassess its approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening USD can increase the costs of the Company’s international expansion. To date, the Company has not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts.
83

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, marketable investments (as described in greater detail in this footnote under the header “Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Investments” below) and accounts receivable. The majority of the Company’s cash is held by one financial institution in the U.S. in excess of federally insured limits. The Company maintained investments in money market funds that were not federally insured during the year ended December 31, 2021 and held cash in foreign entities of approximately $20.2 million and $17.4 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which was not federally insured.
The Company’s revenue has been derived from sales of its products in the United States and international markets. The Company uses both its own salesforce and independent distributors to sell its products. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of entities comprising the Company’s customer base. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers, including its distributors, does not require collateral, and maintains allowances for potential credit losses on customer accounts when deemed necessary.
During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, no customer accounted for greater than 10% of the Company’s revenue. No customer accounted for greater than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2021 while one customer accounted for greater than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2020.
Significant Risks and Uncertainties
The Company is subject to risks common to medical device companies including, but not limited to, new technological innovations, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government regulations, product liability, uncertainty of market acceptance of products and the potential need to obtain additional financing. The Company is dependent on third-party suppliers, in some cases single-source suppliers.
There can be no assurance that the Company’s products will continue to be accepted in the marketplace, nor can there be any assurance that any future products can be developed or manufactured at an acceptable cost and with appropriate performance characteristics, or that such products will be successfully marketed, if at all.
The Company’s products require approval or clearance from the FDA prior to commencing commercial sales in the United States. There can be no assurance that the Company’s products will receive all of the required approvals or clearances. Approvals or clearances are also required in foreign jurisdictions in which the Company sells its products. If the Company is denied such approvals or clearances or such approvals or clearances are delayed, it may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position and liquidity.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Investments
The Company invests its cash primarily in highly liquid corporate debt securities, debt instruments of U.S. federal, state and municipal governments, and their agencies, in money market funds and in commercial paper. All highly liquid investments with stated maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase are classified as cash equivalents; all highly liquid investments with stated maturities of greater than three months are classified as marketable investments. The majority of the Company’s cash and investments are held in U.S. banks.
The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable investments at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company’s marketable investments have been classified and accounted for as available-for-sale. Investments with remaining maturities of more than one year are viewed by the Company as available to support current operations and are classified as current assets under the caption marketable investments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Investments in marketable investments are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Any realized gains or losses on the sale of marketable investments are determined on a specific identification method, and such gains and losses are reflected as a component of other income (expense), net.
84

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Impairment of Marketable Investments
As a result of the of the adoption of the ASU 2016-13 during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company is exposed to credit losses through its investments in available-for-sale securities. An investment is impaired if the fair value of the investment is less than its amortized cost basis. The Company reviews each impaired available-for-sale security held in its portfolio to determine whether the decline in fair value below its amortized cost basis is the result of credit losses or other factors. An allowance for credit losses is to be recorded as a charge to net income in an amount equal to the difference between the impaired security’s amortized cost basis and the amount expected to be collected over the lifetime of security, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than its amortized cost basis. Any remaining difference between its amortized cost basis and fair value is deemed not to be due to expected credit losses and is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. The Company’s impairment review considers several factors to determine if an expected credit loss is present including the discounted present value of expected cash flows of the security, the capacity to hold a security or sell a security before recovery of the decline in amortized cost, the credit rating of the security and forecasted and historical factors that affect the value of the security.
In fiscal years prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, unrealized gains or losses on these securities were recorded to accumulated other comprehensive loss until either the security was sold or the Company determined that the decline in value was other-than-temporary. The primary differentiating factors the Company considered when classifying impairments as either temporary or other-than-temporary impairments was the intent and ability to retain the investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value, the length of the time and the extent to which the market value of the investment had been less than cost, the financial condition, and near-term prospects of the issuer.
During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company reviewed its impaired available-for-sale securities and concluded that the decline in fair value was not related to credit losses and is recoverable. Accordingly, no allowance for credit losses was recorded and instead the unrealized losses are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. There were no other-than-temporary impairments for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Accounts Receivable
As a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020, accounts receivable are measured at amortized cost less the allowance for credit losses. The Company measures expected credit losses for its accounts receivables utilizing a loss-rate approach. The allowance for expected credit losses assessment requires a degree of estimation and judgement. The expected loss-rate is calculated by utilizing historical credit losses incurred as a percentage of the Company’s historical accounts receivable balances, pooled by customers with similar geographic credit risk characteristics. The loss-rate is adjusted for management’s expectations regarding current conditions and forecasts about future conditions which impact expected credit losses. The Company considers factors such as customers credit risk, geographic related risks and economic conditions that may affect a customer’s credit quality classification.
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, the Company recognized losses when a loss was incurred or deemed probable by recording a specific allowance against amounts due, and thereby reducing the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably believed to be collectible. In fiscal years prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, accounts receivable were stated at invoice value less estimated allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company recognized losses when a loss was incurred or deemed probable by recording a specific allowance against amounts due, and thereby reducing the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably believed to be collectible. The Company monitored customer payments and maintained a reserve for estimated losses resulting from its customers’ inability to make required payments considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances, geographic related risks and economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined under the first-in first-out method) or net realizable value. Write-downs are provided for raw materials, components or finished goods that are determined to be excessive or obsolete. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities in consideration of actual loss experience, projected future demand and remaining shelf life to record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory when appropriate. As a result of these evaluations, the Company recognized total write-offs and write-downs of $2.8 million, $10.6 million, and $4.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
85

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life. Machinery and equipment and furniture and fixtures are depreciated over a five to ten year period and computers and software are depreciated over two to five years. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to consolidated statements of operations as incurred.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When such an event occurs, management determines whether there has been impairment by comparing the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows to the related asset group’s carrying value. If an asset is considered impaired, the asset is written down to fair value, which is determined based either on discounted cash flows or appraised value, depending on the nature of the asset. There was no impairment of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 or 2019.
Contingent Consideration
Certain agreements the Company enters into involve the potential payment of future consideration that is contingent upon certain performance and revenue milestones being achieved. Contingent consideration obligations incurred in connection with a business combination are recorded at their fair values on the acquisition date and remeasured at their fair values each subsequent reporting period until the related contingencies are resolved. The resulting changes in fair values are recognized generally within sales, general and administrative expense, depending on the nature of the contingent consideration liability, in the consolidated statements of operations. Asset acquisitions are accounted for using a cost accumulation and allocation model and the cost of the acquisition is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Contingent consideration obligations incurred in connection with an asset acquisition are recorded when it is probable that they will occur and they can be reasonably estimated.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets primarily consist of developed technology, in-process research and development, purchased rights to licensed technology, customer relationships, and trade secrets and processes.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of in-process research and development and an exclusive right to licensed technology during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually, in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. If the fair value of the asset is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value.
Due to a triggering event in the second quarter of 2020, the acquired exclusive right to licensed technology indefinite-lived intangible asset determined be impaired and the Company wrote-off the full carrying amount of the asset. The in-process research and development indefinite-lived intangible asset was acquired in fourth quarter of 2021 and will be tested for impairment at least annually, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. Refer to Note “6. Intangible Assets” for more information on the Company’s intangible assets.
Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the estimated economic useful lives of the assets, which is the period during which expected cash flows support the fair value of such intangible assets. The Company reviews finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets or asset group may not be recoverable. When such an event occurs, management determines whether there has been impairment by comparing the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows to the related asset group’s carrying value. Refer to Note “6. Intangible Assets” for more information on the Company’s intangible assets.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired business or assets over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may no longer be recoverable and that an impairment
86

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
loss may have occurred. The Company operates as one segment, which is considered to be the sole reporting unit, and therefore goodwill is tested for impairment at the consolidated level. Refer to Note “5. Business Combinations” and Note “7. Goodwill” for more information.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is primarily comprised of product revenue net of returns, discounts, administration fees and sales rebates. The Company adopted the guidance under ASC 606 on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method for all contracts not completed as of the date of adoption. Under ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue from product sales is recognized either on the date of shipment or the date of receipt by the customer, but is deferred for certain transactions when control has not yet transferred. With respect to products that the Company consigns to hospitals, which primarily consist of coils, the Company recognizes revenue at the time hospitals utilize products in a procedure.
Certain arrangements with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, revenue is allocated to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling prices are based on observable prices at which the Company separately sells the products or services. If a standalone selling price is not directly observable, then the Company estimates the standalone selling prices considering entity-specific factors including, but not limited to, the expected cost and margin of the products and services, geographies, and other market conditions. The use of alternative estimates could result in a different amount of revenue deferral.
Deferred revenue represents amounts that the Company has already invoiced and are ultimately expected to be recognized as revenue, but for which not all revenue recognition criteria have been met. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, the Company's deferred revenue balance was not material.
Revenue is recorded at the net sales price, which includes estimates of variable consideration such as product returns utilizing historical return rates, rebates, discounts, and other adjustments to net revenue. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, the Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price. Variable consideration is included in revenue only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of the revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.
The Company’s terms and conditions permit product returns and exchanges. The Company bases its estimates for sales returns on actual historical returns over the prior three years and they are recorded as reductions in revenue at the time of sale. Upon recognition, the Company reduces revenue and cost of revenue for the estimated return. Return rates can fluctuate over time, but are sufficiently predictable to allow the Company to estimate expected future product returns.
For more information and disclosures on the Company’s revenue, refer to Note “16. Revenues.”
Shipping Costs
Shipping and handling costs charged to customers are recorded as revenue. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenue.
Research and Development (“R&D”) Costs
R&D costs primarily consist of product development, clinical and regulatory expenses, materials, depreciation and other costs associated with the development of the Company’s products. R&D costs also include related personnel and consultants’ salaries, benefits and related costs, including stock-based compensation. The Company expenses R&D costs as they are incurred.
The Company’s clinical trial accruals are based on estimates of patient enrollment and related costs at clinical investigator sites. The Company estimates preclinical and clinical trial expenses based on the services performed pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage preclinical studies and clinical trials on its behalf. In accruing service fees, the Company estimates the time period over which services will be performed and the level of patient enrollment and activity expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made to third parties under these arrangements in advance of the receipt of the related services are recorded as prepaid expenses until the services are rendered.
87

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Internal Use Software
The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred for the development of computer software for internal use. These costs generally relate to third-party software as well as the internal development of software associated with our REAL Immersive System offerings. The Company capitalizes these costs when it is determined that it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended, and the preliminary project stage is completed. Capitalized internal use software development costs are included in Property and equipment, net within the consolidated balance sheets.
Capitalized internal use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. For software that supports our REAL Immersive System, the amortization expense is recorded in cost of revenue within the consolidated statements of operations. Costs related to the preliminary project stage, post-implementation, training and maintenance are expensed as incurred.
Cloud Computing Arrangements
The Company capitalizes certain implementation costs incurred in agreements that qualify as cloud computing arrangements. The cost expenditures for implementation, set-up, and other upfront costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is hosted by the vendor are capitalized and are recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheets. Such costs are amortized over the life of the related cloud computing arrangement.
As of December 31, 2021, approximately $2.4 million associated with these arrangements are included in prepaids and other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets while approximately $5.8 million are included in other non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheets.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are included in sales, general and administrative expenses and are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were $1.1 million, $0.6 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company recognizes the cost of stock-based compensation in the financial statements based upon fair value. The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock unit (“RSU”) awards is determined based on the number of units granted and the closing price of the Company’s common stock as of the grant date. The fair value of each purchase under the employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) is estimated at the beginning of the offering period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of stock options is determined as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company’s determination of the fair value of equity-settled awards is impacted by the price of the Company’s common stock as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the expected term that awards will remain outstanding, expected common stock price volatility over the term of the awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.
The fair value of an award is recognized over the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. Stock-based compensation expense recognized at fair value includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates future forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. To the extent actual forfeiture results differ from the estimates, the difference is recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period forfeiture estimates are revised. No compensation cost is recorded for awards that do not vest.
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation issued to non-employees by recognizing the fair value of non-employee awards over the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. Therefore, equity instruments issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value on the grant date in the same manner as employee awards. The fair value of these equity instruments is expensed over the service period.
Estimates of the fair value of equity-settled awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, are affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex variables. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value of the award and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. For all stock options granted prior to the Company’s IPO, the Company estimated the volatility data based on a study of publicly traded industry peer companies. For
88

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
purposes of identifying these peer companies, the Company considered the industry, stage of development, size and financial leverage of potential comparable companies. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the equity-settled award. For all stock options granted prior to the IPO, the Company used the Staff Accounting Bulletin, No. 110 (“SAB 110”) simplified method to calculate the expected term, which is the average of the contractual term and vesting period. For stock options granted post-IPO, the Company used its historical data to calculate the expected term and volatility used in the valuation of options.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax asset (“DTA”) and liability account balances are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company provides a valuation allowance to reduce the net DTAs to their estimated realizable value.
The calculation of the Company’s current provision for income taxes involves the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments while taking into account current tax laws, interpretation of current tax laws and possible outcomes of future tax audits. The Company has established reserves to address potential exposures related to tax positions that could be challenged by tax authorities. Although the Company believes its estimates, assumptions and judgments to be reasonable, any changes in tax law or its interpretation of tax laws and the resolutions of potential tax audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The calculation of the Company’s DTA balance involves the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments while taking into account estimates of the amounts and type of future taxable income. Actual future operating results and the underlying amount and type of income could differ materially from the Company’s estimates, assumptions and judgments thereby impacting the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
The Company follows the guidance relating to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the Company’s income tax return, and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods and disclosure.
The Company includes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net income, unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale investments and the effects of foreign currency translation adjustments. The Company presents comprehensive income and its components in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).
Net (Loss) Income Per Share of Common Stock
The Company’s basic net (loss) income attributable to Penumbra, Inc. per share is calculated by dividing the net (loss) income attributable to Penumbra, Inc. per share by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to Penumbra, Inc. is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, options to purchase common stock, restricted stock and restricted stock units are considered common stock equivalents.
Leases
The Company adopted the guidance under ASC Topic 842, “Leases” ("ASC 842") on January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective transition approach. There was no cumulative-effect adjustment recorded to retained earnings upon adoption.
Under ASC 842, the Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. In addition, the Company determines whether leases meet the classification criteria of a finance or operating lease at the lease commencement date considering: (1) whether the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the lessee at the end of the lease term, (2) whether the lease contains a bargain purchase option, (3) whether the lease term is for a major part of the remaining economic life of the underlying asset, (4) whether the present value of the sum of the lease payments and residual value guaranteed by the lessee equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the underlying asset, and (5) whether the underlying asset is of
89

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
such a specialized nature that it is expected to have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term. As of December 31, 2021, the Company's lease population consisted of operating and finance real estate, equipment and vehicle leases.
Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets, current operating lease liabilities, and non-current operating lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. Finance leases are included in finance lease right-of-use assets, current finance lease liabilities, and non-current finance lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. In determining the present value of lease payments, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate which requires management’s judgement as the rate implicit in the lease is generally not readily determinable. The determination of the Company’s incremental borrowing rate requires management judgment including, the development of a synthetic credit rating and cost of debt as the Company currently does not carry any debt. The operating lease ROU assets also include adjustments for prepayments, accrued lease payments and exclude lease incentives. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise such options. Operating lease cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term. Finance lease cost is recognized as depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term and interest expense using the accelerated interest method of recognition. Lease agreements entered into after the adoption of ASC 842 that include lease and non-lease components are accounted for as a single lease component. Lease agreements with a non-cancelable term of less than 12 months are not recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. For more information about the impact of adoption and disclosures on the Company’s leases, refer to Note “9. Leases.”
Recent Accounting Guidance
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
On January 1, 2021, the Company adopted ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes— Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). This new standard removes certain exceptions for recognizing deferred taxes of foreign investments, the incremental approach to performing intraperiod allocation, and calculating income taxes for year-to-date interim period losses when such losses exceed anticipated full year losses. The standard also adds guidance to reduce complexity in certain areas, including accounting for franchise taxes that are partially based on income, transactions with a government that result in a step up in goodwill tax basis, enacted tax law changes impact during interim periods, and allocation of taxes to members of a consolidated group which are not subject to tax. The adoption of ASU 2019-12 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

3. Investments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Marketable Investments
The Company’s marketable investments have been classified and accounted for as available-for-sale. The Company’s marketable investments as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

		December 31, 2021	
				Securities with net gains or losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)					
		 Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Allowance for Credit Loss		Fair Value	
Commercial paper		$	20,286 			$	— 			$	(10)			$	— 			$	20,276 		
U.S. treasury		14,464 			— 			(77)			— 			14,387 		
U.S. agency and government sponsored securities		11,553 			1 			(19)			— 			11,535 		
U.S. states and municipalities		39,436 			39 			(89)			— 			39,386 		
Corporate bonds		110,354 			49 			(491)			— 			109,912 		
	
Total		$	196,093 			$	89 			$	(686)			$	— 			$	195,496 		
90

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

																																	
		December 31, 2020	
				Securities with net gains or losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)					
		Cost		Gross Unrealized
Gains		Gross Unrealized
Losses		Allowance for Credit Loss		Fair Value	
Commercial paper		$	4,242 			$	4 			$	— 			$	— 			$	4,246 		
	
U.S. agency securities and government sponsored securities		7,846 			11 			— 			— 			7,857 		
U.S. states and municipalities		47,934 			162 			(1)			— 			48,095 		
Corporate bonds		134,298 			669 			(3)			— 			134,964 		
	
Total		$	194,320 			$	846 			$	(4)			$	— 			$	195,162 		
As of December 31, 2021, the total amortized cost basis of the Company’s impaired available-for-sale securities exceeded its fair value by $0.7 million. The Company reviewed its impaired available-for-sale securities and concluded that the decline in fair value was not related to credit losses and is recoverable. During the year ended December 31, 2021, no allowance for credit losses was recorded and instead the unrealized losses are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, the Company recognized losses, if any, in consolidated net income when the security was sold.
The following tables present the gross unrealized losses and the fair value for those marketable investments that were in an unrealized loss position for less than and more than twelve months as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

		December 31, 2021	
		Less than 12 months		More than 12 months		Total	
		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses	
Commercial paper		$	16,977 			$	(10)			$	— 			$	— 			$	16,977 			$	(10)		
U.S. treasury		14,387 			(77)			— 			— 			14,387 			(77)		
U.S. agency securities and government sponsored securities		6,985 			(19)			— 			— 			6,985 			(19)		
U.S. states and municipalities		21,924 			(89)			— 			— 			21,924 			(89)		
Corporate bonds		85,513 			(491)			— 			— 			85,513 			(491)		
	
Total		$	145,786 			$	(686)			$	— 			$	— 			$	145,786 			$	(686)		

		December 31, 2020	
		Less than 12 months		More than 12 months		Total	
		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses	

	
U.S. states and municipalities		$	1,408 			$	(1)			$	— 			$	— 			$	1,408 			$	(1)		
Corporate bonds		12,552 			(3)			— 			— 			12,552 			(3)		
	
Total		$	13,960 			$	(4)			$	— 			$	— 			$	13,960 			$	(4)		
91

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The contractual maturities of the Company’s marketable investments as of December 31, 2021 were as follows (in thousands):

		December 31, 2021	
Marketable Investments		Amortized Cost		Fair Value	
Due in one year		$	75,595 			$	75,634 		
Due in one to five years		120,498 			119,862 		
Total		$	196,093 			$	195,496 		
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tiered hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:
Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
The Company classifies its cash equivalents and marketable investments within Level 1 and Level 2, as it uses quoted market prices or alternative pricing sources and models utilizing market observable inputs.
The Company determined the fair value of its Level 1 financial instruments, which are traded in active markets, using quoted market prices for identical instruments.
Marketable investments classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued based on other observable inputs, including broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources. When quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities are not available, the Company relies on non-binding quotes from its investment managers, which are based on proprietary valuation models of independent pricing services. These models generally use inputs such as observable market data, quoted market prices for similar instruments, historical pricing trends of a security as relative to its peers. To validate the fair value determination provided by its investment managers, the Company reviews the pricing movement in the context of overall market trends and trading information from its investment managers. In addition, the Company assesses the inputs and methods used in determining the fair value in order to determine the classification of securities in the fair value hierarchy.
The Company did not hold any Level 3 marketable investments as of December 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020. Additionally, the Company did not have any financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
92

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 		As of December 31, 2021	
 		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Fair Value	
Financial Assets									
Cash equivalents:									
	
Money market funds		$	10,509 			$	— 			$	— 			$	10,509 		

	
Marketable investments:									
Commercial paper		— 			20,276 			— 			20,276 		
U.S. treasury		14,387 			— 			— 			14,387 		
U.S. agency and government sponsored securities		— 			11,535 			— 			11,535 		
U.S. states and municipalities		— 			39,386 			— 			39,386 		
Corporate bonds		— 			109,912 			— 			109,912 		
	
Total		$	24,896 			$	181,109 			$	— 			$	206,005 		

	

																											
 		As of December 31, 2020	
 		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Fair Value	
Financial Assets									
Cash equivalents:									
Commercial paper		$	— 			$	— 			$	— 			$	— 		
Money market funds		33,054 			— 			— 			33,054 		
Marketable investments:									
Commercial paper		— 			4,246 			— 			4,246 		
U.S. treasury		— 			— 			— 			— 		
U.S. agency and government sponsored securities		— 			7,857 			— 			7,857 		
U.S. states and municipalities		— 			48,095 			— 			48,095 		
Corporate bonds		— 			134,964 			— 			134,964 		
	
Total		$	33,054 			$	195,162 			$	— 			$	228,216 		

	
Contingent Consideration Obligations
As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no contingent consideration liabilities classified as Level 3. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s contingent consideration liability balance of $1.2 million related to milestone payments due in connection with the 2017 acquisition of Crossmed S.p.a. (“Crossmed”) which was based on actual revenue performance for the year ended December 31, 2019 and not based on unobservable inputs. The Company made this payment during the year ended December 31, 2020. For more information related to the payment of the contingent consideration liabilities refer to Note “5. Business Combinations.”
The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of the contingent consideration obligation for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
									
		Fair Value of Contingent Consideration	
Balance at December 31, 2019		$	1,206 		
	
Payments of contingent consideration liabilities		(1,186)		
Changes in fair value		— 		
Foreign currency remeasurement		(20)		
Balance at December 31, 2020		$	— 		
93

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

		Fair Value of Contingent Consideration	
Balance at December 31, 2018		$	2,571 		
	
Payments of contingent consideration liabilities		(1,296)		
Changes in fair value		(35)		
Foreign currency remeasurement		(34)		
Balance at December 31, 2019		$	1,206 		

4. Balance Sheet Components
Accounts Receivable, Net
The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts comprised of the following (in thousands):
																																	
		Balance At
Beginning Of Year		Charged To Costs And Expenses		Deductions(1)		Recoveries		Balance At
End Of Year	
For the year ended:											
December 31, 2019		$	2,782 			$	656 			$	(492)			— 			$	2,946 		

	
(1) Represents the effect of currency translation adjustments and write-offs of uncollectible accounts, net of recoveries.
The Company’s allowance for credit losses related to accounts receivable balances was comprised of the following (in thousands):
																																	
		Balance At
Beginning Of Year		Write-offs		Provision for Credit loss (1)		Recoveries		Balance At
End Of Year	
For the year ended:											
December 31, 2020		2,946 			(2,361)			$	1,613 			— 			2,198 		
December 31, 2021		2,198 			— 			$	— 			(106)			2,092 		

	
(1) On January 1, 2020, the Company recorded a $1.3 million adjustment to opening retained earnings upon the adoption of ASU 2016-13.
 Inventories
The components of inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):
															
		December 31,	
		2021		2020	
Raw materials		$	68,374 			$	45,341 		
Work in process		18,678 			22,099 		
Finished goods		176,452 			152,087 		
Inventories		$	263,504 			$	219,527 		
In the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company reclassified $17.7 million of REAL System products and components from Property and equipment, net to Inventories as a result of changes in its go to market strategy. The Company classified cash flows associated with its REAL System prior to its change in its go to market strategy during the fourth quarter of 2020 as investing activities, which is consistent with the Company's intent when the cash flows occurred. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s Inventories balance includes $43.4 million of inventory related to the REAL System.
94

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):
															
		December 31,	
		2021		2020	
Machinery and equipment		$	30,429 			$	26,300 		
Furniture and fixtures		14,360 			10,000 		
Leasehold improvements		23,934 			20,945 		
Software		7,989 			8,623 		
Computers		9,457 			7,298 		
Construction in progress		11,101 			4,946 		
Total property and equipment		97,270 			78,112 		
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(38,414)			(29,943)		
Property and equipment, net		$	58,856 			$	48,169 		
Depreciation and amortization expense, excluding intangible assets and software, was $9.3 million, $8.0 million and $5.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Software amortization expense was $1.0 million, $1.0 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company had accumulated software amortization of $4.9 million and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Accrued Liabilities
The following table shows the components of accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
															
 		December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020	
Payroll and employee-related expenses		$	60,015 			$	50,083 		
Accrued expenses		12,245 			9,246 		
Sales return reserve		1,780 			9,812 		

	

	
	
Other acquisition-related costs(1)		— 			3,000 		
Other accrued liabilities		25,756 			13,654 		
Total accrued liabilities		$	99,796 			$	85,795 		

	
(1) Amount consists primarily of a contingent liability related to an anti-dilution provision from the asset acquisition of MVI Health Inc. (“MVI”) in 2018. Refer to “Note 5. Business Combinations” for more information about the effective settlement of this liability.
The following table shows the changes in the Company’s estimated product warranty accrual, included in accrued liabilities, as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
																					
		December 31,	
		2021		2020		2019	
Balance at the beginning of the year		$	2,896 			$	2,318 			$	1,875 		
Accruals of warranties issued		2,973 			1,589 			1,065 		
Settlements of warranty claims		(1,559)			(1,011)			(622)		
Balance at the end of the year		$	4,310 			$	2,896 			$	2,318 		

95

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
5. Business Combinations
Acquisition of Sixense Enterprises Inc.
Transaction Overview
On October 1, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), the Company closed the acquisition of Sixense Enterprises Inc. (“Sixense”) pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 17, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), among the Company, Sixense, Seychelles Merger Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and a stockholders’ agent (the “Merger”). Sixense, a privately held company, specializes in enterprise use of virtual reality hardware and software and has been an integral partner on the development of the Company’s REAL Immersive System portfolio. The Merger allows the Company to streamline its efforts and collaborate more closely on its Immersive healthcare offerings.
The Company and Sixense formed a joint venture, MVI Health Inc. (“MVI”), in 2017 for the purpose of exploring healthcare applications of virtual reality technology. At the time of MVI’s formation, the Company contributed cash and in-kind services to MVI and Sixense contributed an exclusive license to use its technology for healthcare applications, each for a 50% equity interest in MVI. In 2018, the Company acquired 40% of the outstanding shares of MVI from Sixense and consolidated the financial results of MVI into the accompanying consolidated financial statements, with the amounts attributable to the non-controlling interest classified separately. As of the Closing Date, the Company and Sixense owned a 90% and 10% equity interest in MVI, respectively.
As a result of the Merger, Sixense became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and the Company acquired, among other things, the remaining 10% equity interest in MVI held by Sixense.
The Company accounted for the acquired assets and liabilities assumed from Sixense in accordance with ASC 805 and for its changes in ownership interest in MVI as an equity transaction in accordance with ASC 810. The carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest was adjusted to zero, and the difference between the acquisition date fair value of the equity interest acquired of $4.2 million and its carrying amount of $(6.2) million was recognized within additional paid in capital.
Fair Value of Consideration Transferred
The following table summarizes the Closing Date fair value of the consideration transferred (in thousands):

Fair value of common stock issued (1)		$	174,133 		
Fair value of replacement stock options(2)		80,693 		
Consideration for settlement of pre-existing liabilities due to Sixense(3)		(3,810)		
	
Total purchase price		$	251,016 		

	
(1) The fair value of the 661,877 shares of common stock issued as part of consideration transferred was determined based on the acquisition date closing market price of the Company’s common stock of $263.09.
(2) Per ASC 805, the replacement of stock options or other share-based payment awards in conjunction with a business combination represents a modification of share-based payment awards that must be accounted for in accordance with ASC 718. As a result of the Company’s obligation to issue replacement awards, a portion of the fair-value-based measure of replacement awards is included in measuring the purchase consideration transferred in the business combination. To determine the portion of the replacement awards that is part of the purchase consideration, the Company measured the fair value of both the replacement awards and the historical awards as of the Closing Date, in accordance with ASC 718. The fair value of the replacement awards, whether vested or unvested, was included in the purchase consideration to the extent that pre-acquisition services had been rendered. The fair value of replacement stock options assumed for which pre-acquisition services were rendered of $80.7 million was allocated to the purchase consideration and $25.8 million was recognized immediately in the post-combination financial statements as pre-acquisition services were not rendered but the vesting of all stock options was accelerated in connection with the Merger. Refer to Note “11. Stockholders’ Equity” for more information.
(3) In the connection with the Merger, the Company effectively settled pre-existing liabilities due to or on behalf of Sixense.
96

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Fair Value of Consideration Transferred
The preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon a third party valuation and the Company’s estimates and assumptions are subject to change within the measurement period (generally one year from the Closing Date).
The following table presents the preliminary allocation of the purchase price for Sixense (in thousands):

		Acquisition-Date Fair Value		Estimated Useful Life of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets	
Tangible assets acquired and (liabilities) assumed:					
Cash and cash equivalents		$	2,919 				
Prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets		2,063 				
Deferred tax assets		20,678 				
Deferred tax liabilities		(19,398)				
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities		(1,341)				
Intangible assets acquired:					
Developed technology		62,466 			8.75 years	
In-process research and development		20,823 				
Net assets acquired		88,210 				
Fair value of subsidiary stock indirectly acquired through the Merger		4,161 				
Total net assets acquired		92,371 				
Goodwill		158,645 				
Total purchase price		$	251,016 				
The intangible assets acquired and the fair value of the privately-held subsidiary stock indirectly acquired are Level 3 fair value measurements for which fair value is derived from valuations using inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.
The value of the intangible assets was determined based on the replacement cost method, assuming the highest and best use by a market participant which was determined to be a company outside of the healthcare industry due to the intangibles acquired relating to non-healthcare applications. This is due to Sixense having previously licensed the healthcare rights prior to the acquisition to MVI. Since there were no standalone forecasts available due to the early stage of the non-healthcare business, the Company determined the cost approach provides the most reasonable approach to determine fair value of the intangible assets. The fair value of the intangible assets acquired was based on the following significant inputs: (i) total cost and time to reconstruct a substitute asset of comparable utility adjusted for any obsolescence; (ii) a developer’s expected profit margin; and (iii) the opportunity cost lost over the period to reconstruct the substitute asset.
The acquired in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) intangible asset is accounted for as an indefinite-lived asset until the completion or abandonment of the associated research and development effort. If the research and development effort associated with the IPR&D is successfully completed and commercial feasibility is reached, then the IPR&D intangible asset will be amortized over its estimated useful life to be determined at the date the effort is completed. At the time of acquisition, we expect the acquired IPR&D will reach technological feasibility, but there can be no assurance that the commercial viability of these products will actually be achieved.
The definite lived developed technology intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their assigned estimated useful lives. The acquired intangible assets will not be amortized for tax purposes. As a result, a $19.4 million deferred tax liability was recorded as of December 31, 2021.
The goodwill arising from the Sixense acquisition is primarily attributed to the assembled workforce and expected synergies from future growth, which does not qualify for separate recognition as an identifiable intangible asset. Goodwill will not be deductible for tax purposes.

97

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The fair value of the noncontrolling interest of $4.2 million was valued using the income approach and an option pricing model. The fair value of the noncontrolling interest was based on the following significant inputs: (i) the amount and timing of projected future cash flows; (ii) the discount rate used to discount those cash flows to present value; and (iii) the discount for lack of marketability.
Further adjustments may be necessary as additional information related to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is assessed during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date. The Company will reflect measurement period adjustments, if any, in the period in which the adjustments are recognized with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Any adjustments required after the measurement period are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations.
The amount of Sixense’s net revenue and net loss included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations was not material for the year ended December 31, 2021.
The following table presents certain unaudited pro forma information, for illustrative purposes only, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, as if Sixense had been acquired on January 1, 2020 (“Pro Forma Closing Date”). The unaudited estimated pro forma information combines the historical results of Sixense with the Company’s consolidated historical results and includes the following pro forma adjustments for the respective periods, net of tax effects: (i) the elimination of pre-acquisition transactions between Sixense and the Company; (ii) the reclassification of MVI’s losses historically presented in “Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest” to “Net loss attributable to Penumbra, Inc.,” (iii) adjustments to reflect the immediately recognized stock-based compensation expense related to the fair value of fully vested replacement stock options outstanding but for which services had not been rendered as of the Pro Forma Closing Date; and (iv) intangible asset amortization. Additionally, transaction costs incurred are assumed to have occurred on the Pro Forma Closing Date.
The pro forma information may not be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition taken place on January 1, 2020, and may not be indicative of the Company’s future consolidated results. Additionally, the pro forma financial information does not include the impact of possible business model changes and does not reflect the impact of synergies or business integration costs. The unaudited pro forma information is presented below (unaudited, in thousands):

		Year Ended December 31, 2021		Year Ended December 31, 2020	
		(unaudited, in thousands)	
Pro forma revenues		$	747,840 			$	560,779 		
Proforma net income (loss) attributable to Penumbra, Inc.		$	17,552 			$	(30,188)		
Proforma net loss attributable to non-controlling interest		$	— 			$	— 		
Payments Related to the 2017 Crossmed Acquisition
On July 3, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Crossmed, a joint stock company organized under the laws of Italy, engaged in the business of distributing medical supplies and equipment in Italy, San Marino, Vatican City and Switzerland. In connection with the acquisition of Crossmed, the Company was obligated to pay additional consideration in the form of milestone payments based on Crossmed’s net revenue and incremental net revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019. There was no limit on the milestone payments that could be paid out.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s consolidated balance sheet included $1.2 million in current liabilities primarily related to the final milestone payment due which was paid during the first quarter of 2020. For more information with respect to the nature and fair value of the Company’s contingent consideration obligations, refer to Note “3. Investments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments.” During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company made $1.2 million in milestone payments of which $0.5 million is presented in operating activities and $0.7 million is presented in financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company made $1.3 million in milestone payments of which $0.6 million is presented in operating activities and $0.7 million is presented in financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

98

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
6. Intangible Assets
The following table presents details of the Company’s acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands, except weighted-average amortization period):

As of December 31, 2021		Weighted-Average Amortization Period		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net	
Finite-lived intangible assets:									
Developed technology		8.8 years		$	62,466 			$	(1,784)			$	60,682 		
Customer relationships		15.0 years		6,762 			(2,029)			4,733 		
Trade secrets and processes		20.0 years		5,256 			(1,051)			4,205 		
Other		5.0 years		1,744 			(1,569)			175 		
Total intangible assets subject to amortization		9.8 years		$	76,228 			$	(6,433)			$	69,795 		
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:									
In-process research and development				$	20,823 			$	— 			$	20,823 		
Total intangible assets				$	97,051 			$	(6,433)			$	90,618 		

As of December 31, 2020		Weighted-Average
Amortization Period		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net	
	
Customer relationships		15.0 years		$	7,311 			$	(1,706)			$	5,605 		
Trade secrets and processes		20.0 years		5,256 			(788)			4,468 		
Other		5.0 years		1,885 			(1,319)			566 		
Total intangible assets subject to amortization		16.6 years		$	14,452 			$	(3,813)			$	10,639 		

	
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the customer relationships and other intangible assets are subject to foreign currency translation effects. The Company’s $5.3 million trade secrets and processes intangible asset was recognized in connection with a royalty buyout agreement during the first quarter of 2018, which is discussed further in Note “10. Commitments and Contingencies” and Note “11. Stockholders’ Equity.”
The following table presents the amortization recorded related to the Company’s finite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
																					
 		Year Ended December 31,	
 		2021		2020		2019	
Cost of revenue		$	263 			$	263 			$	263 		
	
Sales, general and administrative		2,618 			804 			789 		
Total		$	2,881 			$	1,067 			$	1,052 		
As of December 31, 2021, expected amortization expense for the unamortized acquired intangible assets for the next five years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):
						
	Amortization Expense	
2022	$	8,027 		
2023	7,853 		
2024	7,853 		
2025	7,853 		
2026	7,853 		
Thereafter	30,356 		
Total amortization	$	69,795 		
Licensed technology
During 2017, the Company entered into an exclusive technology license agreement (the “License Agreement”) that required the Company to pay an upfront payment to the licensor of $2.5 million and future revenue milestone-based payments
99

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
on sales of products covered by the licensed intellectual property. The Company accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition and recorded an indefinite-lived intangible asset as it was determined to have alternative future use. The Company recorded an indefinite-lived intangible asset equal to the total payments made and expected to be made under the License Agreement and a corresponding contingent liability for the probable future milestone payments not yet paid.
At the end of each reporting period the Company adjusted the contingent liability to reflect the amount of future milestone payments that were probable to be paid. Prior to the commercialization of products utilizing the underlying technology, any changes in the contingent liability were recorded as an adjustment between the liability balances and the gross carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset. As of December 31, 2020, there was no contingent liability balance related to probable future milestone payments under the License Agreement. As of December 31, 2019, the balance of the contingent liability related to probable future milestone payments under the License Agreement was $11.7 million, of which $0.8 million and $10.9 million were included in accrued liabilities and other non-current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet, respectively.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances between annual tests indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company completed an annual impairment analysis of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and determined that there was no impairment. The Company determined that an impairment existed in the second quarter of 2020 as a result of a triggering event in July that provided additional information about a condition that existed as of the June 30, 2020 balance sheet date. As a result, in the second quarter of 2020, the Company wrote-off the full carrying value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and its related contingent liability, and recognized an impairment loss of $2.5 million in research and development expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

7. Goodwill
The following table presents the changes in goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
									
		Total Company	
Balance as of December 31, 2020		$	8,372 		
Acquisition of Sixense		158,645 		
Foreign currency translation adjustments		(629)		
Balance as of December 31, 2021		$	166,388 		
Goodwill Impairment Review
The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that an impairment loss may have occurred. During the fourth quarter of 2021 and 2020, the Company reviewed goodwill for impairment and no impairment was identified.

8. Indebtedness
Credit Agreement
On April 24, 2020, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. as lenders. The Credit Agreement is secured and provides for up to $100 million in available revolving borrowing capacity with an option, subject to certain conditions, for the Company to increase the aggregate borrowing capacity to up to $150 million, and was set to mature on April 23, 2021. The Company entered into an amended one-year credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. as lenders during the three months ended March 31, 2021.
The revolving loans under the Credit Agreement will be available for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. In addition to allowing borrowings in US dollars, the Credit Agreement provides for borrowings in euros, Pounds Sterling and any other currency that is subsequently approved by JPMorgan and each lender. The initial commitment of the lenders under the Credit Agreement is $100 million. Subject to customary conditions and the approval of any lender whose commitment would be increased, the Company has the option to increase the maximum principal amount available under the Credit Agreement by up to an additional $50 million, resulting in a maximum available principal amount under the Credit Agreement of $150 million. The Credit Agreement provides a sublimit of up to $10 million for letters of credit, a sublimit of up to $10 million for swing-line loans, and a sublimit of up to $15 million for borrowings in available foreign currencies.
100

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Credit Agreement requires the Company to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and to not exceed a maximum leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was not in compliance with the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio requirement. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company entered into an amended one-year credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. as lenders. The amended Credit Agreement extended the maturity date from April 23, 2021 to February 21, 2022 and had substantially the same terms and conditions as the prior credit agreement with certain changes including the exclusion of certain one-time charges and expenses incurred during the fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2021 from the calculation of the financial covenants, reductions in interest rate floors applicable to revolving loans and other changes to borrowing mechanics under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with these requirements. As of December 31, 2021, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement. In the first quarter of 2022, the Company entered into a further amended one-year credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. as lenders. The amended Credit Agreement extended the maturity date from February 21, 2022 to February 17, 2023 and has substantially the same terms and conditions as the prior credit agreement with certain changes to the reference benchmark interest rates, applicable margins and borrowing mechanics under the Credit Agreement, having the overall effect of lowering the interest rates payable by the Company on amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement, and a reduction of the commitment fee payable on the average daily unused amount under the Credit Agreement to 0.25% per annum. Refer to Part II, Item 9B “Other Information” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

9. Leases
Lease Overview
As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company’s contracts that contained a lease consisted of real estate, equipment and vehicle leases.
The Company leases real estate for office and warehouse space under non-cancelable operating and finance leases that expire at various dates through 2036, subject to the Company’s option to renew certain leases for an additional five to fifteen years. The Company also leases other equipment and vehicles primarily under non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through 2026.
The following table presents the components of the Company’s lease cost, lease term and discount rate during the year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands, except years and percentages):
															
		Year Ended December 31, 2021		Year Ended December 31, 2020	
Lease Cost					
Operating lease cost		$	11,646 			$	7,602 		
Finance lease cost:					
Amortization of right-of-use assets		3,082 			2,787 		
Interest on lease liabilities		1,495 			1,517 		
Variable lease cost(1)		6,699 			5,139 		
Total lease costs		$	22,922 			$	17,045 		
					
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term					
Operating leases		13.1 years		9.1 years	
Finance leases		12.2 years		13.5 years	
Weighted Average Discount Rate					
Operating leases		4.92 	%		6.16 	%	
Finance leases		5.30 	%		5.36 	%	

	
(1) Variable lease costs represent payments that are dependent on usage, a rate or index. Variable lease cost primarily relates to common area maintenance charges for its real estate leases as the Company elected not to separate non-lease components from lease components upon adoption of ASC 842.
101

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
In the second quarter of 2021, the fifteen year term 1310 Harbor Bay Lease commenced once the building was made ready and available for its intended use. The Company determined that the 1310 Harbor Bay lease is a non-cancelable operating lease which will expire in 2036.
During the third quarter of 2021, we signed a lease for approximately thirteen years for additional space located at 620 Roseville Parkway, Roseville, California (the “620 Roseville Parkway Lease”) which has not yet commenced as of December 31, 2021. Per the terms of the lease, improvements will be constructed and permanently affixed to the property in phases, the first phase of which is anticipated to be completed by the end of 2022.
The following table is a schedule, by years, of maturities of the Company's operating and finance lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
															
		Operating Lease Payments(1)		Finance Lease Payments	
Year Ending December 31:					
2022		$	15,190 			$	3,149 		
2023		14,933 			3,198 		
2024		14,578 			3,231 		
2025		14,334 			3,160 		
2026		14,405 			2,791 		
Thereafter		126,993 			23,515 		
Total undiscounted lease payments		200,433 			39,044 		
Less imputed interest		(55,121)			(10,808)		
Present value of lease liabilities		$	145,312 			$	28,236 		

	
(1) The table above excludes the estimated future minimum lease payment for the 620 Roseville Parkway Lease due to uncertainty around when the 620 Roseville Parkway Lease will commence and payments will be due. The total estimated lease payments over the thirteen year lease term is approximately $20.6 million.
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows (in thousands):
															
		Year Ended December 31, 2021		Year Ended December 31, 2020	
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:					
Operating cash flows from operating leases		$	9,690 			$	7,561 		
Financing cash flows from finance leases		$	1,451 			$	3,418 		
					
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:					
Operating leases		$	101,510 			$	1,515 		
Finance leases		$	1,346 			$	1,632 		

10. Commitments and Contingencies
Purchase Commitments
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had non-cancelable purchase obligations of $6.4 million, which primarily consisted of contracts with suppliers to purchase raw materials to be used to manufacture products, of which $2.6 million were due within one year.
Royalty Obligations
In March 2005, the Company entered into a license agreement that requires the Company to make minimum royalty payments to the licensor on a quarterly basis. As of December 31, 2018, the license agreement requires minimum annual royalty payments of $0.1 million in equal quarterly installments. In July 2019, the Company amended the license agreement to extend its term for an additional ten years and to increase the required minimum annual royalty payments by $0.2 million. As of both December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2019, the amended license agreement required minimum annual royalty payments
102

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
of $0.3 million payable in equal quarterly installments. On each January 1, the quarterly calendar year minimum royalty shall be adjusted to equal the prior year’s minimum royalty adjusted by a percentage equal to the percentage change in the “consumer price index for all urban consumers” for the prior calendar year as reported by the U.S. Department of Labor. Unless terminated earlier, the term of the amended license agreement shall expire June 30, 2029.
 In April 2012, the Company entered into an agreement that requires the Company to pay, on a quarterly basis, a 5% royalty on sales of products covered under applicable patents. The first commercial sale of covered products occurred in April 2014. Unless terminated earlier, the royalty term for each applicable product shall continue for fifteen years following the first commercial sale of such patented product, or when the applicable patent covering such product has expired, whichever is sooner.
In November 2013, the Company entered into an agreement that requires the Company to pay, on a quarterly basis, a 3% royalty on the first $5 million in sales and a 1% royalty on sales thereafter of products covered under applicable patents. The agreement was terminated effective January 1, 2018.
In April 2015, the Company entered into a royalty agreement that required the Company to pay a 2% royalty on sales of certain products covered by the agreement, on a quarterly basis, in exchange for certain trade secrets and processes which were used to develop such covered products. The Company began the first commercial sale of the covered products in July 2015. In the first quarter of 2018, the Company entered into a buyout of this agreement (the “Buyout Agreement”) in which future royalty payments were canceled in exchange for shares of the Company’s common stock with a fair value of $5.3 million. The Company recorded an intangible asset equal to the $5.3 million buyout amount which will be amortized into cost of revenue over the period in which the Company receives future economic benefit. After determining that the pattern of future cash flows associated with this intangible asset could not be reliably estimated with a high level of precision, the Company concluded that the intangible asset will be amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. For more information refer to Note “11. Stockholders’ Equity.”
Royalty expense included in cost of sales for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $2.3 million, $2.5 million and $3.8 million, respectively.
Contingencies
From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated. Refer to Note “3. Investments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” Note “5. Business Combinations” and Note “6. Intangible Assets” for more information on contingent liabilities recorded on the consolidated balance sheet.
Indemnification
The Company enters into standard indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. In many such arrangements, the Company agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified parties in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third-party with respect to the Company’s technology. The Company also agrees to indemnify many indemnified parties for product defect and similar claims. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these agreements is not determinable because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made.
The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of the individual.
The Company has not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. No liability associated with any of these indemnification requirements has been recorded to date.
Litigation
From time to time, the Company is subject to other claims and assessments in the ordinary course of business.
On January 15, 2021, a putative securities class action complaint was filed against the Company and its CEO, Adam Elsesser, and Executive Vice President, Global Marketing and Public Relations, Gita Barry, on behalf of a single shareholder in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, asserting claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities
103

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. The complaint sought unspecified damages on behalf of a purported class that would comprise all individuals who purchased or otherwise acquired the Company's common stock between August 3, 2020 and December 15, 2020. The complaint alleged securities law violations based on allegedly misleading statements and/or omissions made in connection with the Company’s JET 7 Xtra Flex product. On March 16, 2021, the plaintiff voluntarily dismissed the complaint without prejudice.
The Company is not currently a party to any litigation matter that, individually or in the aggregate, is expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

11. Stockholders’ Equity
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred Stock
The Company has 5,000,000 of authorized preferred stock issuable. There is no preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Common Stock
Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding.
In the first quarter of 2018, the Company issued 53,256 fully vested restricted stock units with a fair value of $5.3 million in connection with the Buyout Agreement, as discussed in Note “10. Commitments and Contingencies.” The Company recorded the $5.3 million fair value of the shares issued to additional-paid in capital on the consolidated balance sheet upon the issuance of the awards, with the associated expense being amortized into cost of sales over the period in which the Company receives future economic benefit from the buyout.
Issuance of Common Stock in Public Offerings
In June 2020, the Company issued and sold an aggregate of 865,963 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $166.00 per share, less the underwriters’ discounts and commissions, pursuant to an underwritten public offering. The Company received approximately $134.8 million in net cash proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.6 million and other offering expenses of $0.4 million.
Issuance of Common Stock in Connection with the Acquisition of Sixense
As consideration for the acquisition of Sixense, the Company issued 661,877 shares of its common stock as partial consideration. Additionally, on October 1, 2021, the Company converted all stock options held by Sixense service providers that would continue as service providers after the Merger into fully vested options to purchase an aggregate amount of 447,017 shares of the Company’s common stock. Please see Note “5. Business Combinations” for more information.
Stock-Based Benefit Plans
2005 Stock Plan
The Company adopted the Penumbra, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan (the “2005 Plan”) in January 2005. The 2005 Plan was subsequently amended and restated in 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2010. Under the 2005 Plan, the board of directors could grant incentive stock options (“ISOs”), non-qualified stock options (“NSOs”), and/or stock awards to eligible persons, including employees, non-employees, directors, consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Company. Stock purchase rights could also be granted under the 2005 Plan. The board of directors had the authority to determine to whom options would be granted, the number of options, the term and the exercise price. ISOs could only be granted to Company employees, which include officers and directors of the Company. NSOs and stock purchase rights could be granted to employees and consultants. For individuals holding more than 10% of the voting rights of all classes of stock, the exercise price for an ISO could not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2005 Plan permitted an optionee to exercise options immediately upon grant irrespective of the vesting term. Options generally vest annually at a rate of 1/4 after the first year and 1/48 per month thereafter. The term of the options is no longer than five years for ISOs, for which the grantee owns greater than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock and no longer than 10 years for all other options. On September 17, 2015, the Penumbra, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended
104

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
and restated, the “2014 Plan”) replaced the 2005 Plan and no further equity awards may be granted under the 2005 Plan. The remaining 564 shares of common stock available for issuance from the 2005 Plan were transferred to and may be granted under the 2014 Plan. As of December 31, 2021, 16,531 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan.
2011 Equity Incentive Plan
The Company adopted the Penumbra, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) in October 2011. Under the 2011 Plan, the board of directors could grant ISOs, NSOs, restricted stock, and/or RSUs to eligible persons, including employees, directors and consultants who provide services to the Company. Stock Appreciation Rights (“SAR”) could also be granted under the 2011 Plan. The board of directors had the authority to determine to whom options would be granted, the number of options, the term and the exercise price. ISOs could only be granted to Company employees, which include officers and directors of the Company. NSOs, SARs, restricted stock and RSUs could be granted to employees and consultants. For individuals holding more than 10% of the voting rights of all classes of stock, the exercise price for an ISO could not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted under the 2011 Plan generally have a contractual life of ten years, and generally vest over a period of four years. On September 17, 2015, the 2014 Plan replaced the 2011 Plan and no further equity awards may be granted under the 2011 Plan. The remaining 89,559 shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2011 Plan were transferred to and may be granted under the 2014 Plan. As of December 31, 2021, 72,500 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan.
Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
The Company adopted the Penumbra, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan in May 2014. The plan was amended and restated as of September 17, 2015 (as amended and restated, the “2014 Plan”). The 2014 Plan replaced the 2011 Plan and the 2005 Plan and no further equity awards may be granted under the 2011 Plan or the 2005 Plan. As of December 31, 2021, 7,714,353 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance and 6,161,965 shares of common stock were available for grant under the 2014 Plan.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Penumbra, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), became effective on September 17, 2015. The ESPP initially reserved 600,000 shares of common stock for purchase under the ESPP, with the number of shares reserved for purchase increasing each year pursuant to an “evergreen” provision set forth in the ESPP. As of December 31, 2021, 953,315 shares of common stock were reserved and available for issuance under the plan. All qualifying employees of the Company and its designated subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the ESPP. Each offering to the Company’s employees to purchase stock under the ESPP will begin on each May 20 and November 20 and will end on the following November 19 and May 19, respectively, each referred to as offering periods except that the first offering period under the ESPP began on September 17, 2015 and ended on May 19, 2016. Under the ESPP, each employee may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions at a minimum of 1% and up to 15% of his or her eligible compensation for each pay period during the offering period. Unless the participating employee withdraws from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase the Company’s common stock on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on either the first or the last day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than 2,000 shares of the Company’s common stock or such other lesser maximum number established by the ESPP administrator may be purchased by any one employee during each offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of common stock, valued at the start of the purchase period (corresponding to an offering period), under the ESPP in any calendar year.
Early Exercises
The 2005 Plan and 2011 Plan allowed the board of directors to grant stock options that provide employee option holders the right to elect to exercise unvested options in exchange for restricted common stock. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no such early exercised unvested shares.
105

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Stock-Based Benefit Plan Activity and Stock-Based Compensation
Stock Options
Activity of stock options under the 2005 Plan, 2011 Plan and 2014 Plan (collectively, the “Plans”) is set forth below:
																											
		Number of Shares		Weighted-Average
Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)	
Balance at December 31, 2020		1,020,978 			$	23.38 						
Grants		447,017 			$	25.71 						
Exercised		(326,031)			$	13.82 						
Canceled/Forfeited		(150)			$	19.07 						
Balance at December 31, 2021		1,141,814 			$	27.02 						
Vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2021		1,141,659 			$	27.01 			4.12		$	297,190 		
Exercisable—December 31, 2021		1,137,864 			$	26.57 			4.11		$	296,701 		
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $81.1 million, $70.1 million and $46.1 million, respectively. The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock at the exercise date and the exercise price of the stock option.
The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2019 was $263.09 and $69.73 per share, respectively. The Company did not grant stock options during the year ended December 31, 2020.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
The activity of unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSU”) under the Plans is set forth below:
															
		Number
of Shares		Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value	
Unvested at December 31, 2020		369,629 			$	163.03 		
Granted		231,684 			258.62 		
Released/Vested - Restricted Stock/RSUs		(171,824)			175.29 		
Canceled/Forfeited		(20,007)			194.90 		
Unvested at December 31, 2021		409,482 			$	210.41 		
The fair value of the restricted stock and RSUs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $44.5 million, $32.1 million and $42.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, 390,058 RSUs are expected to vest.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Under the ESPP, employees purchased 64,852 shares, 77,528 shares, and 81,644 shares for $13.7 million, $11.3 million, and $9.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Stock-based Compensation
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and ESPP rights. The valuation model for stock compensation expense requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation including the expected term (weighted average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding); expected volatility of the Company’s common stock and an assumed risk-free interest rate.
106

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Company used the following assumptions in its Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and ESPP rights:
																																	
		Stock Options		ESPP Rights	
		Year Ended December 31,		Year Ended December 31,	
		2021		2019		2021		2020		2019	
Expected term (in years)		2.85		6.89		0.50		0.50		0.50	
Expected volatility		42 	%		40 	%		43%		48%		45%	
Risk-free interest rate		0.38 	%		1.82 	%		0.10%		0.70%		2.30%	
Expected dividend yield		— 	%		— 	%		0%		0%		0%	
The Company did not grant stock options during the year ended December 31, 2020. All stock options granted by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2021, were granted as replacement stock options in connection with the Merger. Refer to Note “5. Business Combinations” for more information.
Weighted Average Expected Term. The Company’s expected term for stock options and ESPP rights is based on historical data.
Volatility. In 2021, 2020 and 2019, volatility assumptions used in the valuation of options and ESPP rights were calculated based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock.
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based upon U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the stock options or ESPP rights.
Dividend Yield. The Company has never paid any dividends and does not plan to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, and therefore, used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.
Forfeitures. The Company estimates forfeitures at the time of grant, and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period that the estimates are revised.
The following table sets forth the stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):
																					
 		Year Ended December 31,	
 		2021(1)		2020		2019	
Cost of sales		$	2,898 			$	2,304 			$	1,396 		
Research and development		30,037 			3,686 			2,835 		
Sales, general and administrative		32,828 			19,551 			17,254 		
		$	65,763 			$	25,541 			$	21,485 		

	
(1) The Company recorded a $25.8 million charge to stock-based compensation related to the acceleration of vesting of all replacement stock options in connection with the Merger. Refer to Note “5. Business Combinations” for more information.
As of December 31, 2021, total unrecognized compensation cost was $71.9 million related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.1 years.
The total stock-based compensation cost capitalized in inventory was $1.8 million, $1.2 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

12. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of two components: unrealized gains or losses on the Company’s available-for-sale marketable investments and gains or losses from foreign currency translation adjustments. Until realized and reported as a component of consolidated net income, these comprehensive income (loss) items accumulate and are included within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Unrealized gains and losses on our marketable investments are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings when realized upon sale, and are determined based on
107

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
specific identification of securities sold. Gains and losses from the translation of assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. dollar functional currencies are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
The following table summarizes the changes in the accumulated balances during the period, and includes information regarding the manner in which the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings affect our consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands):
																																							
		Year Ended December 31, 2021		Year Ended December 31, 2020	
		 Marketable
Investments		 Currency Translation
Adjustments		 Total		 Marketable
Investments		 Currency Translation
Adjustments		 Total	
Balance, beginning of the year		$	647 			$	1,894 			$	2,541 			$	238 			$	(2,562)			$	(2,324)		
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications:													
Unrealized losses (gains) — marketable investments		(1,437)			— 			(1,437)			530 			— 			530 		
Foreign currency translation losses		— 			(3,930)			(3,930)			— 			4,458 			4,458 		
Income tax effect — expense		195 			1 			196 			(121)			(2)			(123)		
Net of tax		(1,242)			(3,929)			(5,171)			409 			4,456 			4,865 		
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to consolidated net income:													
Realized (gain) loss — marketable investments		— 			— 			— 			— 			— 			— 		
Income tax effect — (expense) benefit		— 			— 			— 			— 			— 			— 		
Net of tax		— 			— 			— 			— 			— 			— 		
Net current-year other comprehensive income (loss)		(1,242)			(3,929)			(5,171)			409 			4,456 			4,865 		
Balance, end of the year		$	(595)			$	(2,035)			$	(2,630)			$	647 			$	1,894 			$	2,541 		

13. Employee Benefit Plan
The Company offers a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) to its eligible U.S. employees whereby they may contribute up to the maximum amount permitted by the IRC. The Company makes 401(k) matching contributions of eligible compensation under the plan, subject to a maximum dollar threshold. Contribution expense was $5.6 million, $4.5 million, and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

14. Income Taxes
The Company’s income tax (benefit) expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and reserves for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management’s best assessment of estimated current and future taxes to be paid. The Company is subject to income taxes in both the United States and foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgments and estimates are required in determining the consolidated income tax (benefit) expense.
The Company is incorporated in the United States and operates in various countries with different tax laws and rates. A portion of the Company’s income or (loss) before taxes and the (benefit from) provision for income taxes are generated from international operations.
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in losses of unconsolidated investee for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 is summarized as follows (in thousands):
																					
		Year Ended December 31,	
		2021		2020		2019	
United States		$	(15,155)			$	(40,278)			$	46,859 		
Foreign		4,653 			2,260 			3,276 		
Total (loss) income before income taxes		$	(10,502)			$	(38,018)			$	50,135 		
Income tax (benefit) or provision in 2021, 2020 and 2019 is comprised of federal, state, and foreign taxes.
108

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The components of the (benefit from) provision for income taxes are summarized as follows (in thousands):
																					
		Year Ended December 31,	
		2021		2020		2019	
Current:							
Federal		$	44 			$	(302)			$	(738)		
State		439 			357 			34 		
Foreign		1,345 			907 			2,458 		
Total current		$	1,828 			$	962 			$	1,754 		
Deferred:							
Federal		(13,698)			(18,129)			1,556 		
State		(1,131)			(1,488)			295 		
Foreign		(124)			(106)			(474)		
Total deferred		$	(14,953)			$	(19,723)			$	1,377 		
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes		$	(13,125)			$	(18,761)			$	3,131 		
The Company’s actual (benefit from) or provision for tax differed from the amounts computed by applying the Company’s U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to pretax income as a result of the following: 
																					
		Year Ended December 31,	
		2021		2020(1)		2019(1)	
Income tax at federal statutory rate		21.0 	%		21.0 	%		21.0 	%	
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		7.6 			3.2 			0.4 		
Rate differential on foreign operations		(2.7)			(0.3)			1.5 		
Foreign taxes		1.3 			(1.0)			0.7 		
Mutual agreement procedure adjustment		2.1 			— 			— 		
Prepaid tax ASC 810-10		(0.3)			0.8 			(0.8)		
Stock-based compensation		86.1 			26.8 			(20.8)		
Global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”)		(6.5)			— 			0.8 		
Non-deductible parking expenses		(1.5)			(0.4)			— 		
Permanent differences		(1.2)			(1.5)			2.6 		
Other		0.9 			0.7 			0.8 		
Change in valuation allowance		18.2 			— 			— 		
Effective tax rate		125.0 	%		49.3 	%		6.2 	%	

	
(1) The 2019 and 2020 effective tax rate reconciliations have been updated to conform to the 2021 presentation.
109

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
															
		December 31,	
		2021		2020	
Deferred tax assets:					
Net operating loss carryforwards		$	55,461 			$	36,236 		
Tax credits		31,969 			22,955 		
Accruals and reserves		9,521 			11,550 		
Stock-based compensation		21,886 			4,558 		
Translation adjustment		173 			154 		
UNICAP adjustments		8,715 			9,923 		
ASC 842 Lease Liabilities		41,919 			18,773 		
Other		1,688 			430 		
Gross deferred tax assets		171,332 			104,579 		
Valuation allowance		(37,110)			(28,768)		
Total deferred tax assets		134,222 			75,811 		
Deferred tax liabilities:					
Depreciation and amortization		(28,159)			(7,622)		
Unrealized Gains		— 			(195)		
ASC 842 Lease ROU Assets		(40,645)			(19,251)		
Other		(1,171)			(255)		
Total deferred tax liabilities		(69,975)			(27,323)		
Net deferred tax assets		$	64,247 			$	48,488 		
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $226.3 million and $127.2 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. The federal net operating loss has an indefinite carryforward period but is limited to offset 80% of taxable income in the year utilized, except for $72.7 million that will begin to expire in 2036. The state net operating loss carryforwards have various carryover periods and will begin to expire as early as 2023. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had federal research credits of $20.1 million and California state tax credits of $19.7 million. The federal research credits are generally carried forward for 20 years. California state tax credits may be carried forward indefinitely.
The Company maintains that all foreign earnings, with the exception of a portion of the earnings of its German subsidiary, are permanently reinvested outside the U.S. and therefore deferred taxes attributable to such are not provided for in the Company’s financial statements as of December 31, 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company repatriated $7.3 million from its German subsidiary, which did not result in any material U.S. or foreign tax consequences.
The Company generated significant domestic DTAs in recent years, primarily due to the excess tax benefits from stock option exercises and vesting of restricted stock. The Company assessed its ability to realize the benefits of its domestic DTAs by evaluating all available positive and negative evidence, objective and subjective in nature, including (1) cumulative results of operations in recent years, (2) sources of recent pre-tax income, (3) estimates of future taxable income, (4) respective carryback and/or carryforward periods of tax attributes available to date, and (5) limitations on net operating loss (“NOL”) utilization against taxable income. Despite the operational loss in the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company determined that it would be in a three-year cumulative adjusted taxable income position, had it not been for the impact of excess tax deductions from stock-based compensation. The Company also measured its current DTA balances against estimates of future income based on objectively verifiable operating results from the Company’s recent history.
The Company considered its projections of future taxable income in conjunction with relevant provisions of the Tax Reform Act, including but not limited to, the indefinite carryforward period for NOLs generated in years beginning on or after January 1, 2018. After an evaluation of all available qualitative and quantitative evidence, both positive and negative in nature, the Company concluded that sufficient future taxable income will be generated to realize the benefits of its federal DTAs prior to expiration other than its federal research and development tax credit DTAs. The tax attribute ordering rules provide that net operating losses must be used to offset taxable income prior to the utilization of tax credits. Accordingly, the Company could not assert, at the required more-likely-than-not level of certainty, that it will be able to realize the benefit of its federal research
110

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
and development tax credit DTAs, with a limited 20-year carryforward period, prior to expiration. As a result, as of December 31, 2021, the Company maintained a full valuation allowance against its federal research and development tax credit DTAs.
For years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, a full valuation allowance remains against the Company’s California DTA balances.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s DTA balance included $3.1 million of tax attributes gained upon acquisition of a majority interest ownership in MVI. Due to the recent liquidation of MVI in the quarter ended December 31, 2021, the acquired DTAs are no longer subject to Separate Return Limitation Year (“SRLY”) rules which limits pre-acquisition tax attributes utilization to only offset against MVI taxable income. As a result, the Company released the valuation allowance against the MVI federal NOL DTAs and recorded a tax benefit of $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2021. The MVI pre-acquisition federal R&D credit DTAs and California DTAs are continued to be fully valued because the Company cannot conclude, at the required more-likely-than-not level of certainty, that it will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the benefit of those tax attributes prior to expiration.
The change in the Company’s deferred tax valuation allowance against net DTAs from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2021, is as follows (in thousands):
																											
		Beginning Balance		Additions Charged To Expenses or Other Accounts(1)		Deductions Credited to Expenses or Other Accounts(2)		Ending Balance	
For the year ended:									
December 31, 2019		$	17,284 			$	4,395 			$	(121)			$	21,558 		
December 31, 2020		21,558 			7,322 			(112)			28,768 		
December 31, 2021		28,768 			10,386 			(2,044)			37,110 		

	
(1) Additions include current year additions charged to expenses and current year build due to increases in net DTAs, return to provision true-ups, and other adjustments.
(2) Deductions include current year releases credited to expenses and current year reductions due to decreases in net DTAs, return to provision true-ups, and other adjustments.
The Company will continue to closely monitor the need for a valuation allowance against its existing domestic and foreign DTAs and any additional DTAs that are generated in each subsequent reporting period. The need for a valuation allowance can be impacted by actual operating results, forecasted financial performance, variances between the two, and the rate at which future DTAs are generated.
IRC Sections 382 and 383 limit the use of net operating losses and business credits if there is a change in ownership. In 2009, the Company determined there were changes in ownership in 2004 and 2008, which did not cause any impairment of tax attributes. In 2021, the net operating losses and credits gained from the Sixense Acquisition would be subject to IRC Section 382 and 383 limitations. The Company does not believe such limitations would cause any impairment of those tax attributes. Their full tax benefit is anticipated to be realized in future years.
A reconciliation of the change in the gross unrecognized tax benefits from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2021, is as follows (in thousands):
																					
		December 31,	
		2021		2020		2019	
Beginning Balance		$	8,625 			$	6,075 			$	5,174 		
Gross increase for tax positions of current year		1,935 			2,389 			1,191 		
Gross increase for tax positions of prior years		216 			304 			386 		
Gross decrease for tax positions of prior years		(1,411)			(143)			(565)		
Settlement with taxing authority		(339)			— 			— 		
	
Lapse of statute of limitations		— 			— 			(111)		
Ending Balance		$	9,026 			$	8,625 			$	6,075 		

111

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company had approximately $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.2 million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties attributable to uncertain tax positions. Included in the $9.0 million balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2021 is $0.9 million of tax benefit that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
The Company files U.S., state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. Due to net operating loss and credit carryovers, the tax years ending December 31, 2004 through December 31, 2021 remain subject to examination by federal and state tax authorities. In Australia and Canada, tax years ending December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2021 generally remain subject to examination by tax authorities. In Germany, tax years ending December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2021 remain subject to examination by tax authorities. In the year ended December 31, 2021, the German tax authority completed its income tax audit for tax years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016. The final assessment did not result in material adverse tax effects to the current year financial statements because an adequate tax provision was made in prior tax periods.
The Company does not anticipate significant changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.

15. Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Penumbra, Inc. Per Share
The Company computed basic net (loss) income attributable to Penumbra, Inc. per share based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The Company computed diluted net (loss) income attributable to Penumbra, Inc. per share based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus potentially dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. For the purposes of this calculation, stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock sold through the ESPP are considered common stock equivalents.
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of the basic and diluted net (loss) income attributable to Penumbra, Inc. is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
																					
		Year Ended December 31,	
		2021		2020		2019	
Numerator:							
Net (loss) income attributable to Penumbra, Inc.		$	5,284 			$	(15,702)			$	48,458 		

	
							
Denominator:							
Weighted average shares used to compute net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders:							
Basic		36,764,290 			35,766,892 			34,750,706 		
Potential dilutive stock-based options and awards, as calculated using treasury stock method		1,116,890 			— 			1,515,293 		

Diluted		37,881,180 			35,766,892 			36,265,999 		
	
Net (loss) income attributable to Penumbra, Inc. per share from:							
Basic		$	0.14 			$	(0.44)			$	1.39 		
Diluted		$	0.14 			$	(0.44)			$	1.34 		
For the year ended December 31, 2021, outstanding stock-based awards of 15.0 thousand shares were excluded from the computation of diluted net income attributable to Penumbra, Inc. per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, outstanding stock-based awards of 2.0 million and 100 thousand shares, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted net income attributable to Penumbra, Inc. per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

112

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
16. Revenues
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for goods or services. All revenue recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is considered to be revenue from contracts with customers.
The Company’s revenues, disaggregated by geography, based on the destination to which the Company ships its products, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was as follows (in thousands):
																					
 		Year Ended December 31,	
 		2021		2020		2019	
United States		$	527,789 			$	400,270 			$	355,222 		
	
Other International		219,801 			160,142 			192,183 		
Total		$	747,590 			$	560,412 			$	547,405 		
The Company’s revenues disaggregated by product category, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was as follows (in thousands):
																					
 		Year Ended December 31,	
 		2021		2020		2019	
Vascular		$	408,878 			$	267,783 			$	215,720 		
Neuro		338,712 			292,629 			331,685 		
Total		$	747,590 			$	560,412 			$	547,405 		
China Distribution and Technology Licensing Agreement
In December 2020, the Company entered into a distribution and technology licensing arrangement (the “China Distribution and Technology Licensing Agreement”) with its existing distribution partner in China. In addition to modifying the Company’s standard distribution agreement with its Chinese partner, the Company agreed to license the technology for certain of its products to its Chinese partner to permit the manufacturing and commercialization of such products in China as well as provide certain regulatory support. Apart from the standard distribution agreement, the Company will receive fixed payments upon transferring its distinct licensed technology and providing related regulatory support and receive royalty payments on the downstream sales of the licensed products. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company recognized $46.9 million and $12.7 million, respectively, under the China Distribution and Technology Licensing Agreement based on the relative standalone fair value of the performance obligations satisfied.
Performance Obligations
Delivery of products - The Company’s contracts with customers typically contain a single performance obligation, delivery of the Company’s products. Satisfaction of that performance obligation occurs when control of the promised goods transfers to the customer, which is generally upon shipment for non-consignment sale agreements and upon utilization for consignment sale agreements.
Payment terms - Our payment terms vary by the type and location of our customer. The timing between fulfillment of performance obligations and when payment is due is not significant and does not give rise to financing transactions. The Company did not have any contracts with significant financing components as of December 31, 2021.
Product returns - The Company may allow customers to return products purchased at the Company’s discretion. The Company estimates the amount of its product sales that may be returned by its customers and records this estimate as a reduction of revenue in the period in which the related product revenue is recognized. The Company currently estimates product return liabilities using its own historic sales information, trends, industry data, and other relevant data points.
Warranties - The Company offers its standard warranty to all customers and it is not available for sale on a standalone basis. The Company’s standard warranty represents its guarantee that its products function as intended, are free from defects, and comply with agreed-upon specifications and quality standards. This assurance does not constitute a service and is not a separate performance obligation.
113

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Transaction Price
Revenue is recorded at the net sales price, which includes estimates of variable consideration such as product returns utilizing historical return rates, rebates, discounts, and other adjustments to net revenue. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, the Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price. When determining if variable consideration should be constrained, management considers whether there are factors that could result in a significant reversal of revenue and the likelihood of a potential reversal. Variable consideration is included in revenue only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of the revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. These estimates are reassessed each reporting period as required. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company made no material changes in estimates for variable consideration. When the Company performs shipping and handling activities after control of goods is transferred to the customer, they are considered as fulfillment activities, and costs are accrued for when the related revenue is recognized. Taxes collected from customers relating to product sales and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from revenues.
Contract liabilities, net
The following information summarizes the Company’s contract assets and liabilities (in thousands):

		December 31,	
		2021		2020	
Contract liabilities, net		$	5,671 			$	274 		
Contract liabilities represents amounts that the Company has already invoiced and are ultimately expected to be recognized as revenue, but for which not all revenue recognition criteria have been met and is recognized as the associated performance obligations are satisfied. Contract assets for the periods presented primarily represent the difference between the revenue that was recognized based on the relative standalone selling price of the related performance obligations satisfied and the contractual billing terms in the arrangements.
114

Table of Contents
Penumbra, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
17. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The following tables provide the selected quarterly financial data for 2021 and 2020 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
																											
		2021 Quarters Ended	
Selected Statement of Operations Data:		March 31(1)		June 30		September 30		December 31	
Revenue		$	169,204 			$	184,258 			$	190,117 			$	204,011 		
Cost of revenue		57,867 			65,572 			70,205 			78,564 		
Gross profit		111,337 			118,686 			119,912 			125,447 		
	
Total operating expenses		97,874 			108,374 			111,131 			165,504 		
Loss before (benefit from) for income taxes		12,467 			10,203 			7,782 			(40,954)		
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		1,541 			1,904 			(249)			(16,321)		

Consolidated net income (loss)		10,926 			8,299 			8,031 			(24,633)		
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest		(910)			(932)			(819)			— 		
Net income (loss) attributable to Penumbra, Inc.		$	11,836 			$	9,231 			$	8,850 			$	(24,633)		
Net income (loss) attributable to Penumbra, Inc. per share:									
Basic		$	0.32 			$	0.25 			$	0.24 			$	(0.66)		
Diluted		$	0.32 			$	0.25 			$	0.24 			$	(0.66)		
Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share:									
Basic		36,455,712 			36,523,011 			36,617,961 			37,451,145 		
Diluted		37,533,520 			37,582,348 			37,611,355 			37,451,145 		

		2020 Quarters Ended	
Selected Statement of Operations Data:		March 31(1)		June 30		September 30		December 31	
Revenue		$	137,329 			$	105,109 			$	151,076 			$	166,898 		
Cost of revenue		49,320 			40,179 			60,153 			72,585 		
Gross profit		88,009 			64,930 			90,923 			94,313 		
	
Total operating expenses		87,399 			82,579 			111,081 			96,058 		
Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes		(746)			(17,030)			(19,731)			(511)		
(Benefit from) income taxes		(1,634)			(4,129)			(9,855)			(3,143)		

Consolidated net income		888 			(12,901)			(9,876)			2,632 		
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest		(537)			(941)			(1,061)			(1,016)		
Net income attributable to Penumbra, Inc.		$	1,425 			$	(11,960)			$	(8,815)			$	3,648 		
Net income per share:									
Basic		$	0.04 			$	(0.34)			$	(0.24)			$	0.10 		
Diluted		$	0.04 			$	(0.34)			$	(0.24)			$	0.10 		
Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share:									
Basic		35,042,912 			35,400,542 			36,207,716 			36,357,495 		
Diluted		36,362,726 			35,400,542 			36,207,716 			37,453,842 		

	
(1) In the first quarter of 2020, the Company adopted Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) ASU 2016-13, Credit Losses using the modified retrospective transition approach, with the impact upon adoption reflected in opening retained earnings. As a result of adoption, the cumulative impact related to accounts receivable expected credit losses to our opening retained earnings at January 1, 2020 was $1.2 million. The comparative prior year information has not been adjusted and continues to be reported under legacy GAAP. The standard significantly changed the impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments, including accounts receivable and available-for-sale securities. Refer to Note “2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” Note “3. Investments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments” and Note “4. Balance Sheet Components” for more information.

115

Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.
As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act, our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2021. Based on this review, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2021.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021.
On October 1, 2021, the Company closed the acquisition of Sixense Enterprises Inc. (“Sixense”) as discussed in Note “5. Business Combinations” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. In conducting our evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, we have elected to exclude Sixense’s internal control over financial reporting from the scope of our assessment as permitted under current Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations. We have included the financial results of Sixense in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. As of December 31, 2021, the assets and revenues of Sixense included in our consolidated financial statements represented less than 1% of consolidated assets (excluding goodwill and intangible assets, which are included within the scope of the assessment) and less than 1% of consolidated revenues, respectively. We are currently in the process of integrating and assessing the internal controls over financial reporting of the acquired business with the rest of our Company. The integration may lead to changes in future periods, but we do not expect these changes to materially affect our internal controls over financial reporting. We expect to complete this integration in fiscal 2022.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Part II, Item 9A of this Form 10-K.
116

Table of Contents
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarterly period ended December 31, 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
117

Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Penumbra, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Penumbra, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, of the Company and our report dated February 22, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at Sixense Enterprises, Inc. (Sixense), which was acquired on October 1, 2021, and whose financial statements constitute less than 1% of consolidated assets (excluding goodwill and intangible assets, which are included within the scope of the assessment) and less than 1% of consolidated revenues as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at Sixense.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, CA
February 22, 2022

118

Table of Contents
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
On February 18, 2022, the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. as lenders (the “Lenders”), entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated April 24, 2020, between the Company and the Lenders (as previously amended, the “Credit Agreement”; refer to Note “8. Indebtedness” to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information). Pursuant to the amendment, (i) the maturity date of the Credit Agreement was extended from February 21, 2022 to February 17, 2023, (ii) certain changes were made to the reference benchmark interest rates, applicable margins and borrowing mechanics under the Credit Agreement, which have the overall effect of lowering the interest rates payable by the Company on amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement; and (iii) the commitment fee payable on the average daily unused amount under the Credit Agreement was reduced to 0.25% per annum.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.
Not applicable.
119

Table of Contents
PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in June 2022 (the “Proxy Statement”).

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement.
120

Table of Contents
PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
1.Financial Statements: The financial statements included in “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8 are filed as part of this Form 10-K.
2.Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY.
None.
121

Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX
																																	
				Incorporation by Reference	
Exhibit Number		Description		Form		File No.		Exhibit(s)		Filing Date	
3.1		Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Penumbra, Inc.		8-K		001-37557		3.3		September 29, 2015	
3.2		Amended and Restated Bylaws of Penumbra, Inc.		8-K		001-37557		3.4		September 29, 2015	
4.1		Specimen Common Stock Certificate		S-1/A		333-206412		4.1		September 8, 2015	
4.2		Description of Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934		10-K		001-37557		4.2		February 23, 2021	
10.1		Lease for facilities at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated November 28, 2007 and amended on May 7, 2008 and June 23, 2011		S-1		333-206412		10.1		August 14, 2015	
10.2Ψ* 		Amendment to Lease for facilities at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated June 3, 2014									
10.3Ψ*		Amendment to Lease for facilities at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated September 11, 2014									
10.4		Lease for facilities at 1411 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated September 11, 2014		S-1		333-206412		10.2		August 14, 2015	
10.5		Lease for facilities at 1321 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated September 11, 2014		S-1		333-206412		10.3		August 14, 2015	
10.6		Lease for facilities at 1301, 1311, 1401 and 1431 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated December 17, 2015		10-K		001-37557		10.4		March 8, 2016	
10.7*		First Amendment to Lease Agreement for facilities at 1301, 1311, 1401 and 1431 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated July 14, 2021									
10.8*		Second Amendment to Lease Agreement for facilities at 1301, 1311, 1401 and 1431 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated September 1, 2021									
10.9#		Distribution Agreement between Penumbra, Inc. and Medico’s Hirata, dated August 2, 2009, as amended		S-1		333-206412		10.4		August 14, 2015	
10.10†		Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of Restricted Stock Agreement, Stock Option Agreement and Early Exercise Stock Option Agreement		S-1		333-206412		10.19		August 14, 2015	
10.11†		Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan - Restricted Stock Agreement		10-Q		001-37557		10.1		November 12, 2015	
10.12†		Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan - Stock Option Agreement		10-Q		001-37557		10.2		November 12, 2015	
10.13†		Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan - Restricted Stock Unit Agreement		10-K		001-37557		10.9		March 8, 2016	
10.14†		2014 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of Restricted Stock Agreement, Stock Option Agreement and Early Exercise Stock Option Agreement		S-1		333-206412		10.5		August 14, 2015	
10.15†		2011 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of Restricted Stock Agreement, Stock Grant Agreement, Stock Option Agreement and Early Exercise Stock Option Agreement		S-1		333-206412		10.6		August 14, 2015	
10.16†		2005 Stock Plan, and forms of Notice of Grant and Early Exercise Stock Option Agreement		S-1		333-206412		10.7		August 14, 2015	
10.17†		Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan - Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement		10-K		001-37557		10.13		February 26, 2019	
10.18†		Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan - Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement		10-K		001-37557		10.14		February 26, 2019	
122

Table of Contents

10.19*†		Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan – Form of Stock Option Agreement									
10.20†		Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Penumbra, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers		S-1		333-206412		10.9		August 14, 2015	
10.21†		Offer Letter with Adam Elsesser		S-1		333-206412		10.10		August 14, 2015	
10.22†		Offer Letter with Arani Bose		S-1		333-206412		10.11		August 14, 2015	
10.23†		Offer Letter with Johanna Roberts		10-K		001-37557		10.19		February 26, 2020	
10.24†		Offer Letter with Lynn Rothman		S-1		333-206412		10.15		August 14, 2015	
10.25†		Offer Letter with Maggie Yuen		10-K		001-37557		10.22		February 26, 2020	
10.26†		Form of Employee Nondisclosure and Assignment Agreement		S-1		333-206412		10.17		August 14, 2015	
10.27†		Employee Stock Purchase Plan		S-1/A		333-206412		10.18		August 31, 2015	
10.28		Amended and Restated Lease for facilities at 630 Roseville Parkway, Roseville, California, dated January 29, 2019 and amended on July 31, 2019		10-K		001-37557		10.25		February 26, 2020	
10.29		Lease for facilities at 1310 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated September 3, 2019		10-Q		001-37557		10.1		November 7, 2019	
10.30Ψ*		First Amendment to Lease for facilities at 1310 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated April 10, 2020									
10.31*		Second Amendment to Lease for facilities at 1310 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated August 5, 2020									
10.32*		Third Amendment to Lease for facilities at 1310 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated July 29, 2021									
10.33*		Fourth Amendment to Lease for facilities at 1310 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated October 15, 2021									
10.34Ψ		Credit Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2020, by and among Penumbra, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Lender, Citibank, N.A., as Lender, and Bank of America, N.A., as Lender		8-K		001-37557		10.1		April 24, 2020	
10.35		Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 22, 2021, to Credit Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2020, by and among Penumbra, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Lender, Citibank, N.A., as Lender, and Bank of America, N.A., as Lender		10-Q		001-37557		10.1		May 4, 2021	
21.1*		Subsidiaries of the Registrant									
23.1*		Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP									
24.1*		Power of Attorney (included on signature page)									
31.1*		Certification of Principal Executive Officer required under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended									
31.2*		Certification of Principal Financial Officer required under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended									
32.1**		Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer required under Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. §1350									
123

Table of Contents

101*		The following materials from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2021 formatted in Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language (iXBRL) includes: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, (ii)Consolidated Statements of Operationsfor theyear ended months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, (iv) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, and (v) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.									
104*		Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as iXBRL with applicable taxonomy extension information contained in Exhibit 101)									
* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.
ψ Certain schedules and exhibits to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. The registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.
† Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
# Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a grant of confidential treatment.

124

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
									
		PENUMBRA, INC.	
Date: February 22, 2022		 	
	By:	/s/ Maggie Yuen	
		Maggie Yuen	
		Chief Financial Officer	
		(Principal Financial Officer)	

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Adam Elsesser and Maggie Yuen, and each of them, his or her attorney-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue of hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
															
Signature		Title		Date	
					
/s/ Adam Elsesser		Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President		February 22, 2022	
Adam Elsesser		(Principal Executive Officer)			
					
/s/ Maggie Yuen		Chief Financial Officer		February 22, 2022	
Maggie Yuen		(Principal Financial Officer)			
					
/s/ Lambert Shiu		Chief Accounting Officer		February 22, 2022	
Lambert Shiu		(Principal Accounting Officer)			
					
/s/ Arani Bose		Director		February 22, 2022	
Arani Bose					
					
/s/ Don Kassing		Director		February 22, 2022	
Don Kassing					
					
/s/ Harpreet Grewal		Director		February 22, 2022	
Harpreet Grewal					
					
/s/ Thomas C. Wilder		Director		February 22, 2022	
Thomas C. Wilder					
					
/s/ Bridget O’Rourke		Director		February 22, 2022	
Bridget O’Rourke					
					
/s/ Janet Leeds		Director		February 22, 2022	
Janet Leeds					
					
/s/ Surbhi Sarna		Director		February 22, 2022	
Surbhi Sarna					

125

Exhibit 10.2

Penumbra, Inc.
1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Suites 100A & 202 Alameda, CA 94502
Attn: Adam Elsesser Dear Adam:
This letter when executed shall serve as an agreement modifying that certain lease dated November 28, 2007 and last modified June 23, 2011, by and between Dollinger Harbor Bay Assocaites, as Landlord and Penumbra, Inc., as Tenant, relating to the Premises at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Suite 100A & 202, Alameda, CA 94502.

IT IS AGREED THAT:

1)Effective upon full execution of this Letter Agreement, the Term of the Lease shall be extended for fifeteen (15) years , commencing upon the later date to occur of Landlord's delivery of 1411 Harbor Bay Parkway or 1321 Harbor Bay Parkway.

2)Effective upon the substantial completion of the work specified in Paragraph 6 below for the 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway Building, the Tenant shall have one (1) month of base rent waived at the 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway Building. The base rent shall continue to be $124,736.00 per month.

3)Effective upon the substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements specified in Paragraph 7 below, the Premises shall be adjusted to include the entire building located at 1411 Harbor Bay Parkway, comprised of approximately 28,317 additional square feet. The Tenant will receive a Rent Credit for Prometric's occupancy of Suite 1001 in the amount of $4,187.00 per month until the earlier to occur of Prometric vacating Suite 1001 or August 30th, 2022. The Base Rent for 1411 Harbor Bay Parkway shall be $36,812.10 per month commencing fifteen (15) days after Landlord's substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements and delivery of the space to Tenant as specified in Paragraph 7 below.

4)Effective upon the substantial completion of work specified in Paragraph 8 below the Premises shall be adjusted to include the entire building located at 1321 Harbor Bay Parkway, comprised of approximately 50,177 square feet The Tenant will receive a Rent Credit for Boehm's occupancy of Suite 250 in the amount of $8,455.00 per month until the earlier of Boehm vacating Suite 250 or December 31st, 2017. The Base Rent shall be $65,230.10 per month commencing fifteen (15) days after Landlord's substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements and delivery of the space to Tenant as specified in Paragraph 8 below.

5)Effective twelve and a half (12.5) months from the later to occur of the Landlord delivery date of either 1321 Harbor Bay Parkway or 1411 Harbor Bay Parkway the entire Base Monthly Rent comprising all three buildings of $226,778.10 shall be increased by 3% and then shall be increased again annually by 3% on the anniversary date of each succeeding year thereafter.

6)Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost and expense shall build the Tenant Improvements as per the attached Exhibit A, using the same building standards as when the Tenant originally moved in and as specified in Exhibit D attached hereto and paragraph 49 of the original lease.

7)Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost and expense shall build the Tenant Improvements as per the attached Exhibit B, using the same building standards as when the Tenant originally moved in and as specified in Exhibit D attached hereto and paragraph 49 of the original lease.

8)Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost and expense shall build the Tenant Improvements as per the attached Exhibit C, using the same building standards as when the Tenant originally moved in and as specified in Exhibit D attached hereto and paragraph 49 of the original lease.

9)This Amendment and the attached exhibits A-E, which are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Amendment, set forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. Tenant shall not be entitled, in connection with entering into this Amendment, to any free rent, allowance, alteration, improvement or similar economic incentive to which Tenant may have been entitled in connection with entering into the Lease, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment.

10)Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

11)In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control.

12)Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given in the Lease.

13)Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, mortgagee(s) and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Amendment. Tenant acknowledges that any assistance rendered by any agent or employee of any affiliate of Landlord in connection with this Amendment has been made as an accommodation to Tenant solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for Tenant.

14)Paragraphs 50, 52 and 53 of the original lease are hereby deleted.

15)Paragraph 1.7 Security Deposit shall now include the original security deposit of $109,182 as well as the new Security Deposit for building 1411 of $36,812.10 and building 1321 of $65,230.10.

16)Paragraph 51 shall remain in effect but any option period shall be for a minimum of 10 years and shall in no event be less than the rent paid on January 1, 2025. Tenant may elect to exercise their option on a per building basis (entire buildings) rather than all three together.

Sincerely,

Dollinger Harbor Bay Associates By: D&M Investors Fund I LLC Its: General Partner    ·
By: D&M Ventures LP Its: Sole Member
By: David Dollinger Living Trust Its: General Partner
By:
 /s/ David Dollinger
David Dollinger, Trustee
Acknowledged and Agreed To:

Penumbra, Inc.

/s/ Adam Elsesser            /s/ Robert D. Evans
Adam Elsesser                 Robert D. Evans, Esq.
CEO                    EVP and General Counsel

Exhibit 10.3

September 11, 2014

Penumbra, Inc.
1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Suites 100A & 202 Alameda, CA 94502
Attn: Adam Elsesser Dear Adam:
This letter when executed shall serve as an agreement modifying that certain lease dated November 28, 2007 and last modified June 23, 2011, by and between Dollinger Harbor Bay Assocaites, as Landlord and Penumbra, Inc., as Tenant, relating to the Premises at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Suite 100A & 202, Alameda, CA 94502.

IT IS AGREED THAT:

1)Effective upon full execution of this Letter Agreement, the Expiration of the Lease shall be changed to November 30, 2029.

2)Effective upon the substantial completion of the work specified in Paragraph 6 below for the 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway Building, the Tenant shall have one (1) month of base rent waived at the 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway Building. The Base Monthly Rent shall continue to be $124,736.00 per month.

3)Effective December 1, 2015 and annually thereafter the Base Monthly Rent shall increase 3%.

4)Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost and expense shall build the Tenant Improvements as per the attached Exhibit A, using the same building standards as when the Tenant originally moved in and as specified in Exhibit B and Exhibit C attached hereto and paragraph 49 of the original lease.

5)This Amendment and the attached exhibits A, B & C, which are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Amendment, set forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. Tenant shall not be entitled, in connection with entering into this Amendment, to any free rent, allowance, alteration, improvement or similar economic incentive to which Tenant may have been entitled in connection with entering into the Lease, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment.

6)Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

7)In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control.

8)Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given in the Lease.

9)Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, mortgagee(s) and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Amendment. Tenant acknowledges that any assistance rendered by any agent or employee of any affiliate of Landlord in connection with this Amendment has been made as an accommodation to Tenant solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for Tenant.

10)Paragraphs 50, 52 and 53 of the original lease are hereby deleted.

11)Paragraph 51 shall remain in effect but any option period shall be for a minimum of 10 years and shall in no event be less than the rent paid on January 1, 2025.

Sincerely,

Dollinger Harbor Bay Associates By: D&M Investors Fund I LLC Its: General Partner
By: D&M Ventures LP Its: Sole Member
By: David Dollinger Living Trust Its: General Partner
By:

/s/ David Dollinger

David Dollinger, Trustee
Acknowledged and Agreed To:

Penumbra, Inc.

/s/ Adam Elsesser
Adam Elsesser
CEO

Penumbra, Inc.

/s/ Lynn Rothman
Lynn Rothman
CFO

Exhibit 10.7
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
This First Amendment to Lease Agreement (this “First Amendment”) is made and intended to be effective as of July 14, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), between HARBOR BAY NLA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with any of its successors or assigns, hereinafter called the “Landlord”), and PENUMBRA, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with any of its respective successors or assigns permitted by the Existing Lease (as defined below), hereinafter called the “Tenant”).
RECITALS
A.Landlord (as successor-in-interest to SKS Harbor Bay Associates, LLC) and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of December 17, 2015 (the “Existing Lease”).
B.On July 14, 2021, Landlord tendered possession of the Must-Take Space comprised of the 1431 Harbor Bay Building, containing 69,510 square feet of rentable area to Tenant. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Existing Lease to reflect the addition of the 1431 Harbor Bay Building to the Premises, all pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions more fully set forth herein. This First Amendment is being executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant in accordance with Section 1.4(e) of the Existing Lease.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals set forth above, the covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and total sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
1.Recitals/Terms. All recitals to this First Amendment set forth above are hereby incorporated herein. All terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Existing Lease.
2.Addition of 1431 Harbor Bay Building. Effective as of July 14, 2021 (the “Expansion Date”), the Premises will be deemed increased by the addition of the 1431 Harbor Bay Building, and the rentable area of the Premises will be deemed increased from 115,850 rentable square feet to 185,360 rentable square feet.
3.Base Rent for 1431 Harbor Bay Building and Premises. Effective as of the Expansion Date:
1

(a)The Base Rent payable for the 1431 Harbor Bay Building will be as follows:

Period	Approximate Monthly Base Rent Per Square Foot of Rentable Area	1431 Harbor Bay Premises Monthly Base Rent	
7/14/2021	3/15/2022	$                  1.45	$          100,719.99	
3/16/2022	3/15/2023	$                  1.49	$          103,778.43	
3/16/2023	3/15/2024	$                  1.54	$          106,836.87	
3/16/2024	3/15/2025	$                  1.58	$          110,034.33	
3/16/2025	3/15/2026	$                  1.63	$          113,370.81	
3/16/2026	3/15/2027	$                  1.68	$          116,776.80	
3/16/2027	3/15/2028	$                  1.73	$          120,252.30	
3/16/2028	3/15/2029	$                  1.78	$          123,866.82	
3/16/2029	3/15/2030	$                  1.84	$          127,620.36	
3/16/2030	3/31/2031	$                  1.89	$          131,443.41	
(b)The Base Rent payable for the Premises, inclusive of the 1431 Harbor Bay Building, will be as follows:

Period	Approximate Monthly Base Rent Per Square Foot of Rentable Area	Total Premises Monthly Base Rent	
7/14/2021	3/15/2022	$                  1.45	$          268,597.36	
3/16/2022	3/15/2023	$                  1.49	$          276,692.12	
3/16/2023	3/15/2024	$                  1.54	$          284,937.97	
3/16/2024	3/15/2025	$                  1.58	$          293,478.47	
3/16/2025	3/15/2026	$                  1.63	$          302,318.27	
3/16/2026	3/15/2027	$                  1.68	$          311,392.69	
3/16/2027	3/15/2028	$                  1.73	$          320,706.67	
3/16/2028	3/15/2029	$                  1.78	$          330,334.82	
3/16/2029	3/15/2030	$                  1.84	$          340,282.40	
3/16/2030	3/31/2031	$                  1.89	$          350,485.30	

4.Tenant’s Building Percentage and Tenant’s Common Area Building Percentage. Effective as of the Expansion Date:
(a)Tenant’s Building Percentage with respect to the 1431 Harbor Bay Building is 100% (i.e., 69,510/69,510); and
(b)Tenant’s Common Area Building Percentage is 86.66% (i.e., 185,360/213,882).
5.Maximum Parking Allocation. Effective as of the Expansion Date, Tenant’s Maximum is 612 spaces.
2

6.Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant is entitled to a Tenant Improvement Allowance in the amount of $31.25 per rentable square foot of the 1431 Harbor Bay Building (i.e., $2,172,187.50) pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Tenant Work Letter.
7.Confirmation. Except as expressly modified by the terms and provisions of this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Existing Lease are unchanged and continue in full force and effect and all rights, remedies, liabilities and obligations evidenced by the Existing Lease are hereby acknowledged by Tenant to be valid and subsisting and to be continued in full force and effect. The Existing Lease, as modified and amended hereby, is hereby ratified and confirmed by Landlord and Tenant, and every provision, covenant, condition, obligation, right, term and power contained in and under the Existing Lease, as modified and amended hereby, shall continue in full force and effect. All references to the Lease in the Existing Lease shall mean the Existing Lease as modified and amended by this First Amendment. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of the date hereof: (i) Tenant is not in default under the Existing Lease, (ii) Tenant has no knowledge of a right or claim of set off, discount, deduction, defense or counterclaim or any claim that could be asserted in any action brought to enforce the Existing Lease or otherwise asserted against Landlord in connection with the Existing Lease, and (iii) there is no default by Landlord under the Existing Lease through and as of the date of this First Amendment; the foregoing representations in clauses (ii) and (iii) notwithstanding, Landlord acknowledges that Tenant has not yet exercised the audit right set forth in Section 5.4 of the Existing Lease and reserves the right to make claims based on such exercise if Tenant does exercise such audit rights.
8.Costs and Expenses. Landlord shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this First Amendment and any necessary amendment to the Memorandum of Lease, including the legal fees and expenses of Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible and shall pay for all costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this First Amendment and any necessary amendment to the Memorandum of Lease, including the legal fees and expenses of Tenant.
9.Representations and Warranties. Tenant hereby reaffirms in their entirety all of the representations and warranties set forth in the Existing Lease and this First Amendment, as of the Effective Date, except for any such representations or warranties that were made as of a specific date.
10.No Other Modifications. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Existing Lease has not been modified, amended, canceled, terminated, released, superseded or otherwise rendered of no force or effect except as described herein.
11.Parties Bound. This First Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
12.Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one agreement, binding on all of the parties hereto notwithstanding that all of the parties hereto are not signatories to the same counterpart. For purposes of this First Amendment, each of the parties hereto agrees that a facsimile copy of the signature of the person executing this First Amendment on either party’s behalf shall be effective as an original signature and legally binding and effective as an execution counterpart hereof. Each of the undersigned parties authorizes the assembly of one or more original copies of this First Amendment through the combination of the several executed counterpart signature pages with one or more bodies of this First Amendment including the Exhibits, if any, to this First Amendment, such that this First Amendment shall consist of the body of this First Amendment, counterpart signature pages which collectively will contain the
3

signatures of the undersigned parties hereto, and the Exhibits, if any, to this First Amendment. Each such compilation of this First Amendment shall constitute one original of this First Amendment.
13.Signor’s Warranty. Each individual executing and delivering this First Amendment on behalf of the party hereby warrants and represents to the other party solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the applicable signatory that he or she has been duly authorized and has the power to make such execution and delivery.
14.Captions. Article, Section and/or paragraph headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of any provision hereof.
(This space is intentionally left blank; signature page follows)

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this First Amendment as of the date and year set forth above.

		LANDLORD:	
			
WITNESS:		HARBOR BAY NLA LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company        	
/s/ Nicholas Andreano			
Name: Nicholas Andreano        		By: /s/ Mathew Ballinger        	
		Name: Mathew Ballinger        	
/s/ Bobby Parillo		Title: SVP        	
Name: Bobby Parillo        			

			
			
		TENANT:	
			
WITNESS:		PENUMBRA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation	
/s/ Jee Hamlyn-Harris			
Name: Jee Hamlyn-Harris        		By: /s/ Lynn Rothman        	
		Name Lynn Rothman        	
		Title: Chief Business Officer        	
Name:         			

S-1

S-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this First Amendment as of the date and year set forth above.

		LANDLORD:	
			
WITNESS:		HARBOR BAY NLA LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company        	
			
Name:         		By:         	
		Name:         	
		Title:         	
Name:         			

			
			
		TENANT:	
			
WITNESS:		PENUMBRA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation	
/s/ Laël Shaver			
Name: Laël Shaver        		By: /s/ Adam Elsesser        	
		Name Adam Elsesser        	
/s/ Jee Hamlyn-Harris		Title: Chief Executive Officer        	
Name: J. Hamlyn-Harris        			

S-1

Exhibit 10.8
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
    This Second Amendment to Lease Agreement (this “Second Amendment”) is made and intended to be effective as of September 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), between HARBOR BAY NLA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with any of its successors or assigns, hereinafter called the “Landlord”), and PENUMBRA, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with any of its respective successors or assigns permitted by the Existing Lease (as defined below), hereinafter called the “Tenant”).

RECITALS
A.Landlord (as successor-in-interest to SKS Harbor Bay Associates, LLC) and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of December 17, 2015 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of July 14, 2021 (the “First Amendment” and the Original Lease, as so amended, collectively, the “Existing Lease”).
B.Landlord and Tenant have agreed to make certain amendments and modifications to the Existing Lease, all pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions more fully set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals set forth above, the covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and total sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
1.Recitals/Terms. All recitals to this Second Amendment set forth above are hereby incorporated herein. All terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Existing Lease.
2.Amendments to Existing Lease. The Existing Lease is hereby modified and amended as follows:
(a)Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Basic Lease Information to the contrary, the “Expiration Date” shall be December 31, 2036. The foregoing shall have no impact whatsoever on the Extension Options set forth in Article 51 of the Existing Lease, all of which shall remain in full force and effect and available to Tenant in accordance with Article 51 and the other provisions of the Existing Lease as if the original Expiration Date was the Expiration Date as revised in the immediately preceding sentence.
(b)The first sentence of the definition of “Must-Take Space” in the Basic Lease Information of the Existing Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

“Must-Take Space: collectively means any space in any of the Buildings (other than the Initial Premises) which becomes vacant on or before September 30, 2031 due to the expiration of earlier termination of a lease of that space to a tenant other than Tenant.”
(c)For the period prior to January 1, 2022, Section 3 of the First Amendment shall control as it relates to Base Rent for the Premises; provided, however, that with respect to the 1431 Harbor Bay Building which was made a part of the Premises as of July 14, 2021, as
1

well as any Must-Take Space which is added to the Premises in the future, Tenant shall still be entitled to one hundred fifty (150) days of Base Rent abatement as is contemplated in the Existing Lease, such Base Rent Abatement with respect to the 1431 Harbor Bay Building to commence as of July 14, 2021 and expire as of December 11, 2021. Commencing as of January 1, 2022 and through the Expiration Date (as modified by Section 2 (a) above, such period being referred to herein as the “Extension Term”), Section 3 of the First Amendment shall no longer control and the paragraph entitled “Base Rent” in the Basic Lease Information of the Existing Lease (including the schedule of Base Rent) shall control but shall be deemed replaced as follows:

“The Base Rent for the Premises shall be as set forth in Exhibit K. For the avoidance of doubt, upon any Must-Take Space being added to the Premises during the Term, the Base Rent will be re-calculated from and after the date that such Must-Take Space is added, as follows: the then-applicable Base Rent payable for the then-existing Premises (using the then-applicable rate per square foot of rentable space) shall be multiplied by the applicable rentable square feet being added to the Premises, and such product shall be added to and thus be part of Base Rent going forward, and further, all of such Base Rent shall adjust upward in accordance with the schedule set forth in Exhibit K.”

(d)Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Basic Lease Information of the Existing Lease to the contrary, (i) the “Tenant Improvement Allowance” for the Must-Take Space with respect to the 1431 Harbor Bay Building shall equal $131.25 on a rentable square foot basis (inclusive of the Tenant Improvement Allowance provided to Tenant with respect to the 1431 Harbor Bay Building pursuant to the terms of the First Amendment in the amount of $31.25 per rentable square foot), and (ii) the “Tenant Improvement Allowance” for the Must-Take Space with respect to the 1301 Harbor Bay Building shall equal (1) $31.25 per rentable square foot, plus (2) an amount based on an amortization of an additional allowance amount initially set at $77.93 per rentable square foot of 1301 Harbor Building Must-Take Space as of the commencement date of such Must-Take Space (by way of example only, if the 1301 Harbor Bay Building Must-Take Space commencement date is June 1, 2023, the amount set forth in clause (2) above shall equal $74.58 per rentable square foot of such Must-Take Space, or, if such 1301 Harbor Bay Building Must-Take Space commencement date is June 1, 2028, the amount set forth in clause (2) above shall equal $58.29 per rentable square foot of Must-Take Space). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tenant Improvements (as such term is defined in Section 2.1 of Exhibit C of the Existing Lease) with respect to the 1431 Harbor Bay Building Must-Take Space and the 1301 Harbor Bay Building Must-Take Space shall be performed and undertaken in accordance with, and shall in all respects (inclusive of the process for disbursement of any Tenant Improvement Allowance described above, as set forth in Section 2.2.2 of Exhibit C attached to the Existing Lease (“Section 2.2.2”)) be subject to the terms and conditions of, Exhibit C attached to the Existing Lease (except to the extent such terms expressly and specifically conflict with this Section 2(c), in which case the terms of this Section 2(c) shall control), provided that Tenant will not be required to use union-affiliated labor or any Landlord-specified contractor or vendor in the performance of any such Tenant Improvements.

(e)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Existing Lease, in addition to any Tenant Improvements undertaken by Tenant with respect to the 1431 Harbor Bay Building Must-Take Space, Tenant (and Landlord as and to the extent described on Exhibit S attached hereto) shall have the obligation to perform and complete (or cause to be performed or completed) the improvement work outlined in Exhibit S attached hereto (the “New Improvement Work”). Any New Improvement Work performed (or caused to be performed) by Tenant shall be undertaken and completed in accordance with Exhibit T attached hereto.
2

With respect to payment for any New Improvement Work, there shall be a total aggregate monetary allowance provided by Landlord with respect to the New Improvement Work (whether performed or caused to be performed by Landlord or Tenant) equal to $7,494,244.33 (the “New Improvement Work Allowance”). As such, the following procedures shall apply with respect to paying and being reimbursed for any New Improvement Work:

(i)Any New Improvement Work performed or caused to be performed by Tenant shall, at Tenant’s option, either be paid for by Tenant or paid directly by Landlord to either Tenant (in accordance with Section 2.2.2) or Tenant’s applicable contractor(s), provided that Landlord shall only be obligated to pay Tenant’s contractor(s) directly after receipt of invoices and within thirty (30) days following presentation of a partial (or final, as applicable) lien waiver from Tenant’s contractor(s) for all completed and paid for work to date, together with a certification from Tenant that such contractor is entitled to such payment and Tenant’s request to make such payment. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Tenant in obtaining any necessary approvals from any owners’ association who may retain approval rights over portions of the New Improvement Work. If Tenant elects to pay for any phase of the New Improvement Work itself, then Tenant may seek reimbursement from Landlord during the course of design and construction of such phase in accordance with Section 2.2.2 . Within thirty (30) days following Completion of a New Improvement Work project which has been paid for by Tenant, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any cost thereof which has not been previously disbursed by Landlord pursuant to Section 2.2.2, provided that Tenant delivers to Landlord (1) receipts of invoices therefor, (2) partial (or final, as applicable) lien waivers from Tenant’s contractor(s) for all completed and paid for work to date, and (3) a certification from Tenant that each such contractor has been paid in full.

(ii)Any amount which is paid by Landlord directly to contractor(s), or reimbursed to Tenant pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) above, shall be deducted from and reduce the remaining available New Improvement Work Allowance on a dollar for dollar basis. Further, any amounts which are reasonably expended by Landlord in connection with New Improvement Work projects which are to be performed by (or caused to be performed by) Landlord pursuant to Exhibit S shall also be deducted from and reduce the remaining available New Improvement Work Allowance on a dollar for dollar basis (although, for accounting purposes, and because Tenant is nonetheless monetarily responsible for the New Improvement Work performed (or caused to be performed) by Landlord pursuant to the Existing Lease, Landlord shall send invoices therefor, together with reasonably detailed back-up documentation/records of all such work, to Tenant with such invoices being deemed paid by Tenant from the New Improvement Work Allowance).

(iii)If there are funds available from the New Improvement Work Allowance after Completion of all New Improvement Work, then such funds shall be made available to Tenant provided that such funds are used by Tenant in connection with additional, actual improvements to the Premises (i.e., Alterations) which are reasonably approved by Landlord to the extent approval is required by the terms of the Existing Lease.

(f)Exhibit K to the Existing Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by Exhibit K of this Second Amendment.
3.Payment of Common Area Improvements Escrow. Within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the sum of $1,092,051.03, thereby releasing to Tenant in full the amount of escrow collected by Landlord from Tenant in connection with certain improvements to the Common Areas.
4.Memorandum of Lease. Within thirty (30) calendar days following the Effective Date, Landlord and Tenant shall cause the existing Memorandum of Lease for the
3

Premises to be amended, in a form to be agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, to reflect the change in Term. Tenant shall pay all fees to record the amendment to the Memorandum of Lease and any applicable transfer taxes resulting from this Second Amendment.
5.Confirmation. Except as expressly modified by the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Existing Lease are unchanged and continue in full force and effect and all rights, remedies, liabilities and obligations evidenced by the Existing Lease are hereby acknowledged by Tenant to be valid and subsisting and to be continued in full force and effect. The Existing Lease, as modified and amended hereby, is hereby ratified and confirmed by Landlord and Tenant, and every provision, covenant, condition, obligation, right, term and power contained in and under the Existing Lease, as modified and amended hereby, shall continue in full force and effect. All references to the Lease in the Existing Lease shall mean the Existing Lease as modified and amended by this Second Amendment. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of the date hereof: (i) Tenant is not in default under the Existing Lease and, to Tenant’s knowledge, no event or condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, would give rise to a default by Tenant under the Existing Lease, (ii) Tenant has no knowledge of a right or claim of set off, discount, deduction, defense or counterclaim or any claim that could be asserted in any action brought to enforce the Existing Lease or otherwise asserted against Landlord in connection with the Existing Lease, and (iii) there is no default by Landlord under the Existing Lease through and as of the date of this Second Amendment; the foregoing representations in clauses (ii) and (iii) notwithstanding, Landlord acknowledges that Tenant has not yet exercised the audit right set forth in Section 5.4 of the Existing Lease and reserves the right to make claims based on such exercise if Tenant does exercise such audit rights.
6.Costs and Expenses. Each party shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by such party in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Second Amendment and the amendment to the Memorandum of Lease, including the legal fees and expenses of Landlord and Tenant respectively.
7.Representations and Warranties. Tenant hereby reaffirms in their entirety all of the representations and warranties set forth in the Existing Lease and this Second Amendment, as of the Effective Date, except for any such representations or warranties that were made as of a specific date.
8.Brokerage. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has been represented on an exclusive basis by Tenant's Broker in negotiation of this Second Amendment. Landlord acknowledges that a brokerage fee is due the Tenant’s Broker from Landlord for this Second Amendment pursuant to the Tenant’s Broker Commission Agreement attached to the Existing Lease as Exhibit Q, excepting that the commission rate for the Second Amendment with respect to the Premises shall be $1.50 per rentable square foot per year for years eleven through fifteen (11-15) in the Extension Term and will be payable fifty percent (50%) upon execution and exchange of this Second Amendment, and (ii) fifty percent (50%) on October 1, 2021. For the avoidance of any doubt, said commission shall be paid on 185,360 square feet of rentable area (i.e., the Premises). The brokerage fee with respect to the Must Take Space shall remain due and payable in accordance with the Tenant’s Broker Commission Agreement. The Tenant’s Broker Commission Agreement is reattached hereto as Exhibit Q. Except as modified herein, the Broker Commission Agreement remains in full force and effect. Except for amounts owing to Tenant’s Broker as described herein, each party hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other party harmless of and from any and all damages, losses,
4

costs, or expenses (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and disbursements) by reason of any claim of or liability to any other broker or other person claiming through the indemnifying party and arising out of or in connection with the negotiation, execution, and delivery of this Second Amendment. Tenant Broker is an intended third-party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 8, which may not be modified without the written consent of Tenant’s Broker.
9.No Other Modifications. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Existing Lease has not been modified, amended, canceled, terminated, released, superseded or otherwise rendered of no force or effect except as described herein.
10.Parties Bound. This Second Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
11.Counterparts. This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one agreement, binding on all of the parties hereto notwithstanding that all of the parties hereto are not signatories to the same counterpart. For purposes of this Second Amendment, each of the parties hereto agrees that a facsimile copy of the signature of the person executing this Second Amendment on either party’s behalf shall be effective as an original signature and legally binding and effective as an execution counterpart hereof. Each of the undersigned parties authorizes the assembly of one or more original copies of this Second Amendment through the combination of the several executed counterpart signature pages with one or more bodies of this Second Amendment including the Exhibits, if any, to this Second Amendment, such that this Second Amendment shall consist of the body of this Second Amendment, counterpart signature pages which collectively will contain the signatures of the undersigned parties hereto, and the Exhibits, if any, to this Second Amendment. Each such compilation of this Second Amendment shall constitute one original of this Second Amendment.
12.Signor’s Warranty. Each individual executing and delivering this Second Amendment on behalf of the party hereby warrants and represents to the other party solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the applicable signatory that he or she has been duly authorized and has the power to make such execution and delivery.
13.Captions. Article, Section and/or paragraph headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of any provision hereof.
(This space is intentionally left blank; signature page follows)

5

6

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amendment as of the Effective Date.

		LANDLORD:	
			
		HARBOR BAY NLA LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company        	
			
		By:         	
		Name:         	
		Title:         	

			
		TENANT:	
			
		PENUMBRA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation	
			
		By: /s/ Adam Elsesser        	
		Name Adam Elsesser        	
		Title: Chairman, President and CEO        	

Signature Page to Second Amendment to Lease Agreement

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amendment as of the Effective Date.

		LANDLORD:	
			
		HARBOR BAY NLA LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company        	
			
		By: /s/ Mathew Ballinger        	
		Name: Mathew Ballinger        	
		Title: SVP        	

			
		TENANT:	
			
		PENUMBRA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation	
			
		By:         	
		Name         	
		Title:         	

			
Signature Page to Second Amendment to Lease Agreement

Exhibit K
Base Rent

New Rent Schedule / RSF	New 1301 Rent	New 1311 Rent	New 1401 Rent	New 1431 Rent	New Total Rent	New Total Rent with Must Take Space	Date	
$2.0055	$74,109	$59,862	$98,365	$139,402	$371,738	$435,781	1/1/2022	
$2.0055	$74,109	$59,862	$98,365	$139,402	$371,738	$435,781	2/1/2022	
$2.0055	$74,109	$59,862	$98,365	$139,402	$371,738	$435,781	3/1/2022	
$2.0055	$74,109	$59,862	$98,365	$139,402	$371,738	$435,781	4/1/2022	
$2.0055	$74,109	$59,862	$98,365	$139,402	$371,738	$435,781	5/1/2022	
$2.0055	$74,109	$59,862	$98,365	$139,402	$371,738	$435,781	6/1/2022	
$2.0055	$74,109	$59,862	$98,365	$139,402	$371,738	$435,781	7/1/2022	
$2.0055	$74,109	$59,862	$98,365	$139,402	$371,738	$435,781	8/1/2022	
$2.0055	$74,109	$59,862	$98,365	$139,402	$371,738	$435,781	9/1/2022	
$2.0055	$74,109	$59,862	$98,365	$139,402	$371,738	$435,781	10/1/2022	
$2.0055	$74,109	$59,862	$98,365	$139,402	$371,738	$435,781	11/1/2022	
$2.0055	$74,109	$59,862	$98,365	$139,402	$371,738	$435,781	12/1/2022	
$2.0657	$76,332	$61,658	$101,316	$143,584	$382,890	$448,862	1/1/2023	
$2.0657	$76,332	$61,658	$101,316	$143,584	$382,890	$448,862	2/1/2023	
$2.0657	$76,332	$61,658	$101,316	$143,584	$382,890	$448,862	3/1/2023	
$2.0657	$76,332	$61,658	$101,316	$143,584	$382,890	$448,862	4/1/2023	
$2.0657	$76,332	$61,658	$101,316	$143,584	$382,890	$448,862	5/1/2023	
$2.0657	$76,332	$61,658	$101,316	$143,584	$382,890	$448,862	6/1/2023	
$2.0657	$76,332	$61,658	$101,316	$143,584	$382,890	$448,862	7/1/2023	
$2.0657	$76,332	$61,658	$101,316	$143,584	$382,890	$448,862	8/1/2023	
$2.0657	$76,332	$61,658	$101,316	$143,584	$382,890	$448,862	9/1/2023	
$2.0657	$76,332	$61,658	$101,316	$143,584	$382,890	$448,862	10/1/2023	
$2.0657	$76,332	$61,658	$101,316	$143,584	$382,890	$448,862	11/1/2023	
$2.0657	$76,332	$61,658	$101,316	$143,584	$382,890	$448,862	12/1/2023	
$2.1276	$78,622	$63,508	$104,356	$147,891	$394,377	$462,313	1/1/2024	
$2.1276	$78,622	$63,508	$104,356	$147,891	$394,377	$462,313	2/1/2024	
$2.1276	$78,622	$63,508	$104,356	$147,891	$394,377	$462,313	3/1/2024	
$2.1276	$78,622	$63,508	$104,356	$147,891	$394,377	$462,313	4/1/2024	
$2.1276	$78,622	$63,508	$104,356	$147,891	$394,377	$462,313	5/1/2024	
$2.1276	$78,622	$63,508	$104,356	$147,891	$394,377	$462,313	6/1/2024	
$2.1276	$78,622	$63,508	$104,356	$147,891	$394,377	$462,313	7/1/2024	
$2.1276	$78,622	$63,508	$104,356	$147,891	$394,377	$462,313	8/1/2024	
$2.1276	$78,622	$63,508	$104,356	$147,891	$394,377	$462,313	9/1/2024	
$2.1276	$78,622	$63,508	$104,356	$147,891	$394,377	$462,313	10/1/2024	
Exhibit K

																								
$2.1276	$78,622	$63,508	$104,356	$147,891	$394,377	$462,313	11/1/2024	
$2.1276	$78,622	$63,508	$104,356	$147,891	$394,377	$462,313	12/1/2024	
$2.1915	$80,981	$65,413	$107,486	$152,328	$406,208	$476,198	1/1/2025	
$2.1915	$80,981	$65,413	$107,486	$152,328	$406,208	$476,198	2/1/2025	
$2.1915	$80,981	$65,413	$107,486	$152,328	$406,208	$476,198	3/1/2025	
$2.1915	$80,981	$65,413	$107,486	$152,328	$406,208	$476,198	4/1/2025	
$2.1915	$80,981	$65,413	$107,486	$152,328	$406,208	$476,198	5/1/2025	
$2.1915	$80,981	$65,413	$107,486	$152,328	$406,208	$476,198	6/1/2025	
$2.1915	$80,981	$65,413	$107,486	$152,328	$406,208	$476,198	7/1/2025	
$2.1915	$80,981	$65,413	$107,486	$152,328	$406,208	$476,198	8/1/2025	
$2.1915	$80,981	$65,413	$107,486	$152,328	$406,208	$476,198	9/1/2025	
$2.1915	$80,981	$65,413	$107,486	$152,328	$406,208	$476,198	10/1/2025	
$2.1915	$80,981	$65,413	$107,486	$152,328	$406,208	$476,198	11/1/2025	
$2.1915	$80,981	$65,413	$107,486	$152,328	$406,208	$476,198	12/1/2025	
$2.2572	$83,410	$67,375	$110,711	$156,898	$418,394	$490,474	1/1/2026	
$2.2572	$83,410	$67,375	$110,711	$156,898	$418,394	$490,474	2/1/2026	
$2.2572	$83,410	$67,375	$110,711	$156,898	$418,394	$490,474	3/1/2026	
$2.2572	$83,410	$67,375	$110,711	$156,898	$418,394	$490,474	4/1/2026	
$2.2572	$83,410	$67,375	$110,711	$156,898	$418,394	$490,474	5/1/2026	
$2.2572	$83,410	$67,375	$110,711	$156,898	$418,394	$490,474	6/1/2026	
$2.2572	$83,410	$67,375	$110,711	$156,898	$418,394	$490,474	7/1/2026	
$2.2572	$83,410	$67,375	$110,711	$156,898	$418,394	$490,474	8/1/2026	
$2.2572	$83,410	$67,375	$110,711	$156,898	$418,394	$490,474	9/1/2026	
$2.2572	$83,410	$67,375	$110,711	$156,898	$418,394	$490,474	10/1/2026	
$2.2572	$83,410	$67,375	$110,711	$156,898	$418,394	$490,474	11/1/2026	
$2.2572	$83,410	$67,375	$110,711	$156,898	$418,394	$490,474	12/1/2026	
$2.3249	$85,913	$69,396	$114,032	$161,605	$430,946	$505,184	1/1/2027	
$2.3249	$85,913	$69,396	$114,032	$161,605	$430,946	$505,184	2/1/2027	
$2.3249	$85,913	$69,396	$114,032	$161,605	$430,946	$505,184	3/1/2027	
$2.3249	$85,913	$69,396	$114,032	$161,605	$430,946	$505,184	4/1/2027	
$2.3249	$85,913	$69,396	$114,032	$161,605	$430,946	$505,184	5/1/2027	
$2.3249	$85,913	$69,396	$114,032	$161,605	$430,946	$505,184	6/1/2027	
$2.3249	$85,913	$69,396	$114,032	$161,605	$430,946	$505,184	7/1/2027	
$2.3249	$85,913	$69,396	$114,032	$161,605	$430,946	$505,184	8/1/2027	
$2.3249	$85,913	$69,396	$114,032	$161,605	$430,946	$505,184	9/1/2027	
$2.3249	$85,913	$69,396	$114,032	$161,605	$430,946	$505,184	10/1/2027	
$2.3249	$85,913	$69,396	$114,032	$161,605	$430,946	$505,184	11/1/2027	
$2.3249	$85,913	$69,396	$114,032	$161,605	$430,946	$505,184	12/1/2027	
$2.3947	$88,490	$71,478	$117,453	$166,453	$443,874	$520,352	1/1/2028	
$2.3947	$88,490	$71,478	$117,453	$166,453	$443,874	$520,352	2/1/2028	
$2.3947	$88,490	$71,478	$117,453	$166,453	$443,874	$520,352	3/1/2028	
Exhibit K

																								
$2.3947	$88,490	$71,478	$117,453	$166,453	$443,874	$520,352	4/1/2028	
$2.3947	$88,490	$71,478	$117,453	$166,453	$443,874	$520,352	5/1/2028	
$2.3947	$88,490	$71,478	$117,453	$166,453	$443,874	$520,352	6/1/2028	
$2.3947	$88,490	$71,478	$117,453	$166,453	$443,874	$520,352	7/1/2028	
$2.3947	$88,490	$71,478	$117,453	$166,453	$443,874	$520,352	8/1/2028	
$2.3947	$88,490	$71,478	$117,453	$166,453	$443,874	$520,352	9/1/2028	
$2.3947	$88,490	$71,478	$117,453	$166,453	$443,874	$520,352	10/1/2028	
$2.3947	$88,490	$71,478	$117,453	$166,453	$443,874	$520,352	11/1/2028	
$2.3947	$88,490	$71,478	$117,453	$166,453	$443,874	$520,352	12/1/2028	
$2.4665	$91,144	$73,622	$120,977	$171,446	$457,190	$535,953	1/1/2029	
$2.4665	$91,144	$73,622	$120,977	$171,446	$457,190	$535,953	2/1/2029	
$2.4665	$91,144	$73,622	$120,977	$171,446	$457,190	$535,953	3/1/2029	
$2.4665	$91,144	$73,622	$120,977	$171,446	$457,190	$535,953	4/1/2029	
$2.4665	$91,144	$73,622	$120,977	$171,446	$457,190	$535,953	5/1/2029	
$2.4665	$91,144	$73,622	$120,977	$171,446	$457,190	$535,953	6/1/2029	
$2.4665	$91,144	$73,622	$120,977	$171,446	$457,190	$535,953	7/1/2029	
$2.4665	$91,144	$73,622	$120,977	$171,446	$457,190	$535,953	8/1/2029	
$2.4665	$91,144	$73,622	$120,977	$171,446	$457,190	$535,953	9/1/2029	
$2.4665	$91,144	$73,622	$120,977	$171,446	$457,190	$535,953	10/1/2029	
$2.4665	$91,144	$73,622	$120,977	$171,446	$457,190	$535,953	11/1/2029	
$2.4665	$91,144	$73,622	$120,977	$171,446	$457,190	$535,953	12/1/2029	
$2.5405	$93,879	$75,831	$124,606	$176,590	$470,906	$552,033	1/1/2030	
$2.5405	$93,879	$75,831	$124,606	$176,590	$470,906	$552,033	2/1/2030	
$2.5405	$93,879	$75,831	$124,606	$176,590	$470,906	$552,033	3/1/2030	
$2.5405	$93,879	$75,831	$124,606	$176,590	$470,906	$552,033	4/1/2030	
$2.5405	$93,879	$75,831	$124,606	$176,590	$470,906	$552,033	5/1/2030	
$2.5405	$93,879	$75,831	$124,606	$176,590	$470,906	$552,033	6/1/2030	
$2.5405	$93,879	$75,831	$124,606	$176,590	$470,906	$552,033	7/1/2030	
$2.5405	$93,879	$75,831	$124,606	$176,590	$470,906	$552,033	8/1/2030	
$2.5405	$93,879	$75,831	$124,606	$176,590	$470,906	$552,033	9/1/2030	
$2.5405	$93,879	$75,831	$124,606	$176,590	$470,906	$552,033	10/1/2030	
$2.5405	$93,879	$75,831	$124,606	$176,590	$470,906	$552,033	11/1/2030	
$2.5405	$93,879	$75,831	$124,606	$176,590	$470,906	$552,033	12/1/2030	
$2.6167	$96,695	$78,106	$128,344	$181,887	$485,033	$568,591	1/1/2031	
$2.6167	$96,695	$78,106	$128,344	$181,887	$485,033	$568,591	2/1/2031	
$2.6167	$96,695	$78,106	$128,344	$181,887	$485,033	$568,591	3/1/2031	
$2.6167	$96,695	$78,106	$128,344	$181,887	$485,033	$568,591	4/1/2031	
$2.6167	$96,695	$78,106	$128,344	$181,887	$485,033	$568,591	5/1/2031	
$2.6167	$96,695	$78,106	$128,344	$181,887	$485,033	$568,591	6/1/2031	
$2.6167	$96,695	$78,106	$128,344	$181,887	$485,033	$568,591	7/1/2031	
$2.6167	$96,695	$78,106	$128,344	$181,887	$485,033	$568,591	8/1/2031	
Exhibit K

																								
$2.6167	$96,695	$78,106	$128,344	$181,887	$485,033	$568,591	9/1/2031	
$2.6167	$96,695	$78,106	$128,344	$181,887	$485,033	$568,591	10/1/2031	
$2.6167	$96,695	$78,106	$128,344	$181,887	$485,033	$568,591	11/1/2031	
$2.6167	$96,695	$78,106	$128,344	$181,887	$485,033	$568,591	12/1/2031	
$2.6952	$99,596	$80,449	$132,195	$187,344	$499,584	$585,648	1/1/2032	
$2.6952	$99,596	$80,449	$132,195	$187,344	$499,584	$585,648	2/1/2032	
$2.6952	$99,596	$80,449	$132,195	$187,344	$499,584	$585,648	3/1/2032	
$2.6952	$99,596	$80,449	$132,195	$187,344	$499,584	$585,648	4/1/2032	
$2.6952	$99,596	$80,449	$132,195	$187,344	$499,584	$585,648	5/1/2032	
$2.6952	$99,596	$80,449	$132,195	$187,344	$499,584	$585,648	6/1/2032	
$2.6952	$99,596	$80,449	$132,195	$187,344	$499,584	$585,648	7/1/2032	
$2.6952	$99,596	$80,449	$132,195	$187,344	$499,584	$585,648	8/1/2032	
$2.6952	$99,596	$80,449	$132,195	$187,344	$499,584	$585,648	9/1/2032	
$2.6952	$99,596	$80,449	$132,195	$187,344	$499,584	$585,648	10/1/2032	
$2.6952	$99,596	$80,449	$132,195	$187,344	$499,584	$585,648	11/1/2032	
$2.6952	$99,596	$80,449	$132,195	$187,344	$499,584	$585,648	12/1/2032	
$2.7761	$102,584	$82,863	$136,161	$192,965	$514,572	$603,227	1/1/2033	
$2.7761	$102,584	$82,863	$136,161	$192,965	$514,572	$603,227	2/1/2033	
$2.7761	$102,584	$82,863	$136,161	$192,965	$514,572	$603,227	3/1/2033	
$2.7761	$102,584	$82,863	$136,161	$192,965	$514,572	$603,227	4/1/2033	
$2.7761	$102,584	$82,863	$136,161	$192,965	$514,572	$603,227	5/1/2033	
$2.7761	$102,584	$82,863	$136,161	$192,965	$514,572	$603,227	6/1/2033	
$2.7761	$102,584	$82,863	$136,161	$192,965	$514,572	$603,227	7/1/2033	
$2.7761	$102,584	$82,863	$136,161	$192,965	$514,572	$603,227	8/1/2033	
$2.7761	$102,584	$82,863	$136,161	$192,965	$514,572	$603,227	9/1/2033	
$2.7761	$102,584	$82,863	$136,161	$192,965	$514,572	$603,227	10/1/2033	
$2.7761	$102,584	$82,863	$136,161	$192,965	$514,572	$603,227	11/1/2033	
$2.7761	$102,584	$82,863	$136,161	$192,965	$514,572	$603,227	12/1/2033	
$2.8593	$105,662	$85,349	$140,245	$198,753	$530,009	$621,306	1/1/2034	
$2.8593	$105,662	$85,349	$140,245	$198,753	$530,009	$621,306	2/1/2034	
$2.8593	$105,662	$85,349	$140,245	$198,753	$530,009	$621,306	3/1/2034	
$2.8593	$105,662	$85,349	$140,245	$198,753	$530,009	$621,306	4/1/2034	
$2.8593	$105,662	$85,349	$140,245	$198,753	$530,009	$621,306	5/1/2034	
$2.8593	$105,662	$85,349	$140,245	$198,753	$530,009	$621,306	6/1/2034	
$2.8593	$105,662	$85,349	$140,245	$198,753	$530,009	$621,306	7/1/2034	
$2.8593	$105,662	$85,349	$140,245	$198,753	$530,009	$621,306	8/1/2034	
$2.8593	$105,662	$85,349	$140,245	$198,753	$530,009	$621,306	9/1/2034	
$2.8593	$105,662	$85,349	$140,245	$198,753	$530,009	$621,306	10/1/2034	
$2.8593	$105,662	$85,349	$140,245	$198,753	$530,009	$621,306	11/1/2034	
$2.8593	$105,662	$85,349	$140,245	$198,753	$530,009	$621,306	12/1/2034	
$2.9451	$108,831	$87,909	$144,453	$204,716	$545,909	$639,950	1/1/2035	
Exhibit K

																								
$2.9451	$108,831	$87,909	$144,453	$204,716	$545,909	$639,950	2/1/2035	
$2.9451	$108,831	$87,909	$144,453	$204,716	$545,909	$639,950	3/1/2035	
$2.9451	$108,831	$87,909	$144,453	$204,716	$545,909	$639,950	4/1/2035	
$2.9451	$108,831	$87,909	$144,453	$204,716	$545,909	$639,950	5/1/2035	
$2.9451	$108,831	$87,909	$144,453	$204,716	$545,909	$639,950	6/1/2035	
$2.9451	$108,831	$87,909	$144,453	$204,716	$545,909	$639,950	7/1/2035	
$2.9451	$108,831	$87,909	$144,453	$204,716	$545,909	$639,950	8/1/2035	
$2.9451	$108,831	$87,909	$144,453	$204,716	$545,909	$639,950	9/1/2035	
$2.9451	$108,831	$87,909	$144,453	$204,716	$545,909	$639,950	10/1/2035	
$2.9451	$108,831	$87,909	$144,453	$204,716	$545,909	$639,950	11/1/2035	
$2.9451	$108,831	$87,909	$144,453	$204,716	$545,909	$639,950	12/1/2035	
$3.0335	$112,096	$90,547	$148,786	$210,858	$562,287	$659,158	1/1/2036	
$3.0335	$112,096	$90,547	$148,786	$210,858	$562,287	$659,158	2/1/2036	
$3.0335	$112,096	$90,547	$148,786	$210,858	$562,287	$659,158	3/1/2036	
$3.0335	$112,096	$90,547	$148,786	$210,858	$562,287	$659,158	4/1/2036	
$3.0335	$112,096	$90,547	$148,786	$210,858	$562,287	$659,158	5/1/2036	
$3.0335	$112,096	$90,547	$148,786	$210,858	$562,287	$659,158	6/1/2036	
$3.0335	$112,096	$90,547	$148,786	$210,858	$562,287	$659,158	7/1/2036	
$3.0335	$112,096	$90,547	$148,786	$210,858	$562,287	$659,158	8/1/2036	
$3.0335	$112,096	$90,547	$148,786	$210,858	$562,287	$659,158	9/1/2036	
$3.0335	$112,096	$90,547	$148,786	$210,858	$562,287	$659,158	10/1/2036	
$3.0335	$112,096	$90,547	$148,786	$210,858	$562,287	$659,158	11/1/2036	
$3.0335	$112,096	$90,547	$148,786	$210,858	$562,287	$659,158	12/1/2036	

Exhibit K

Exhibit Q
Tenant’s Broker Commission Agreement
Exhibit Q

Exhibit Q

Exhibit Q

Exhibit Q

Exhibit Q

Exhibit Q

Exhibit Q

Exhibit Q

Exhibit S
New Improvement Work1

^For the avoidance of doubt, Landlord shall be responsible for completing the work with respect to the HVAC units which do not exclusively serve Tenant’s space in the 1301 Harbor Bay Building (i.e., the units which serve the Common Areas), and Tenant shall be responsible for completing the work with respect to the HVAC units which exclusively serve Tenant’s space in the 1301 Harbor Bay Building.

*During such time as the 1301 Harbor Bay Building remains a multi-tenant building, Landlord (or Tenant with respect to the HVAC units exclusively serving Tenant’s space), as applicable, shall complete this work, and Tenant shall use amounts available from the New Improvement Work Allowance to pay for the work or reimburse Landlord therefor, as applicable; provided, however, that Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that, absent Landlord’s one-time concession to provide the New Improvement Work Allowance pursuant to this Second

1 All roof work to be carried out in accordance with a schedule prepared by Tenant. Further, Landlord shall support and cooperate with Tenant in efforts to cause the Empire Parkway Centre Owners Association to engage April Phillips Design Works Inc. for design, and use recommended vendors for oversite, of the Common Area Maintenance project, in all such cases to the extent Landlord is permitted to do so pursuant to the guidelines of the Empire Parkway Centre Owners Association.
Exhibit S

Amendment, the cost of all of such work would otherwise be Tenant’s responsibility pursuant to the Existing Lease.
Exhibit S

Exhibit T

Work Letter for Tenant-Performed New Improvement Work

        1.     Tenant’s Work. Tenant shall perform any and all work associated with New Improvement Work (which is Tenant’s responsibility) (collectively, “Tenant’s New Improvement Work”) in accordance with the Construction Documents, as defined in Section 2 of this Work Letter, and shall cause Completion (as defined below) of all such Tenant’s New Improvement Work. Tenant shall obtain all necessary permits and licenses required in connection with Tenant’s New Improvement Work, and shall cause all Tenant’s New Improvement Work to be completed in accordance with applicable laws. Tenant shall comply with each of those provisions of the Existing Lease pertaining to mechanics’ liens. “Completion” means, with respect to any phase of Tenant’s New Improvement Work, (a) the construction of the applicable phase of Tenant’s New Improvement Work is completed substantially in accordance with the Construction Documents and in accordance with all applicable local, state and federal laws, codes, rules, regulations and ordinances, as evidenced by the issuance by the municipality of a certificate of occupancy (or its equivalent) permitting the occupancy of the entirety of the applicable phase of Tenant’s New Improvement Work without material condition or qualification (it being agreed that the certificate of occupancy may be a temporary certificate of occupancy so long as such temporary certificate of occupancy permits occupancy without risk of revocation due to failure to complete any “punch list” items); (b) all claims for work performed or materials provided for the construction of the Tenant’s New Improvement Work have been paid in full, as evidenced by lien releases and lien waivers (or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) from all persons providing such work or materials; and (c) all so-called “punch list” items have been completed.
        2.    Preparation of Plans. All of the following may be carried out in phases, and the procedure outlined below will apply to each phase of Tenant’s New Improvement Work:
        2.1    For each of Tenant’s New Improvement Work project, Tenant shall cause to be prepared a set of design intent drawings (“Design Intent Drawings”) which will not be for construction but will show the location of all full height partitions, circulation patterns, electrical/cabling plans based on furniture layout, furniture plans, finish plans and written specifications, etc. with respect to such project. Tenant will deliver the Design Intent Drawings to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Landlord is deemed to have approved the Design Intent Drawings unless Landlord gives written objections to the Design Intent Drawings to Tenant within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt thereof specifying in what respect the Design Intent Drawings are objected to. The sole basis for Landlord’s objection shall be that the proposed Tenant’s New Improvement Work will adversely affect the Base Building or Building Systems or fail to comply with applicable laws. If Landlord so objects, then Tenant shall submit revised Design Intent Drawings to Landlord and Landlord shall approve or disapprove in accordance with the same procedures (Landlord’s scope of such review to be limited to the changes made to address Landlord’s objections).
        2.2    Tenant shall, based upon the approved Design Intent Drawings, prepare, or cause to be prepared, construction documents (“Construction Documents”) for the Tenant’s New Improvement Work. The Construction Documents will be in sufficient scope and detail to satisfy requirements for (i) obtaining permits for construction of the applicable phase of Tenant’s New Improvements Work; (ii) obtaining firm cost bids for the construction; and (iii) directing the construction of the applicable phase of Tenant’s New Improvement Work. Tenant will submit the Construction Documents to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Landlord is deemed to have approved the Construction Documents unless Landlord gives written objections to the Construction Document to Tenant within fifteen (15) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt thereof. If Landlord objects to the Construction Documents, then Tenant shall submit revised
Exhibit T

Construction Documents to Landlord and Landlord shall approve or disapprove the revised Construction Documents in accordance with the same procedures set forth in this Section 2.2 (Landlord’s scope of such review to be limited to the changes made to address Landlord’s objections).
        3.    Selection of Contractors and Subcontractors. Tenant is entitled to use contractors and subcontractors of its choosing for Tenant’s New Improvement Work, and such contractors and subcontractors need not be members of any trade unions.
        4.    Change Orders. Tenant may authorize changes to the Construction Documents without Landlord’s consent or approval unless the change (i) materially adversely affects the Base Building or Building Systems; or (ii) does not comply with applicable laws. If Landlord’s approval or consent is required under this Section 4, such approval or consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and is deemed given if not refused by Landlord within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt of Tenant’s request for the same.
        5.    Landlord Fees. Landlord shall charge no fees (e.g. management fees, engineer fees, supervision fees, design fees, elevator fees, dock fees, security fees, after-hours access fees, etc.) in connection with Tenant’s New Improvement Work.
        6.    Representatives. Either Landlord or Tenant may, by written notice to the other, designate a person or company to act as its representative for all purposes of this Work Letter.
        7.    Time. Tenant’s construction of the Tenant’s New Improvement Work (including receipt of deliveries) shall not be not subject to any time restrictions imposed by Landlord (but may be subject to restrictions imposed by applicable laws) so that Tenant may (subject to applicable laws) perform all aspects of Tenant’s New Improvement work at any time, including, without limitation, during business hours.
        8.    No Removal. Tenant will not be required to remove any part of the Tenant’s New Improvement Work prior to, upon, or after the expiration or earlier termination of the Existing Lease.
Exhibit T

Exhibit 10.19
PENUMBRA, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Penumbra, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement which includes the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, the Exercise Notice, attached hereto as Exhibit B, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto (together, the “Option Agreement”).
Participant Name:                
Address:                

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
Grant Number:                    ______________________________
Date of Grant:                        ______________________________
Vesting Commencement Date:            ______________________________
Exercise Price per Share (in U.S. Dollars):        $_____________________________
Total Number of Shares Subject to Option:         ______________________________
Total Exercise Price (in U.S. Dollars):        $_____________________________
Type of Option:                    ___ Incentive Stock Option
                            ___ Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:                ______________________________
Vesting Schedule:
Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, this Option will vest and be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to this Option will vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares subject to this Option will vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Options, the Options and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares or cash hereunder will immediately terminate.
Termination Period:
In the event of cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, this Option will be exercisable, to the extent vested, for a period of [three (3) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case the Option shall be exercisable, to the extent vested, for a period of [twelve (12) months]1 after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.
By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of the Company below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, the Exercise Notice, attached hereto as Exhibit B, and all other exhibits, appendices and addenda attached hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Option and the Option Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan or this Option Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

PARTICIPANT        PENUMBRA, INC.

Signature        Signature
                
Print Name        Print Name
                             Title
Address:

        

EXHIBIT A
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

    -2-

1.Grant of Option.
(a)The Company hereby grants to the individual (“Participant”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant of this Option Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Option Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by this reference. Subject to Section 20(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.
(b)For U.S. taxpayers, the Option will be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”) or a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). If designated in the Notice of Grant as an ISO, this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as an NSO. Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.
(c)For non-U.S. taxpayers, the Option will be designated as an NSO.
2.Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Option Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Unless specifically provided otherwise in this Option Agreement or other written agreement between Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, Shares subject to this Option that are scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in accordance with any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.
3.Administrator Discretion. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.
4.Exercise of Option.
(a)Right to Exercise. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.
(b)Method of Exercise. This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Notice of Grant or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied
    -3-

by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares and of any Tax Obligations (as defined in Section 6(a)). This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable Tax Obligations.
5.Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:
(a)cash in U.S. dollars;
(b)check designated in U.S. dollars;
(c)consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or
(d)if Participant is a U.S. employee, surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares and that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances, or security interests, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.
6.Tax Obligations.
(a)Responsibility for Taxes. Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) or any Parent or Subsidiary to which Participant is providing services (together, the “Service Recipients”), the ultimate liability for any tax and/or social insurance liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, (i) all federal, state, and local taxes (including Participant’s Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligations) that are required to be withheld by any Service Recipient or other payment of tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant, (ii) Participant’s and, to the extent required by any Service Recipient, the Service Recipient’s fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or exercise of the Option or sale of Shares, and (iii) any other Service Recipient taxes the responsibility for which Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to the Option (or exercise thereof or issuance of Shares thereunder) (collectively, the “Tax Obligations”), is and remains Participant’s sole responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the applicable Service Recipient(s). Participant further acknowledges that no Service Recipient (A) makes any representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends or other distributions, and (B) makes any commitment to and is under any obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the applicable Service Recipient(s) (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax Obligations hereunder at the time of the applicable taxable event, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares.
    -4-

(b)Tax Withholding. Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the applicable Service Recipient(s) shall withhold the amount required to be withheld for the payment of Tax Obligations. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such Tax Obligations, in whole or in part (without limitation), if permissible by applicable local law, by (i) paying cash in U.S. dollars, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount that is necessary to meet the withholding requirement for such Tax Obligations (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences), (iii) having the amount of such Tax Obligations withheld from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the applicable Service Recipient(s), (iv) delivering to the Company Shares that Participant owns and that have vested with a fair market value equal to such Tax Obligations, or (v) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the minimum amount that is necessary to meet the withholding requirement for such Tax Obligations (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences). Further, if Participant is subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and a date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the applicable Service Recipient(s) (and/or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for tax in more than one jurisdiction.
(c)Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant immediately will notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.
(d)Section 409A. Under Section 409A, a stock right (such as the Option) that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the fair market value of an underlying share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A stock right that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the recipient of the stock right prior to the exercise of the stock right, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” also may result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the recipient of the stock right. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination. In no event will the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries have any liability or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless Participant for any taxes, penalties and interest that may be imposed, or other costs that may be incurred, as a result of Section 409A.
7.Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer
    -5-

agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.
8.No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, WHICH UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW IS AT THE WILL OF THE APPLICABLE SERVICE RECIPIENT AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF ANY SERVICE RECIPIENT TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW, WHICH TERMINATION, UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, MAY BE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
9.Nature of Grant. In accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:
(a)the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;
(b)all decisions with respect to future option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator;
(c)Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;
(d)the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;
(e)the Option and Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;
(f)the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;
(g)if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;
(h)if Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;
(i)for purposes of the Option, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the
    -6-

Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Option Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Administrator, (i) Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time); and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise the Option after such termination of Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or terms of Participant’s engagement agreement, if any; the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of this Option grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence and consistent with local law);
(j)unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Administrator in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Option Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and
(k)the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:
(i)the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;
(ii)Participant acknowledges and agrees that no Service Recipient shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise; and
(iii)no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against any Service Recipient, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases each Service Recipient from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.
10.No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Option.
    -7-

Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.
11.Data Privacy. Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Option Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Service Recipients for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.
Participant understands that the Company and the Service Recipient may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.
Participant understands that Data may be transferred to a stock plan service provider, as may be selected by the Company in the future, assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her status as a Service Provider and career with the Service Recipient will not be adversely affected. The only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Options or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.
12.Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Option Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Penumbra, Inc., One Penumbra Place, Alameda, CA 94502, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.
13.Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.
    -8-

14.Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Option Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Option Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Option Agreement may be assigned only with the prior written consent of the Company.
15.Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or non-U.S. law, the tax code and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent or approval of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the exercise of the Options or the purchase by, or issuance of Shares, to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such exercise, purchase or issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Subject to the terms of the Option Agreement and the Plan, the Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for (or make any entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company of) the Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of exercise of the Option as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.
16.Language. If Participant has received this Option Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.
17.Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Option Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Option Agreement.
18.Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option awarded under the Plan or future options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or require Participant to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.
19.Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Option Agreement.
20.Option Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision in this Option Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Option Agreement.
    -9-

21.Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. By accepting this Option, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Administrator at any time.
22.Governing Law and Venue. This Option Agreement will be governed by the laws of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Option Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the U.S. federal courts for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.
23.Country Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Option Agreement, this Option shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in an appendix (if any) to this Option Agreement for any country whose laws are applicable to Participant and this Option (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) (the “Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum (if any), the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum (if any) constitutes a part of this Option Agreement.
24.Modifications to the Option Agreement. This Option Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Option Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Option Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Option Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Option Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection with the Option.
25.No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Option Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Option Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.
26.Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement.
*          *          *
    -10-

EXHIBIT B
PENUMBRA, INC.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
Penumbra, Inc.
One Penumbra Place
Alameda, CA 94502

Attention: Stock Administration

1.Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, ________________, _____, the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase ______________ shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement, dated ________ and including the Notice of Grant, the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, and other exhibits, appendices and addenda attached thereto (the “Option Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Exercise Notice shall be ascribed the same defined meanings as set forth in the Option Agreement (or, as applicable, the Plan or other written agreement or arrangement as specified in the Option Agreement).
2.Delivery of Payment. Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any Tax Obligations (as defined in Section 6(a) of the Option Agreement) to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.
3.Representations of Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
4.Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.
5.Tax Consultation. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.
6.Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by this reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement (including the exhibits, appendices, and addenda thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of

the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.
Submitted by:        Accepted by:
PURCHASER        PENUMBRA, INC.

                    
Signature        Signature
                    
Print Name        Print Name
Address:                
            Title

        

                    
            Date Received
    -2-

PENUMBRA, INC.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
COUNTRY ADDENDUM

Terms and Conditions
This Country Addendum includes additional terms and conditions that govern the stock option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Penumbra, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement to which this Country Addendum is attached (the “Option Agreement”) to the extent the individual to whom the Option was granted (“Participant”) resides in one of the countries listed below.
Notifications
This Country Addendum also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of [______], 2020. Such laws often are complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in this Country Addendum as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant exercises the Options or sells the Shares acquired under the Plan.
In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws of Participant’s country may apply to his or her situation.
Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Participant currently is working or transfers to another country after the grant of the Option, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information contained herein may not be applicable to Participant in the same manner. In addition, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein shall apply to Participant under these circumstances.
[JURISDICTION-SPECIFIC COUNTRY ADDENDA TO BE INSERTED IF/AS APPROPRIATE]

Exhibit 10.30
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “First Amendment”) is made and entered into on April 10, 2020 (the “First Amendment Date”) by and between SOUTH LOOP 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and PENUMBRA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).
RECITALS
A.Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated September 3, 2019 (the “Lease”), with respect to certain premises known as 1310 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, and as more particularly described in the Lease.
B.In light of the disruptions and potential delays that the COVID-19 pandemic (the “2020 Pandemic”) has caused and in anticipation of the potential for additional disruptions and delays, Landlord and Tenant have agreed to make certain amendments and modifications to the Lease in certain respects, and otherwise ratify all the terms, conditions and covenants as set forth therein.
AMENDMENT
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of good and valuable consideration and the mutual agreements herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as follows:
1.Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this First Amendment will have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Lease. All terms that are defined in this First Amendment and used in any provisions that are added to the Lease pursuant to this First Amendment will have the meanings set forth for such terms in this First Amendment.
2.Force Majeure Definition. The first sentence of Section 29.16 of the Lease is hereby amended to insert the words “epidemics or pandemics caused by communicable diseases” immediately following the words “terrorist acts”.
3.Required Performance Dates. Section 5.5 of the Tenant Work Letter, which was attached to the Lease as Exhibit B, is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:
“5.5 Required Performance Dates.

(a) Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease if the Improvements are not Substantially Complete by the date that is one (1) year following the Scheduled Completion Date (defined below). In such event, Tenant shall have the right, within thirty (30) days thereafter, to deliver a notice to Landlord (a “Termination Notice”) electing to terminate the Lease effective as of the date that is thirty (30) days following the delivery of such Termination Notice; provided, however, that if the Improvements are Substantially Complete within such thirty (30) day period, then the Termination Notice shall be null and void and the Lease shall remain in effect. The “Scheduled Completion Date” shall mean the scheduled completion date for the Improvements set forth in the construction schedule approved (or deemed approved) by Tenant pursuant to Section 3.2 (as such date may be extended for (i) Tenant Delays, and (ii) Force Majeure (as defined in Lease) up to a maximum of sixty (60) days of delay due to Force Majeure, provided, however, that (a) a ninety (90) day maximum for Force Majeure delays shall
    1
35654\13160209.6

apply if such delay is due to acts of God, acts of war, terrorist acts, governmental actions, civil commotions, earthquakes, floods, fire or other casualty that have a material impact on the project schedule, and (b) there shall be no such maximum for Force Majeure delays due to epidemics or pandemics caused by communicable diseases such as, but not limited to, the 2020 Pandemic).

(b)In addition, in the event that the Improvements are not Substantially Complete by the date that is forty-five (45) days following Scheduled Completion Date (as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 5.5(a) above), the Rent Commencement Date shall be postponed for a period equal to one (1) day for each day after the date that is forty-five (45) days following the Scheduled Completion Date until the Improvements are Substantially Completed, and no Base Rent shall be due for such period of time following the Lease Commencement Date until the extended Rent Commencement Date.”

4.Progress Schedule. The Progress Schedule that was attached as Schedule 2 to the Tenant Work Letter, which was attached to the Lease as Exhibit B, contained errors, and is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the Progress Schedule attached hereto as Schedule 2 (the “Corrected Progress Schedule”). The parties acknowledge and agree that the Corrected Progress Schedule does not account for the 2020 Pandemic, and that as detailed in the letter from Landlord to Tenant dated March 19, 2020, the 2020 Pandemic may affect the construction of the Improvements. Tenant acknowledges that, as a result of the 2020 Pandemic, a Force Majeure event has occurred and began on March 17, 2020. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that, in addition to the provisions contained in Sections 1.4 and 3.2 of the Tenant Work Letter regarding changes to the Progress Schedule, the Progress Schedule will need to be revised in response to the 2020 Pandemic.
5.Damage and Destruction. The last sentence of Section 11.2 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:
“In addition, if restoration is not substantially complete on or before the later of (i) the date that occurs fifteen (15) months after the date of discovery of the damage, and (ii) the date that occurs ninety (90) days after the expiration of the estimated period of time to substantially complete such restoration, as set forth in Landlord’s Completion Notice (the “Outside Restoration Date”), which Outside Restoration Date shall be extended to the extent of any delays (x) caused by Tenant or (y) caused by Force Majeure (up to a maximum of sixty (60) days of additional delay due to Force Majeure, provided that there shall be no such maximum for Force Majeure delays due to epidemics or pandemics caused by communicable diseases such as, but not limited to, the 2020 Pandemic), then Tenant shall have the additional right during the first ten (10) business days following the Outside Restoration Date until such repairs are complete, to terminate this Lease by delivery of written notice to Landlord (the “Damage Termination Notice”), which termination shall be effective on a date specified by Tenant in such Damage Termination Notice (the “Damage Termination Date”), which Damage Termination Date shall not be less than ten (10) business days, nor greater than thirty (30) days, following the date such Damage Termination Notice was delivered to Landlord.”

6.Whole Agreement. This First Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements with respect thereto. Except as amended herein, or in a future writing signed by both parties, there shall be no other changes or modifications to the Lease between the parties and the Lease and the terms and provision contained therein shall remain in full force and effect. The terms of this First Amendment will control over any conflicts between it and the terms of the Lease.
7.Successors and Assigns. This First Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their heirs, successors and assigns.
    2
35654\13160209.6

8.Ratification. Except as amended by this First Amendment, the Lease has not been amended, and the parties ratify and confirm the Lease, as amended by this First Amendment, as being in full force and effect.
9.Counterparts; Electronic Execution. This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, will constitute but one agreement. Executed copies hereof may be delivered by email or other electronic means, and upon receipt will be deemed originals and binding upon the parties hereto, regardless of whether originals are delivered thereafter.

[Signatures appear on next page]
    3
35654\13160209.6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment as of the First Amendment Date.
LANDLORD:

SOUTH LOOP 1, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By: North and South Loop, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its sole member

By: North Loop 3 Manager, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its managing member

By:    /s/ Joseph Ernst_________________
Name: Joseph Ernst__________________
Title: Manager______________________

TENANT:

PENUMBRA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:     _________ ____________________
Name:    ______________________________
Title:     ______________________________

By:     _________ ____________________
Name:    ______________________________
Title:     ______________________________

First Amendment – Signature Page

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment as of the First Amendment Date.
LANDLORD:

SOUTH LOOP 1, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By: North and South Loop, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its sole member

By: North Loop 3 Manager, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its managing member

By:    ____________ _________________
Name:____________________________
Title: _____________________________

TENANT:

PENUMBRA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Adam Elsesser_______________
 Name:    Adam Elsesser__________________
Title:    Chief Executive Officer___________
By:    /s/ Johanna Roberts______________
 Name:    Johanna Roberts_________________
Title:    EVP and General Counsel__________
First Amendment – Signature Page

Exhibit 10.31
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Second Amendment”) is made and entered into as of August 5, 2020 (the “ Second Amendment Effective Date”) by and between SOUTH LOOP 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and PENUMBRA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).
RECITALS
A.Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated September 3, 2019, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated April 10, 2020 (as amended, the “Lease”), with respect to certain premises known as 1310 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, and as more particularly described in the Lease.
B.Landlord and Tenant have agreed to make certain amendments and modifications to the Lease in certain respects, including the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, and otherwise ratify all the terms, conditions and covenants as set forth therein.
AMENDMENT
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of good and valuable consideration and the mutual agreements herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as follows:
1.Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment will have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Lease. All terms that are defined in this Amendment and used in any provisions that are added to the Lease pursuant to this Amendment will have the meanings set forth for such terms in this Amendment.
2.Tenant Improvement Allowance Definition. The references to “$90.00 per rentable square foot of the Building” in Section 14 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information and to “$90.00 per square foot of the Building” in Section 4.1(a) of the Work Letter are each hereby revised to “$125.00 per rentable square foot of the Building”.
3.Payment of Tenant’s Contribution. Section 4.1(c) of the Work Letter is hereby replaced in its entirety with the following:
“(c) Payment of Tenant’s Contribution. In the event that Tenant is expected to pay Tenant’s Contribution, then within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of a monthly invoice from Landlord for the portion of Tenant’s Contribution due that month in accordance with this subsection, Tenant shall pay to Landlord such portion of Tenant’s Contribution. Landlord’s monthly invoice to Tenant for the Tenant’s Contribution shall be for an amount equal to 100% of the Tenant Improvement Costs incurred that month until Tenant has contributed, in the aggregate, the amount stated in Section 4.1(b)(i) (as calculated based on the GMP Contract for the Tenant Improvements at the time it is signed). Thereafter, (i) subject to the restriction that disbursements of the Tenant Improvement Allowance must be permissible under Section 4.1(a), Landlord shall fund monthly Tenant Improvement Costs up to the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and (ii) after the disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall fund monthly Tenant Improvement Costs; provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant be required to fund an amount in excess of the Tenant’s
    1
35654\13511081.4

Contribution specified in Section 4.1(b) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall pay, and Landlord shall invoice Tenant for, any monthly Tenant Improvement Costs to the extent of any other Tenant Improvement Costs (i.e., costs not permitted under Section 4.1(a) or costs described in Sections 4.1(b)(ii) and (iii)) prior to any distributions (or any additional distributions) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance; provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant be required to fund an amount in excess of the Tenant’s Contribution specified in Section 4.1(b) above. The Final TI Cost Budget and, accordingly, Tenant’s Contribution, shall be adjusted from time to time based on Changes approved by Landlord and Tenant as provided for in Section 2.7(c) above.”

    The parties acknowledge that the last sentence of Section 4.1(e) applies only with respect to disbursements from the TI Account and that, as of the Effective Date, Landlord’s construction lender is not requiring a TI Account.

4.Whole Agreement. This Second Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements with respect thereto. Except as amended herein, or in a future writing signed by both parties, there shall be no other changes or modifications to the Lease between the parties and the Lease and the terms and provision contained therein shall remain in full force and effect. The terms of this Second Amendment will control over any conflicts between it and the terms of the Lease.
5.Successors and Assigns. This Second Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their heirs, successors and assigns.
6.Ratification. Except as amended by this Amendment, the Lease has not been amended, and the parties ratify and confirm the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, as being in full force and effect.
7.Counterparts; Electronic Execution. This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, will constitute but one agreement. Executed copies hereof may be delivered by email or other electronic means, and upon receipt will be deemed originals and binding upon the parties hereto, regardless of whether originals are delivered thereafter.

[Signatures appear on next page]
    2
35654\13511081.4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.
LANDLORD:

SOUTH LOOP 1, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By: North and South Loop, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its sole member

By: North Loop 3 Manager, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its managing member

By:    /s/ Joseph Ernst_________________
Name: Joseph Ernst__________________
Title: Manager______________________

TENANT:

PENUMBRA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:     _________ ____________________
Name:    ______________________________
Title:     ______________________________

By:     _________ ____________________
Name:    ______________________________
Title:     ______________________________

Second Amendment – Signature Page

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.
LANDLORD:

SOUTH LOOP 1, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By: North and South Loop, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its sole member

By: North Loop 3 Manager, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its managing member

By:    ____________ _________________
Name:____________________________
Title: _____________________________

TENANT:

PENUMBRA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Adam Elsesser_______________
 Name:    Adam Elsesser__________________
Title:    CEO__________________________
By:    /s/ Maggie Yuen_________________
 Name:    Maggie Yuen____________________
Title:    CFO___________________________

Second Amendment – Signature Page

Exhibit 10.32

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Third Amendment”) is made as of July 29, 2021 (the “Third Amendment Effective Date”), by and between SOUTH LOOP 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and PENUMBRA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).
RECITALS
A.    Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated September 3, 2019 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated April 10, 2020, by and between Landlord and Tenant (the “First Amendment”), and that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated August 5, 2020, by and between Landlord and Tenant (the “Second Amendment”, and the Original Lease, as so amended, the “Lease”), with respect to certain premises known as 1310 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, as more particularly described in the Lease; and
B.    Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as provided herein.
AMENDMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as follows:
1.Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Third Amendment will have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Lease.
2.Base Rent TI Allowance; Discretionary TI Items.
(a)Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Lease, the parties hereto agree and acknowledge that: (i) the Tenant Improvement Allowance for the purposes of determining the initial annual Base Rent in accordance with Section 5.3 of the Work Letter and Exhibit J of the Original Lease shall be equal to FIFTEEN MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED SEVENTY-SEVEN THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED THIRTY-FIVE AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($15,777,835.00) (the “Base Rent TI Allowance”); and (ii) the Tenant Improvement Costs incurred in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the Work Letter (the “Initial TI Costs”) shall be less than the Base Rent TI Allowance.
(b)Upon Landlord’s determination of the Initial TI Costs, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a notice in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto as confirmation of the Initial TI Costs (the “Initial TI Notice”), which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) business days of receipt thereof; provided that if said notice is not factually correct, then Tenant and Landlord shall promptly and in good faith agree upon the amount of the Initial TI Costs, and Tenant shall execute and return such notice to Landlord within five (5) business days of their agreement thereto. If Tenant fails to return (or object to) the Initial TI Notice within the initial five (5) business day period, then the Initial TI Costs set forth in the Initial TI Notice shall be determinative. The amount equal to: (i) the Base Rent TI Allowance; minus (ii) the Initial TI Costs, as determined in accordance with this Section 2.(b), shall be the “Discretionary TI Cap”.
(c)Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Lease (including, without limitation, the terms of Section 4.1(a) of the Work Letter), between: (i) the date of the determination of the Initial TI Costs in accordance with Section 2.(b) above; and (ii) the date that is sixty (60)days after the Lease Commencement Date (the “Discretionary TI Period”), Tenant shall have the right to submit invoices for reimbursement to Landlord for its actual, third-party costs incurred in connection with: (A)
HB 4842-3490-3027    1
06907\011\9014966.v2

furniture, machinery, fixtures, and equipment; and (B) company signage, to the extent the same are used in connection with the Premises (collectively, the “Discretionary TI Items”, with the costs thereto being the “Discretionary TI Costs”), together with a description of the Discretionary TI Items which are the subject of such invoices (each, a “Discretionary Reimbursement Request”). Upon its receipt of any such Discretionary Reimbursement Request by Tenant, Landlord shall promptly reimburse Tenant for the applicable Discretionary TI Costs described therein, up to an aggregate amount (for all such Discretionary TI Costs) equal to the Discretionary TI Cap; provided that: (1) for any Discretionary Costs exceeding the Discretionary TI Cap, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the same; (2) Landlord’s approval has been obtained in connection with the installation of the applicable Discretionary TI Item that is the subject of any such Discretionary Reimbursement Request by Tenant (to the extent Landlord’s approval is so required under the Lease); (3) Landlord’s responsibilities under this Section 2.(c) shall not, under any circumstance, constitute additional Landlord’s Work or Tenant Improvements required to be performed by Landlord under the Lease (i.e., Landlord shall not be responsible for the installation of any Discretionary TI Items); rather, Landlord’s responsibilities under this Section 2.(c) are strictly limited to its reimbursement of Discretionary TI Costs in accordance with the terms hereof; and (4) Landlord’s obligations under this Section 2.(c) and Section 2.(d) shall not preclude the Premises from being deemed Ready for Occupancy under the Lease.
(d)If Tenant does not provide a Discretionary Reimbursement Request with respect to any Discretionary TI Item prior to the expiration of the Discretionary TI Period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to be reimbursed by Landlord for such Discretionary TI Item (regardless of when such Discretionary TI Item was acquired and/or installed by Tenant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, promptly after the expiration of the Discretionary TI Period (or, if there are any outstanding reimbursements in connection with any timely-provided Discretionary Reimbursement Requests as of the expiration of the Discretionary TI Period, promptly after Landlord’s reimbursement (or reasonable refusal to provide such reimbursement) thereof), Landlord shall pay to Tenant an amount equal to: (i) the Discretionary TI Cap; minus (ii) the aggregate amount of Discretionary TI Costs that Landlord has reimbursed to Tenant pursuant to timely-provided Discretionary Reimbursement Requests in accordance with Section 2.(c).
3.Whole Agreement. This Third Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements with respect thereto. Except as amended herein, or in a future writing signed by both parties, there shall be no other changes or modifications to the Lease between the parties and the Lease and the terms and provisions contained therein shall remain in full force and effect. The terms of this Third Amendment will control over any conflicts between it and the terms of the Lease.
4.Successors and Assigns. This Third Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their heirs, successors, and assigns.
5.Ratification. Except as amended by this Third Amendment, the Lease has not been amended, and the parties ratify and confirm the Lease, as amended by this Third Amendment, as being in full force and effect.
6.    Counterparts; Electronic Execution. This Third Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, will constitute but one agreement. Executed copies hereof may be delivered by email and other electronic means, and upon receipt will be deemed originals and binding upon the parties hereto, regardless of whether originals are delivered thereafter.
[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]
HB 4842-3490-3027    2
06907\011\9014966.v2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amendment as of the Third Amendment Effective Date.

	LANDLORD:	
	SOUTH LOOP 1, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By: North and South Loop, LLC,
        a Delaware limited liability company,
        its sole member

        By: North Loop 3 Manager, LLC,
               a Delaware limited liability company,
               its managing member

               By: /s/ Joseph Ernst______________
                      Joseph Ernst, Manager

		

HB 4842-3490-3027    Signature Page
06907\011\9014966.v2

						
	TENANT:	
	PENUMBRA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation        

By:    /s/ Adam Elsesser        
Name: Adam Elsesser            
Title: Chairman and CEO        

By:    /s/ Johanna Roberts        
Name: Johanna Roberts        
Title: EVP and General Counsel    	

HB 4842-3490-3027    Signature Page
06907\011\9014966.v2

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF INITIAL TI NOTICE

To:    ______________________________
    ______________________________
    ______________________________
    ______________________________

Re:     That certain Lease dated September 3, 2019 (as amended, the “Lease”), by and between SOUTH LOOP 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and PENUMBRA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated April 10, 2020, by and between Landlord and Tenant, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated August 5, 2020, by and between Landlord and Tenant, and that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated July __, 2021 (the “Third Amendment”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the definitions provided in the Lease.

Dear Tenant:

    In accordance with the Third Amendment, we wish to advise you and/or confirm that: (i) the Initial TI Costs are equal to [____________]; and (ii) the Discretionary TI Cap is equal to [____________].

Sincerely,

LANDLORD:

SOUTH LOOP 1, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By: North and South Loop, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its sole member

By: North Loop 3 Manager, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its managing member

By: ___________________________
Joseph Ernst, Manager

[Tenant Acknowledgment on Next Page]

Agreed to and Accepted as of [_____________], 2021.

TENANT:

PENUMBRA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

HB 4842-3490-3027    Exhibit A – 1
06907\011\9014966.v2

By: ___________________________
Name: _________________________
Title: __________________________

By: ___________________________
Name: _________________________
Title: __________________________

HB 4842-3490-3027    Exhibit A – 2
06907\011\9014966.v2

Exhibit 10.33
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Fourth Amendment”) is made as of October 15, 2021 (the “Fourth Amendment Effective Date”), by and between HARBOR BAY CA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and PENUMBRA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).
RECITALS
A.Landlord (as successor-in-interest to South Loop 1, LLC) and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated September 3, 2019 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated April 10, 2020 (the “First Amendment”), that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated August 5(the “Second Amendment”), and that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated July 29, 2021 (the “Third Amendment,” and the Original Lease, as so amended, the “Lease”), with respect to certain premises known as 1310 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, as more particularly described in the Lease; and
B.Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as provided herein.
AMENDMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as follows:
1.Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Fourth Amendment will have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Lease.
2.Repairs.
(a)Section 7.1 of the Original Lease is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
“Tenant’s Obligations. Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, maintain, repair and improve, to the Management Standard (defined in Section 7.2.1 below), all portions of the Building and Premises (other than those portions which are governed by the Landlord Maintenance Responsibilities, defined in Section 7.7 below), in accordance with the following provisions of this Article 7. For the purposes of this Lease, the portions of the Building and Premises to be so maintained, repaired and improved by Tenant and its Facilities Team (as defined in Section 7.2.2 below) shall include, without limitation, (i) exterior glass and mullions, windows, doors, glazing, gaskets and seals, elevator (including the mechanical room), and loading areas; (ii) the mechanical, electrical (including the main switchgear panel), fire protection, plumbing, life safety, heating, ventilations and air conditioning and other systems and equipment in the Building and Premises (including the hot water lines) (items specified under this subsection (ii) are, collectively, the “Building Systems”); and (iii) trash enclosure gates/doors, trash enclosure bollard(s), barbecue station area, exterior pest control (excluding landscaping pest control), and exterior power-washing of the Building façade & walkways (collectively, “Tenant Maintenance Responsibilities”). Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.”

1
06907\011\9076146.v2

(b)Section 7.7 of the Original Lease is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
“Landlord’s Maintenance Obligations. Landlord shall repair, replace, maintain, and improve the (i) exterior Common Areas of the Building and Project on the Property (including sidewalks but excluding the items described in Section 7.1(ii)); (ii) structural portions of the Building, which shall mean the foundation, floor slabs, curtain wall (excluding gaskets and seals), structural portions of the roof, columns, and beams (collectively, the “Building Structure”), (iii) the roof membrane (subject to the Tenant’s obligation to prevent and repair damage as described in Exhibit K, Section 5.1); and (iv) all utility connections to the Building up to the point (i.e., the main switchgear panel) where Tenant accesses such utilities, all in accordance with the Management Standard (collectively, the “Landlord Maintenance Responsibilities”). Landlord’s costs of performing Landlord Maintenance Responsibilities and Landlord’s compliance with law obligations shall be included in the Operating Expenses, to the extent permitted by Article 4 above. Any entry of the Premises by Landlord in connection with the foregoing shall be done consistent with the terms of Article 27 of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall, in good faith, consult with Tenant in advance with respect to all material decisions related to any proposed renovations of the exterior Common Areas, provided that Landlord will retain the ultimate discretion over any such work, subject to the terms of the immediately preceding sentence.”
(c)Section 3 of Exhibit K attached to the Original Lease is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
“3.    JANITORIAL/SECURITY/PEST CONTROL. Tenant shall provide in a manner consistent with that provided in Comparable Buildings.
(d)Section 5 of Exhibit K attached to the Original Lease is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
“5.1    Tenant shall ensure that it and any of its employees, agents, invitees, or service providers do not cause any damage to the roof membrane, and shall bear the cost of any repairs, maintenance, capital improvements or warranty issues caused by any such damage.”
3.Operating Expenses. The last two paragraphs of Section 4.2.4 of the Original Lease are hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
“(kk)    fees payable by Landlord for management of the Project in excess of three percent (3%) of Operating Expenses, adjusted and grossed up to reflect a one hundred percent (100%) occupancy of the Building with Tenant paying full rent, as contrasted with free rent, half-rent and the like, including base rent, pass-throughs, for any calendar year or portion thereof.
If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not fully occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year, Landlord may make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses which vary with variations in Project occupancy levels for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been fully occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of
2
06907\011\9076146.v2

Operating Expenses for such year. For avoidance of doubt, if and to the extent that Tenant pays for any utility or other Operating Expenses hereunder on a “direct” basis to a third party provider of such utility or service, such payment will be included in Operating Expenses for the purposes of the calculation of Landlord’s management fee.”
4.Whole Agreement. This Fourth Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements with respect thereto. Except as amended herein, or in a future writing signed by both parties, there shall be no other changes or modifications to the Lease between the parties and the Lease and the terms and provisions contained therein shall remain in full force and effect. The terms of this Fourth Amendment will control over any conflicts between it and the terms of the Lease.
5.Successors and Assigns. This Fourth Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their heirs, successors, and assigns.
6.Ratification. Except as amended by this Fourth Amendment, the Lease has not been amended, and the parties ratify and confirm the Lease, as amended by this Fourth Amendment, as being in full force and effect.
7.Counterparts; Electronic Execution. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, will constitute but one agreement. Executed copies hereof may be delivered by email and other electronic means, and upon receipt will be deemed originals and binding upon the parties hereto, regardless of whether originals are delivered thereafter.

[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]
3
06907\011\9076146.v2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fourth Amendment as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date.

LANDLORD:

HARBOR BAY CA LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By:     HARBOR BAY CA LP,
    a Delaware limited partnership
Its:    Equity Member and Manager

By:    NOME CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC,
        a California limited liability company
Its:    General Partner

By:_/s/ Rohit Kumar______________
            Rohit Kumar
Its:    Manager

TENANT:

PENUMBRA, INC.
a Delaware corporation

By:    /s/ Adam Elsesser________________
Name:    Adam Elsesser___________________
Title:     CEO___________________________

By:    _______________________________
Name:    _______________________________
Title:     _______________________________

Signature Page
06907\011\9076146.v2

Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF PENUMBRA, INC.
									
Name of Subsidiary		Jurisdiction of Organization	
Penumbra Europe GmbH		Germany	
Penumbra Neuro Australia Pty Ltd		Australia	
Penumbra Neuro Canada Inc.		Canada	
Penumbra Latin America Distribuidora de Equipamentos e Produtos Médicos LTDA.		Brazil	
Crossmed S.p.A.		Italy	
Penumbra Interventional Therapies UK Ltd.		United Kingdom	
Penumbra Singapore Pte. Ltd.		Singapore	
Penumbra France SAS		France	
Penumbra Japan GK		Japan	
Sixense Enterprises Inc.		Delaware	
Penumbra Israel Ltd		Israel	

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-236640 on Form S-3ASR and Nos. 333-207007, 333-213068, 333-216681 and 333-224000 on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 22, 2022, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Penumbra, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Penumbra, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
San Francisco, California
February 22, 2022

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Adam Elsesser, certify that:
1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Penumbra, Inc.;
2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 22, 2022

/s/ Adam Elsesser	
Adam Elsesser	
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President	

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Maggie Yuen, certify that:
1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Penumbra, Inc.;
2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 22, 2022

/s/ Maggie Yuen	
Maggie Yuen	
Chief Financial Officer	

Exhibit 32.1
PENUMBRA, INC.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), Adam Elsesser, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, and Maggie Yuen, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, respectively, do each hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
•The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
•The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods presented.

 Date: February 22, 2022
			
/s/ Adam Elsesser	
Adam Elsesser	
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President	
	
/s/ Maggie Yuen	
Maggie Yuen	
Chief Financial Officer